Bibliography on Globalization


I. Defining and Empirically Identifying Contemporary Globalization

 

A. Conceptual Analyses and Overviews of Globalization


Polanyi, Karl (1957). The Great Transformation: The Political and Economic Origins of Our Times. Boston: Beacon Press.


Held, David, Anthony McGrew, David Goldblatt, and Jonathan Perraton (1999). Global Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


Hirst, Paul and Grahame Thompson (1999). Globalization in Question. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Perraton, Jonathan (2001). “The Global Economy–Myths and Realities”. Cambridge Journal of Economics; V.25-#?, pp. 669-684. (Review of Hirst and Thompson).


Gilpin, Robert (2000). The Challenge of Global Capitalism: The World Economy in the 21st Century. Princeton: PUP.


Gill, Stephen and David Law (1988). The Global Political Economy: Perspectives, Policies and Problems. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester/Wheatsheaf.


Sassen, Saskia (1991). The Global City: New York, London, Tokyo. Princeton: PUP.


Sassen, Saskia (1994). Cities in a Global Economy. Thousand Oaks: Pine Forge Press.


Sassen, Saskia (1997). Losing Control. New York: Columbia University Press.


Sassen, Saskia, and Kwame Anthony Appiah, eds. (1999). Globalization and Its Discontents: Essays on the New Mobility of People and Money. New York: New Press.


Drucker, Peter (1986). “The Changed World Economy”. Foreign Affairs; V.64-#4, pp. 768-791.


Geyer, Michael and Charles Bright (1995). “World History in a Global Age”. American Historical Review; V.100-#4, pp.1034-1060.


Sklair, Leslie (1995). Sociology of the Global System. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.


Jones, R.J. Barry (1995). Globalisation and Interdependence in the International Political Economy. London: Frances Pinter.


Waters, Malcolm (1995). Globalization. London: Routledge.


Underhill, Geoffrey (1994). “Introduction: Conceptualizing the Changing Global Order”. In Richard Stubbs and Geoffrey Underhill, eds. Political Economy and the Changing Global Order. New York: St. Martin's Press. Pp. 17-44.


Cox, Robert(1994). “Global Restructuring: Making Sense of the Changing International Political Economy”. In Richard Stubbs and Geoffrey Underhill, eds. Political Economy and the Changing Global Order. New York: St. Martin's Press. Pp. 45-59.


Harvey, David (1995). “Globalization in Question”. Rethinking Marxism; V.8-#4, pp. 1-17.


Tilly, Charles, Immanuel Wallerstein, Aristide Zolberg, E.J. Hobsbawm and Lourdes Benería (1995). “Scholarly Controversy: Global Flows of Labor and Capital”. International Labor and Working-Class History; #47, pp. 1-55.


Walker, Gordon R. and Mark A. Fox (1996). “Globalization: An Analytical Framework,” Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.3 -#?, pp. 375-412.


Scholte, Jan Aart (1997). “The Globalization of World Politics”. In J. Baylis and S. Smith, eds. The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations. Oxford: OUP, pp. 13-30.


Rosenau, James (1997). “The Complexities and Contradictions of Globalization”. Current History; November [Special Issue on “The Global Economy”.].


Falk, Richard (1997). “State of Siege: Will Globalization Win Out?”. International Affairs; V.73-#?, pp. 123-136.


Falk, Richard (1999). Predatory Globalization: A Critique. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Beck: Ulrich (1997). The Reinvention of Politics : Rethinking Modernity in the Global Social Order. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Burbach, Roger and William Robinson (1999). “The Fin De Siecle Debate: Globalization as Epochal Shift”. Science and Society; V.63-#1, pp. 10-39.


Beck, Ulrich (2000). What is Globalization? Cambridge: Polity Press. [German original 1997]


Clark, Ian (1997). Globalization and Fragmentation: International Relations in the Twentieth Century. Oxford: OUP.


Clark, Ian (1999). Globalization and International Relations Theory. Oxford: OUP.


Chase-Dunn, Chris (1998). Global Formation: Structures of the World Economy. (2nd edition). Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield.


Dicken, Peter (1998). Global Shift: The Internationalization of Economic Activity, (3rd edition). New York: The Guilford Press.


Frank, Andre Gunder (1998). ReOrient: Global Economy in the Asian Age. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Maswood, S. Javed (1999). International Political Economy and Globalization. River Edge, NJ: World Scientific Publishing Company.


Radice, Hugo (1999). “Taking Globalisation Seriously”. Socialist Register, pp. 1-28.


Bauman, Zygmunt (2000). Globalization. New York: Columbia University Press.


Mohammadi, Ali (2000). Questioning Globalization: The Culture of Capital. London: Pluto Press.


Rupert, Mark (2000). Ideologies of Globalization: Contending Visions of a New World Order. London: Routledge.


Went, Robert (2000). Globalization: Neoliberal Challenge, Radical Response. London: Pluto Press.


Fischer, Stanley (2003). “Globalization and Its Challenges”. American Economic Review; V.93-#2, pp. 1-30.

 

B. Collections/Edited Volumes


Overbeek, Henk, ed. (1993). Restructuring Hegemony in the Global Political Economy: The Rise of Transnational Neo-Liberalism in the 1980s. London: Routledge.


Corbridge, Stuart, Ron Martin, and Nigel Thrift, eds. (1994). Money, Power, and Space. Oxford: Blackwell.


Ohmae, Kenichi, ed.(1995). The Evolving Global Economy: Making Sense of the New World Order. Boston: Harvard Business Review Books.


Kofman, Eleonore and Gillian Youngs, eds.(1996). Globalization: Theory and Practice. New York: Frances Pinter.


Mittelman, James H., ed. (1996). Globalization: Critical Reflection. Boulder: Lynne Rienner.


Baylis, John and Steve Smith, eds. (1997). The Globalization of World Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.


Scott, Alan, ed. (1997). The Limits of Globalization: Cases and Arguments. London: Routledge.


Roberts, J. Timmons, ed. (1999). From Modernization to Globalization : Perspectives on Development and Social Change. Oxford: Blackwell.


Held, David and Anthony McGrew, editors (2000). The Global Transformations Reader. Oxford: Blackwell.


Lechner, Frank J. and John Boli, eds. (2000). The Globalization Reader. Oxford.: Blackwell.


Kalb, Don, Marco van der Land, Richard Staring, Bart van Steenbergen and Nico Wilterdink, eds. (2000). The Ends of Globalization: Bringing Society Back In. Lanham: Rowman and Littlefield.


O’Meara, Patrick, Howard Mehlinger and Matthew Krain, eds. (2000). Globalization and the Challenges of the New Century: A Reader. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.


Appadurai, Arjun, ed. (2000). Globalization. Durham: Duke University Press.


Germaine, Randall, ed. (2000). Globalization and Its Critics. London: Macmillan.


Woods, Ngaire, ed. (2000). The Political Economy of Globalization. Basingstroke: MacMillan.


Friedman, Jeffrey, ed. (2001). “Special Issue on Globalization”. Critical Review; V.14-#1.

 

C. Popular Discussions of Globalization and Its Consequences


Strange, Susan (1986). Casino Capitalism. London: Blackwell.


Reich, Robert (1991). The Work of Nations. New York: Knopf.


Kennedy, Paul (1991). Preparing for the Twenty-First Century. New York: Random House.


Ohmae, Kenichi (1995). The End of the Nation State: The Rise of Regional Economics. How New Engines of Prosperity are Reshaping Global Markets. New York: Free Press.


Ohmae, Kenichi (1999). The Borderless World: Power and Strategy in the Interlinked Economy, Revised Edition. New York: Harper Business.


Barber, Benjamin (1996). Jihad vs. McWorld: How Globalism and Tribalism are Reshaping the World. New York: Random House.


Greider, William (1997). One World, Ready or Not: The Manic Logic of Global Capitalism. New York: Simon and Schuster.


Yergin, Daniel and Joseph Stanislaw (1998). The Commanding Heights: The Battle Between the Government and the Marketplace that is Remaking the Modern World. New York: Simon and Schuster.


Gray, John (1998). False Dawn: The Delusions of Global Capitalism. New York: New Press.


Huntington, Samuel (1998). The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. New York: Touchstone.


Krugman, Paul (1999). The Return of Depression Economics. New York: Norton.


Friedman, Thomas (2000). The Lexus and the Olive Tree: Understanding Globalization. New York: Farrar Straus Giroux.


Micklethwait, John and Adrian Wooldridge (2000). A Future Perfect: The Challenge and Hidden Promise of Globalization. New York: Times Books.


II. Economic Components of Globalization

 

A. Some Basic Empirics of Economic Globalization


Savage, I. Richard and Karl Deutsch (1960). “A Statistical Model of the Gross Analysis of Transaction Flows”. Econometrica; V.28-#3, pp. 551-572.


Deutsch, Karl and Alexander Eckstein (1961). “National Industrialization and the Decline of the International Economic Sector”. World Politics; V.13-#2, pp. 267-299.


Deutsch, Karl, Christopher Bliss, and Alexander Eckstein (1962). “Population, Sovereignty, and the Share of Foreign Trade”. Economic Development and Cultural Change; V.?-#?, pp. 353-366.


Kuznets, Simon (1964). “Quantitative Aspects of the Economic Growth of Nations, IX. Level and Structure of Foreign Trade: Comparisons for Recent Years”. Economic Development and Cultural Change; V.13-#1, Part II, pp. 1-106.


Kuznets, Simon (1967). “Quantitative Aspects of the Economic Growth of Nations, X. Level and Structure of Foreign Trade: Long Term Trends”. Economic Development and Cultural Change; V.15-#2, Part II, pp. 1-140.


Alker, Hayward and Donald Puchala (1968). “Trends in Economic Partnership: The North Atlantic Area, 1928-1963". In J. D. Singer, ed. Quantitative International Politics. New York: Free Press.


Russett, Bruce (1967). International Regions and the International System. Chicago: Rand McNally.


Russett, Bruce (1968). “‘Regional’ Trading Patterns 1938-1963”. International Studies Quarterly; V.12-#4, pp. 360-379.


Russett, Bruce (1968). “Delineating International Regions”. in J. D. Singer, ed. Quantitative International Politics. New York: Free Press.


Tollison, Robert and Thomas Willett (1973). “International Integration and the Interdependence of Economic Variables”. International Organization; V.27-#2, pp. 255-271.


Katzenstein, Richard (1975). “International Interdependence: Some Long Term Trends and Recent Changes”. International Organization; V.29-#4, pp. 1021-1034.


Rosecrance, Richard, et al. (1977). “Whither Interdependence?”. International Organization; V.31-#3, pp. 425-445.


Grassman, Sven (1980). “Long-term Trends in Openness of National Economies”. Oxford Economic Papers; V.32-#1, pp. 123-133.


Gordon, David (1988). “The Global Economy: New Edifice or Crumbling Foundations”. New Left Review, #168, pp. 24-64.


Harris, Richard (1993). “Globalization, Trade and Income”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.26-#4, pp. 755-776.


Perraton, Jonathan, David Goldblatt, David Held, and Anthony McGrew (1997). “The Globalisation of Economic Activity”. New Political Economy; V.2-#2, pp. 257-277.


Hirst, Paul (1997). “The Global Economy -- Myth and Realities,” International Affairs; V.73#?, pp. 409-425.


Lipsey, Robert (1998). “Galloping, Creeping, or Receding Internationalization”. International Trade Journal; V.12-#2, pp. 181-191.


Temin, Peter (1999). “Globalization”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.15-#4, pp. 76-89.


Kapstein, Ethan B. (2000). “Winners and Losers in the Global Economy”. International Organization; V.54-#2, pp. 359-384.


Frankel, Jeffrey (2000). “Globalization of the Economy”. In J. Nye and J. Donahue, eds. Governance in a Globalizing World. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Mussa, Michael (2000). “Factors Driving Global Economic Integration”. In Global Economic Integration: Opportunities and Challenges. Kansas City: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. [http://www.kc.frb.org/Publicat/sympos/2000/sym00prg.htm]


Garrett, Geoffrey (2000). “The Causes of Globalization”. Comparative Political Studies; V.33-#6/7, pp. 941-991.


Knetter, Michael and Matthew Slaughter (2001). “Measuring Product Market Integration”. in M. Blomstrom and L. Goldberg, eds. Topics in Empirical International Economics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 15-44.


Bairoch, Paul (1996). “Globalization Myths and Realities: One Century of External Trade and Foreign Investment”. In R. Boyer and D. Drache, eds. States Against Markets: The Limits of Globalization. New York: Routledge, pp. 173-192.


Bairoch, Paul and Richard Kozul-Wright (1998). “Globalization Myths: Some Historical Reflections on Integration, Industrialization and Growth in the World Economy”. In R. Kozul-Wright and R. Rowthorn eds. Transnational Corporations and the Global Economy. New York: St. Martins, pp. 37-68.


Bordo, Michael, Barry Eichengreen, Douglas A. Irwin (1999). “Is Globalization Today Really Different than Globalization a Hundred Years Ago?”. Brookings Trade Forum–1999. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 1-72.


Baldwin, Richard and Philippe Martin (1999). “Two Waves of Globalization: Superficial Similarities, Fundamental Differences”. In. H. Siebert, ed. Globalization and Labor. Tubingen: Mohr, pp. 3-58.


Crafts, Nicholas (2001). “Globalization and Growth in the Twentieth Century”. World Economic Outlook Supporting Studies. Washington, DC: IMF, pp. 1-51.


O’Rourke, Kevin and Jeffrey Williamson (2002). “When Did Globalisation Begin?”. European Review of Economic History; V.6-#1, pp. 23-50.


O’Rourke, Kevin (2002). “Globalization and Inequality: Historical Trends”. Aussenwirtschaft; V.57-#1, pp. 65-101.


Estevadeordal, Antoni, Brian Frantz, and Alan Taylor (2003). “The Rise and Fall of World Trade, 1870-1939”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.118-#2, pp. 359-407.


Milanovic, Branko (2003). “The Two Faces of Globalization: Against Globalization as We Know It”. World Development; V.31-#4, pp. 667-683.


Crafts, Nicholas (2004). “Globalisation and Economic Growth”. World Economy; V.27-#1, pp. 25-44.

 

B. International Trade and Globalization

 

1. Just How Global are World Commodity Markets?

 

a. The Law of One Price


Isard, Peter (1977). “How Far Can We Push the ‘Law of One Price’?”. American Economic Review; V.67-#5, pp. 942-948.


Richardson, J. David (1978). “Some Empirical Evidence on Commodity Arbitrage and the Law of One Price”. JIE; V.8-#2, pp. 341-351.


Ormerod, Paul (1980). “Manufactured Export Prices in the United Kingdom and the ‘Law of One Price’”. Manchester School of Economic and Social Studies; V.48-#3, pp. 265-283.


Allen, William (1981). “What Can Be Rescued from the ‘Law of One Price’?”. Jahrbucher fur Nationalokonomie und Statistik; V.196-#1, pp. 47-62.


Crouhy-Veyrac, Liliane and Michel Crouhy (1982). “More about the Law of One Price”. European Economic Review; V.18-#3, pp. 325-344.


Reddaway, W. B. (1982). “Limitations of the Law of One Price”. Cambridge Journal of Economics; V.6-#1, pp. 79-84.


Blejer, Mario and Arye Hillman (1982). “A Proposition on Short-Run Departures from the Law-of-One-Price: Unanticipated Inflation, Relative-Price Dispersion, and Commodity Arbitrage”. European Economic Review; V.17-#1, pp. 51-60.


Marquez, Jaime (1983). “A Proposition on Short-Run Departures from the Law-of-One-Price: An Extension”. European Economic Review; V.23-#1, pp. 99-101.


Protopapadakis, Aris and Hans Stoll (1983). “Spot and Futures Prices and the Law of One Price”. Journal of Finance; V.38-#5, pp. 1431-1455.


Protopapadakis, Aris and Hans Stoll (1986). “The Law of One Price in International Commodity Markets: A Reformulation and Some Formal Tests”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.5-#3, pp. 335-360.


Thursby, Marie, Paul Johnson, and Thomas Grennes (1986). “The Law of One Price and the Modelling of Disaggregated Trade Flows”. Economic Modelling; V.3-#4, pp. 293-302.


Officer, Lawrence (1986). “The Law of One Price Cannot Be Rejected: Two Tests Based on the Tradable/Nontradable Price Ratio”. Journal of Macroeconomics; V.8-#2, pp. 159-182.


Milone, Luciano Marcello (1986). “The Law of One Price: Further Empirical Evidence Concerning Italy and the United Kingdom”. Applied Economics; V.18-#6, pp. 645-661.


Brenton, Paul and Ashok Parikh (1987). “Price Behaviour in European Countries: Testing the Law of One Price in the Short- and Long-Run at Various Levels of Aggregation”. Applied Economics; V.19-#11, pp. 1533-1559.


Ardeni, Pier (1989). “Does the Law of One Price Really Hold for Commodity Prices?”. American Journal of Agricultural Economics; V.71-#3, pp. 661-669.


Anglin, Paul (1990). “Demand Function Estimation and the Law of One Price”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.23-#1, pp. 125-143.


Bui, Nhuong and John Pippenger (1990). “Commodity Prices, Exchange Rates and Their Relative Volatility”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.9-#1, pp. 3-20.


Goodwin, Barry, Thomas Grennes, and Michael Wohlgenant (1990). “Testing the Law of One Price When Trade Takes Time”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.9-#1, pp. 21-40.


Goodwin, Barry, Thomas Grennes, and Michael Wohlgenant (1990). “A Revised Test of the Law of One Price Using Rational Price Expectations”. American Journal of Agricultural Economics; V.72-#3, pp. 682-693.


Baffes, John (1991). “Some Further Evidence on the Law of One Price: The Law of One Price Still Holds”. American Journal of Agricultural Economics; V.73-#4, pp. 1264-1273.


Goodwin, Barry (1992). “Multivariate Cointegration Tests and the Law of One Price in International Wheat Markets”. Review of Agricultural Economics; V.14-#1, pp. 117-124.


Goodwin, Barry (1992). “Multivariate Cointegration Tests and the Law of One Price: A Clarification and Correction”. Review of Agricultural Economics; V.14-#2, pp. 337-338.


Daniel, Betty (1992). “Price Setting, Imperfect Information, and the Law of One Price”. Journal of Macroeconomics; V.14-#3, pp. 383-415.


Abbott, Thomas A., III (1994). “Observed Price Dispersion: Product Heterogeneity, Regional Markets, or Local Market Power?”. Journal of Economics and Business; V.46-#1, pp. 21-37.


Zanias, G. P. (1993). “Testing for Integration in European Community Agricultural Product Markets”. Journal of Agricultural Economics; V.44-#3, pp. 418-427.


Ceglowski, Janet (1994). “The Law of One Price Revisited: New Evidence on the Behavior of International Prices”. Economic Inquiry; V.32-#3, pp. 407-418.


Chen, Zhiwu and Peter Knez (1995). “Measurement of Market Integration and Arbitrage”. Review of Financial Studies; V.8-#2, pp. 287-325.


Menon, Jayant (1995). “The Relationship between the Law of One Price and Exchange Rate Pass-Through”. Economia Internazionale; V.48-#4, pp. 551-568.


Parsley, David and Shang-Jin Wei (1996). “Convergence to the Law of One Price without Trade Barriers or Currency Fluctuations”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.111-#4, pp. 1211-1236.


Froot, Kenneth, Michael Kim, and Kenneth Rogoff (1997). “The Law of One Price over 700 Years”. NBER Working Paper, #5132.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (1996). “How Wide Is the Border?”. American Economic Review; V.86-#5, pp. 1112-1125.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (1998). “Regional Patterns in the Law of One Price: The Roles of Geography versus Currencies”. In Jeffrey Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 153-183.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (2000). “Relative Price Volatility: What Role Does the Border Play?”. in Gregory Hess and Eric van Wincoop, eds. Intranational Macroeconomics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 92-111.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (2001). “Deviations from purchasing power parity: causes and welfare costs”. Journal of International Economics; V.55-#1, pp. 29-57.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (2001). “Violating the Law of One Price: Should We Make a Federal Case Out of It?”. Journal of Money Credit and Banking; V.33-#1, pp. 1-15.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (2004). “European Product Market Integration After the Euro”. Economic Policy; V.19-#39, pp. 348-384.


Jenkins, M.A. (1997). “Cities, Borders, Distances, Non-Traded Goods and Purchasing Power Parity”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, V.59-#2, pp. 203-213.


O'Connell, Paul and Shang-Jin Wei (2002). “‘The Bigger They Are, The Harder They Fall’: How Price Differences Across U.S. Cities are Arbitraged”. Journal of International Economics; V.56-#1, pp. 21-53.


Cecchetti, Stephen, Nelson Mark, Robert Sonora (2002). “Price Index Convergence Among US Cities”. International Economic Review; V.43-#4, pp. 1081-1099.


Chen, L.L. and J. Devereux (2003). “What Can US City Price Data Tell Us About Purchasing Power Parity”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.22-#2, pp. 213-222.


Ceglowski, Janet (2003). “The Law of One Price: Intranational Evidence for Canada”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.36-#2, pp. 373-400.


Mahbub Morsed, A.K.M. (2003). “What Can we Learn from a Large Border Effect in Developing Countries?”. Journal of Development Economics; V.72-#1, pp. 353-369.


Baharumshah, Ahmad, Muzafar Habibullah (1997). “Disparities in International Commodity Prices: Some Results from Cointegration Analysis”. RISEC: International Review of Economics and Business; V.44-#4, pp. 879-891.


Mehta, Shailendra Raj (1998). The Law of One Price and a Theory of the Firm: A Ricardian Perspective on Interindustry Wages”. RAND Journal of Economics; V.29-#1, pp. 137-156.


Mohanty, Samarendu, E. Wesley Peterson, and Darnell Smith (1998). “Fractional Cointegration and the False Rejection of the Law of One Price in International Commodity Markets”. Journal of Agricultural and Applied Economics; V.30-#2, pp. 267-276.


Laury, Susan and Charles Holt (1999). “Multimarket Equilibrium, Trade, and the Law of One Price”. Southern Economic Journal; V.65-#3, pp. 611-621.


Zanias, George (1999). “Seasonality and Spatial Integration in Agricultural (Product) Markets”. Agricultural Economics; V.20-#3, pp. 253-262.


Miljkovic, Dragan (1999). “The Law of One Price in International Trade: A Critical Review”. Review of Agricultural Economics; V.21-#1, pp. 126-139.


Asche, Frank, Helge Bremnes, and Cathy Wessells (1999). “Product Aggregation, Market Integration and Relationships between Prices: An Application to World Salmon Markets”. American Journal of Agricultural Economics; V.81-#3, pp. 568-581.


Maloney, William (1999). “Exchange Rate Uncertainty and the Law of One Price”. Review of International Economics; V.7-#2, pp. 328-341.


Doroodian, Khosrow, Chulho Jung, and Roy Boyd (1999). “Testing the Law of One Price under the Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rate Systems”. Applied Economics Letters; V.6-#9, pp. 613-616.


Ejrnaes, Mette and Karl Gunnar Persson (2000). “Market Integration and Transport Costs in France 1825-1903: A Threshold Error Correction Approach to the Law of One Price”. Explorations in Economic History; V.37-#2, pp. 149-173.


Vataja, Juuso (2000). “Should the Law of One Price Be Pushed Away? Evidence from International Commodity Markets”. Open Economies Review; V.11-#4, pp. 399-415.


Yang, Jian, David Bessler, and David Leatham (2000). “The Law of One Price: Developed and Developing Country Market Integration”. Journal of Agricultural and Applied Economics; V.32-#3, pp. 429-440.


Sercu, Piet, Raman Uppal, and Cynthia Van Hulle (1995). “The exchange rate in the presence of transaction costs: Implications for tests of purchasing power parity”. Journal of Finance; V.50-#4, pp. 1309-1319.


O’Connell, Paul (1996). “Market Frictions and Relative Traded Goods Prices”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#1, pp. 71-95.


Obstfeld, Maurice and Alan Taylor (1997). “Nonlinear Aspects of Goods-Market Arbitrage and Adjustment: Heckscher’s Commodity Points Revisited”. Journal of the Japanese and International Economies; V.11-#?, pp. 441-479.


Taylor, Alan (2001). “Potential Pitfalls for the Purchasing-Power-Parity Puzzle? Sampling and Specification Biases in Mean-Reversion Tests of the Law of One Price”. Econometrica; V.69-#2, pp. 473-498.


Ming Chien Lo and Eric Zivot (2001). “Threshold Cointegration and Nonlinear Adjustment to the Law of One Price”. Macroeconomic Dynamics; V.5-#4,


Haskel, Jonathan and Holger Wolf (2001). “The Law of One Price--A Case Study”. Scandinavian Journal of Economics; V.103-#4, pp. 545-558.


Asplund, M. And R. Friburg (2001). “The Law of One Price in Scandinavian Duty Free Stores”. American Economic Review; V.91-#4, pp. 1072-1083.


Goldberg, Pinelopi and Frank Verboven (2001). “The Evolution of Price Dispersion in the European Car Market”. Review of Economic Studies; V.68-#4, pp. 811-848.


Goldberg, Pinelopi and Frank Verboven (2004). “Cross-Country Price Dispersion in the Euro Area: A Case Study of the European Car Market”. Economic Policy; V19-#40, pp. 484-521.


Goldberg, Pinelopi and Frank Verboven (2005). “Market Integration and Convergence to the Law of One Price: Evidence from the European Car Market”. Journal of International Economics; V.65-#1, pp. 49-73.


Sarno, Lucio, Mark Taylor and Ibrahim Chowdhury (2004). “Nonlinear Dynamics in Deviations from the Law of One Price: A Broad-based Empirical Study”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.23-#1, pp. 1-25.


Friberg, Richard and Thomas Mathä (2004). “Does a Common Currency Lead to (more) Price Equalization? The Role of Psychological Pricing Points”. Economics Letters; V.84-#?, pp. 281-287.


Lutz, Matthias (2004). “Pricing in Segmented Markets, Arbitrage Barriers, and the Law of One Price: Evidence from the European Car Market”. Review of International Economics; V.12-#3, pp. 456-475.

 

b. Pricing-to-Market


Goldberg, Pinelopi and Michael Knetter (1997). “Goods Prices and Exchange Rates: What Have We Learned?”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.35-#3, pp. 1243-1272.


Dornbusch, Rudiger (1987). “Exchange Rates and Prices”. American Economic Review; V.77-#1, pp. 93-106.


Krugman, Paul (1987). “Pricing to Market when the Exchange Rate Changes”. S. Arndt and J.D. Richardson, eds. Real-Financial Linkages Among Open Economies. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 49-70.


Froot, Kenneth and Paul Klemperer (1989). “Exchange Rate Pass-Through when Market Share Matters”. American Economic Review; V.79-#4, pp. 637-654.


Marston, Richard (1990). “Pricing to Market in Japanese Manufacturing”. JIE; V.29-#3/4, pp. 217-236.


Gagnon, Joseph (1989). “Adjustment Costs and International Trade Dynamics”. JIE; V.26-#3/4, pp. 327-334.


Knetter, Michael (1989). “Price Discrimination by US and German Exporters”. AER; V.79-#1, pp. 198-210.


Knetter, Michael (1992). “Multinationals and Pricing to Market Behavior”. In M. Klein and P. Welfens, eds. Multinationals in the New European and Global Trade. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, pp. 65-87.


Knetter, Michael (1993). “International Comparisons of Pricing to Market Behavior”. AER; V.83-#3, pp. 473-486.


Knetter, Michael (1994). “Is Export Price Adjustment Asymmetric?: Evaluating the Market Share and Marketing Bottlenecks Hypotheses”. JIMF; V.13-#1, pp. 55-70.


Knetter, Michael (1995). “Pricing to Market in Response to Unobservable and Observable Shocks”. International Economic Journal; V.9-#2, pp. 1-25.


Gagnon, Joseph and Michael Knetter (1995). “Markup Adjustment and Exchange Rate Fluctuations: Evidence from Panel Data on Automobile Exports”. JIMF; V.14-#2, pp. 289-310.


Feenstra, Robert, Joseph Gagnon, and Michael Knetter (1996). “Market Share and Exchange Rate Pass-Through in World Automobile Trade”. Journal of International Economics; V.40-#1/2, pp. 187-207.


Pinelopi Goldberg and Michael Knetter (1999). “Measuring the Intensity of Competition in Export Markets”. Journal of International Economics; V.47-#1, pp. 27-60.


Kirman, Alan and Louis Phlips (1996). “Exchange-rate Pass-through and Market Structure”. ZfN; V.64-#2, pp. 129-154.


L. Winkelmann and R. Winkelmann (1998). “Tariffs, Quotas and Terms-of-Trade: The Case of New Zealand”. JIE; V.46-#2, pp. 313-332.


M. Falk and R. Falk (2000). “Pricing to Market of German Exporters: Evidence from Panel Data”. Empirica; V.27-#1, pp. 21-46.


S. Gil-Pareja (2000). “Exchange Rates and European Countries' Export Prices: An Empirical Test for Asymmetries in Pricing to Market Behavior”. WA; V.136-#1, pp. 1-23.


K. Kasa (1992). “Adjustment Costs and Pricing to Market: Theory and Evidence”. JIE ; V.32-#1/2, pp. 1-30.

 

c. Home Market Bias: Border Effects in Commodity Trade


Lewis, Karen (1999). “Trying to Explain Home Bias in Equities and Consumption”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.37-#2, pp. 571-608.


J. McCallum (1995). “National Borders Matter: Canada-US Regional Trade Patterns”. AER; V.85-#3, pp. 615-623.


C. Engel and J. Rogers (1996). “How Wide is the Border?”. AER; V.86-#5, pp. 1112-1125.


J. Helliwell (1996). “Do National Borders Matter for Quebec's Trade?”. CJE; V.29-#3, pp. 507-522.


J. Helliwell (1997). “National Borders, Trade and Migration”. Pacific Economic Review; V.2-#3, pp. 165-185.


S.-J. Wei (1996). “Intra-National versus International Trade: How Stubborn are National in Global Integration?”. NBER Working Paper; #5531.


M. A. Anderson and S. Smith (1999). “Do National Borders Really Matter? Canada-US Regional Trade Reconsidered”. RIE; V.7-#2, pp. 219-227.


M. A. Anderson and S. Smith (1999). “Canadian Provinces in World Trade: Engagement and Detachment”. CJE; V.32-#1, pp. 22-38.


E. van Wincoop and Y. Iwamoto (2000). “Do Borders Matter? Evidence from Japanese Regional Net Capital Flows”. IER; V.41-#1, pp. 241-269.


Wolf, Holger (2000). “Intranational Home Bias in Trade”. REStat; V.82-#4, pp. 555-563.


Wolf, Holger (2000). “(Why) Do Borders Matter for Trade”. In G. Hess and E. van Wincoop, eds. Intranational Macroeconomics. Cambridge, CUP.


V. Nitsch (2000). “National borders and International Trade: Evidence from the European Union” CJE, V.33-#4, pp. 1091-1105.


Ceglowski, Janet (2000). “Has the Border Narrowed?”. North American Journal Of Economics And Finance; V.11-#1, pp. 61-75.


Ceglowski, Janet (2000). “Regionalization and Home Bias: The Case of Canada”. Journal of Economic Integration; V.15-#4, pp. 548-564.


R. Feenstra, J. Markusen, and A. Rose (2001). “Using the Gravity Equation to Differentiate among Alternative Theories of Trade”. Canadian Journal of Economics, V.34-#2, pp. 430-447


D. Parsley and S.-J. Wei (2001). “Explaining the Border Effect: The Role of Exchange Rate Variability, Shipping Costs, and Geography”. Journal of International Economics; V.55-#1, pp. 87-105.


K. Head and T. Mayer (2000). “Illusory Border Effects: How Internal Geography Influences External Trade Volumes”. Ms: UBC.


M. Anderson and S. Smith (2000). “Information Networks, Hysteresis, and the Border Effect in International Trade”. Ms: USITC.


R. Hilberry and D. Hummels (2000). “Explaining Home Bias in Consumption: Production Location, Commodity Composition and Magnification”. Ms: USITC & Purdue University.


R. Hillberry (2000). “Explaining the ‘Border Effect:’ What Can We Learn From Disaggregated Commodity Flow Data?”. Ms: US International Trade Commission.


C. Evans (2000). “National Border Effects, Heterogeneous Fixed Costs of International Trade, and Variety Availability”. Ms: Federal Reserve Bank of NY.


C. Evans (2000). “The Economic Significance of National Border Effects”. Ms: Federal Reserve Bank of New York.


E. van Wincoop (2000). “Borders and Trade” ms: Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

2. Trade and Labor Markets

 

a. Mostly Employment Effects

 

(1) Overviews


J. Martin (1979). “Measuring the Effects of Changes in Trade Flows: A Survey of Recent Research”. In The Impact of the Newly Industrialized Countries on Production and Trade in Manufactures. Paris: OECD.


L. D’A. Tyson and J. Zysman (1988). “Trade and Employment: An Overview of the Issues and Evidence”. In L. D’A. Tyson, W. Dickens and J. Zysman, eds. The Dynamics of Trade and Employment. Cambridge: Ballinger, pp. 1-40.


W. Dickens (1988). “The Effects of Trade on Employment: Techniques and Evidence”. In L. D’A. Tyson, W. Dickens and J. Zysman, eds. The Dynamics of Trade and Employment. Cambridge: Ballinger, pp. 41-85.


J. Abowd and R. Freeman (1991). “Introduction and Summary”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade and Labor Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 1-25.


R. Baldwin (1995). “The Effect of Trade and Foreign Direct Investment on Employment and Relative Wages”. OECD Economic Studies, #23, pp. 7-54.

 

(2) Accounting Decompositions


J. Martin and J. Evans (1981). “Notes on Measuring the Employment Displacement Effects of Trade by the Accounting Procedure”. OEP; V.33-#1, pp. 154-164.


G. Grossman (1982). “Comment”. In J. Bhagwati, ed. Import Competition and Response. Chicago: Univeristy of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 396-399.


L. Krause (1971). “How Much of Current Unemployment Did We Import”. BPEA; #2, pp. 417-428.


C. Frank with S. Levinson (1977). “Import Competition and American Jobs”. In Frank with Levinson, Foreign Trade and Domestic Aid. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 23-38.


A. Krueger (1979). “The Impact of Foreign Trade on Employment in US Industry”. in B. Hindley, ed. Current Issues in Commercial Policy and Diplomacy. London: Macmillan, pp. 73-98.


A. Krueger (1980). “Protectionist Pressures, Imports and Employment in the US”. ScanJE; V.82-#2, pp. 133-146.


A. Krueger (1980). “Restructruing for Import Competition from Developing Countries, I: Labor Displacements and Economic Redeployment in the US”. Journal of Policy Modeling; V.2-#?, pp. 165-184.


R. Lawrence (1984). Can America Compete? Washington, DC: Brookings. (chapters 3 and 4).


B. Eichengreen (1988). “International Competition in the Products of U.S. Basic Industries”. in M. Feldstein, ed. The United States in the World Economy. Chicago: Univeristy of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 279-353.


B. Su and C. Chentrens (1994). “Foreign Trade Alternatives for Employment and Occupations, 2005”. Monthly Labor Review; V.117-#11, pp. 37-45.


V. Cable (1977). “British Protectionsism and LDC Imports”. ODI Review; V.2-#?, pp. 29-48.


J. Borkakoti (1997). “The Impact of Import Penetration on Unemployment in UK Manufacturing”. in J. Borkakoti and C. Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 90-117.


R. Hine and P. Wright (1997). “Trade and Manufacturing Employment in the UK”. in J. Borkakoti and C. Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 118-139.


F. Wolter (1979). “Adjusting to Imports from Developing Countries”. in H. Giersch, ed. Reshaping the World Economic Order. Tubingen: Mohr.

 

(3) Factor Content Method


Mitchell, D. (1975). “Recent Changes in the Labor Content of US International Trade”. Industrial and Labor Relations Review; V.28-#3, pp. 355-375.


P. De Grauwe, W. Kennes, T. Peeters, and R. van Straelen (1979). “Trade Expansion with Less Developed Countries and Employment: A Case Study of Belgium”. WA; V.115-#1, pp. 99-115.


D. Schumacher (1984). “North-South Trade and Shifts in Employment: A Comparative Analyis of Six European Community Countries”. International Labor Review; V.123-#3, pp. 333-347.


A. Sapir and D. Schumacher (1985). “The Employment Impact of Shifts in the Composition of Commodity and Services Trade”. Employment Growth and Structural Change. Paris: OECD, pp. 115-127.


C. Driver, A. Kilpatrick and B. Naisbitt (1985). “The UK Employment Effects of Trade Expansion with the EEC and the NICs”. EER; V.30-#2, pp. 427-38.


C. Driver, A. Kilpatrick and B. Naisbitt (1985). “The Employment Effects of Changes in the Structure of UK Trade”. Journal of Economic Studies; V.12-#5, pp. 19-38.


C. Driver, A. Kilpatrick and B. Naisbitt (1988). “The Sensitivity of Estimated Employment Effects in Input-Output Studies: An Example of the Use of Marginal versus Average Coefficients”. Economic Modelling; V.5-#2, pp. 145-150.


A. Wood (1991). “The Factor Content of North-South Trade in Manufactures Reconsidered”. WA; V.127-#4, pp. 719-743.


A. Wood (1991). “How Much Does Trade with the South Affect Workers in the North?”. WBRO; V.6-#3, pp. 19-35.


N. Sakurai (1995). “Structural Change and Employment: Empirical Evidence for 8 OECD Countries”. OECD Science, Technology and Industry Review; #15, pp. 133-175.


P. Messerlin (1995). “The Impact of Trade and Capital Movements on Labour: Evidence on The French Case”. OECD Economic Studies, #24, pp. 89-124.


M. Gregory and C. Greenhalgh (1997). “International Trade, Deindustrialization and Labour Demand: An Input-Output Study for the UK (1979-1990)”. in Jitendral Borkakoti and Chris Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 62-89.

 

(4) Regression Analyses

 

(a) US


G. Grossman (1986). “Imports as a Cause of Injury: the Case of the US Steel Industry”. JIE; V.20-#3/4, pp. 201-223.


G. Grossman (1987). “The Employment and Wage Effects of Import Competition in the US”. JIEI; V.2-#1, pp. 1-23.


C. Mann (1988). “The Effect of Foreign Competition in Prices and Quanitites on the Employment in Import Sensitive U.S. Industries”. International Trade Journal; V.2-#4, pp. 409-444.


R. Freeman and L. Katz (1991). “Industrial Wage and Employment Determination in an Open Economy”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade, and Labor Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 235-259.


A. Revenga (1992). “Exporting Jobs? The Impact of Import Competition on Employment and Wages in US Manufacturing”. QJE; V.107-#1, pp. 255-284.

 

(b) Europe


R. Freeman and A. Revenga (1999). “How Much Has LDC Trade Affected Western Job Markets?”. in Mathias Dewatripont, André Sapir, and Khalid Sekkat, eds. Trade and Jobs in Europe: Much Ado About Nothing? Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 8-32.


D. Neven and C. Wyplosz (1999). “Relative Prices, Trade and Restructuring in European Industry”. in Mathias Dewatripont, André Sapir, and Khalid Sekkat, eds. Trade and Jobs in Europe: Much Ado About Nothing? Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 33-59.


M. Dewatripont, A. Sapir, and K. Sekkat (1999). “Labour Market Effects of Trade with LDCs in Europe”. in Mathias Dewatripont, André Sapir, and Khalid Sekkat, eds. Trade and Jobs in Europe: Much Ado About Nothing? Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 60-78.


O. Cortes, S. Jean, and J. Pisani-Ferry (1999). “Trade with Emerging Countries and the Labour Market: The French Case”. in Mathias Dewatripont, André Sapir, and Khalid Sekkat, eds. Trade and Jobs in Europe: Much Ado About Nothing? Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 113-138.


K. Aiginger, R. Winter-Ebmer, and J. Zweimüller (1996). “Eastern European Trade and the Austrian Labor Market”. WA; V.132-#3, pp. 476-500.

 

(c) UK


K. Denny and S. Machin (1991). “The Effects of Import Competition on Wages and Employment”. Institute of Fiscal Studies working paper, #


J. Konings and H. Vandenbussche (1995). “The Effect of Foreign Competition on UK Employment and Wages: Evidence from Firm-level Panel Data”. WA; V.131-#4, pp. 655-671.


J. Borkakoti (1997). “The Impact of Import Penetration on Unemployment in UK Manufacturing”. in J. Borkakoti and C. Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 90-117.


A. Courakis, K. Maskus, and A. Webster (1997). “Occupational Employment and Wage Changes in the UK: Trade and Technology Effects”. in J. Borkakoti and C. Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 169-202.


R. Hine and P. Wright (1997). “Trade and Manufacturing Employment in the UK”. in J. Borkakoti and C. Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 118-139.


D. Greenaway, R. Hine, and P. Wright (1999). “An Empirical Assessment of the Impact of Trade on Employment in the United Kingdom”. EJPE; V.15-#4, pp. 485-500.


P. Oslington (1999). “Trade and Labour Rents: An Analysis of Recent OECD Wage Inequality and Unemployment Experience”. Centre for Research on Globalisation and Labour Markets Discussion Paper, #99/13.

 

(d) Other


N. Gaston and D. Trefler (1997). “The Labour Market Consequences of the Canada-US Free Trade Agreement”. CJE; V.30-#1, pp. 18-42.


E. Beaulieu (2000). “The Canada-US Free Trade Agreement and Labour Market Adjustment in Canada”. CJE; V.33-#2, pp. 540-563.


N. Gaston (1998). “The Impact of International Trade and Protection on Australian Manufacturing Employment”. Australian Economic Papers; V.37-#2, pp. 119-136.


Karunaratne, Neil Dias (1999). “Globalisation and Labour Immiserisation in Australia”. Journal of Economic Studies; V.26-#2/3, pp. 82-105.


K. Lang (1998). “The Effect of Trade Liberalization on Wages and Employment: The Case of New Zealand”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.16-#4, pp. 792-814.


B. Balassa (1986). “The Employment Effects of Trade in Manufactured Products Between Developed and Developing Countries”. JPolMod; V8-#3, pp. 371-390.

 

(5) CGE Methods


A. Deardorff and R. Stern (1986). “Changes in Trade and Employment in the Major Industrialized Countries”. Chapter 9 in The Michigan Model of World Trade and Production. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 199-218.


R. Staiger, A. Deardorff, and R. Stern (1987). “Employment Effects of Japanese and American Protectionism”. In D. Salvatore, ed. The New Protectionist Threat to World Welfare. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 164-180.


H. Lee and D. Roland-Holst (1994). “Shifting Comparative Advantage and the Employment Effects of US-Japan Trade”. World Economy; V.17-#3, pp. 323-363.

 

b. Mostly Wage Effects

 

(1) Overviews


A. Wood (1991). “How Much Does Trade with the South Affect Workers in the North”. WBER; V.6-#?, pp. 19-36.


A. Wood (1994). North-South Trade, Employment and Inequality: Changing Fortunes in a Skill-Driven World. New York: Oxford University Press.


D. Bloom and A. Brender (1993). “Labor and the Emerging World Economy”. Population Bulletin; V.48-#2, pp. 2-39.


P. Krugman and R. Lawrence (1994). “Trade, Jobs and Wages”. Scientific American; April, pp. 44-49.


E. Leamer (1994). “Trade, Wages, and Revolving Door Ideas”. NBER Working Paper, #4716.


J. Bhagwati and V. Dehejia (1994). “International Trade Theory and Wages of the Unskilled”. In J. Bhagwati and M. Kosters, eds. Trade and Wages: Leveling Wages Down? Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 36-75.


A. Deardorff and D. Hakura (1994). “Trade and Wages: What are the Questions?”. In J. Bhagwati and M. Kosters, eds. Trade and Wages: Leveling Wages Down? Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 76-107.


R. Cooper (1994). “Foreign Trade, Wages and Unemployment”. In H. Giersch, ed. Fighting Europe’s Unemployment in the 1990's. Berlin: Springer, pp. 93-117.


P. Krugman (1995). “Growing World Trade: Causes and Consequences”. BPEA, #1, pp. 327-362.


G. Burtless (1995). “International Trade and the Rise in Earnings Inequality”. JEL; V.33-#2, pp. 800-816.


R. Freeman (1995). “Are Your Wages Being Set in Beijing”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.9-#3, pp. 15-32.


J.D. Richardson (1995). “Income Inequality and Trade: How to Think, What to Conclude”. Journal of Economic Perspectives, V.9-#3, pp. 33-55.


A. Wood (1995). “How Trade Hurts Unskilled Workers”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.9-#3, pp. 57-80.


R. Cooper (1996). “Is Growth in Developing Countries Beneficial to Industrial Countries?”. Annual World Bank Conference on Development Economics 1995. Washington, DC: World Bank, pp. 249-275.


P. Krugman (1995). “Technology, Trade, and Factor Prices”. NBER Working Paper, #5355.


P. Krugman (1996). “Domestic Distortions and the Deindustrialization Hypothesis”. in R. Feenstra, G. Grossman and D. Irwin, eds. The Political Economy of Trade Policy. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 33-49.


G. Hanson and A. Harrison (1995). “Trade, Technology, and Wage Inequality”. NBER Working Paper, #5110.


P. Brenton (1997). “Rising Trade and Falling Wages: A Review of the Theory and Empirics”. in P. Brenton and J. Pelkmans, eds. Global Trade and European Workers. London: Macmillan, pp. 18-38.


F.L. Pryor (1999). “The Impact of Foreign Trade on the Employment of Unskilled U.S. Workers: Some New Evidence”. SEJ; V.65-#3, pp. 472-472.


S. Collins, ed. (1998). Imports, Exports and the American Worker. Washington, DC: Brookings.


R. Lawrence (1996) Single World, Divided Nations? Globalization and OECD Labor Markets. Washington, DC: Brookings\OECD.


M. Slaughter (1998). “International Trade and Per Capita Income Convergence: A Difference-in-Differences Analysis”. NBER Working Paper; #6557.


G. Johnson and F. Stafford (1999). “The Labor Market Implications of International Trade”. Chapter 34 in O. Ashenfelter and D. Card, eds. Handbook of Labor Economics, Vol. 3B. Amsterdam: North Holland, pp.

 

(2) US


I. Kravis (1956). “Wages and Foreign Trade”. REStat; V.38-#1, pp. 14-30.


D. Brauer (1991). "The Effect of Imports on US Manufacturing Wages". FRBNY Quarterly Review; Spring, pp. 14-26.


 Murphy and F. Welch (1991). “The Role of International Trade in Wage Differentials”. In M. Kosters, ed. Workers and Their Wages: Changing Patterns in the US. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 39-69.


R. Freeman and L. Katz (1991). “Industrial Wage and Employment Determination in an Open Economy”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade, and Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 235-259.


G. Borjas, R. Freeman and L. Katz (1992). “On the Labor Market Effects of Immigration and Trade”. In G. Borjas and L. Katz, eds. Immigration and the Workforce: Economic Consequences for the US and Source Areas. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 213-244.


R. Batra (1992). “The Fallacy of Free Trade”. RIE; V.1-#1, pp. 19-31.


R. Batra and D. Slottje (1992). “Trade Policy and Poverty in the US: Theory and Evidence, 1947-1990”. RIE; V.1-#?, pp. 189-208.


C. Arndt and T. Hertel (1997). “Revisiting ‘The Fallacy of Free Trade’”. RIE; V.5-#2, pp. 221-229.


G. Johnson and F. Stafford (1993). “International Competition and Real Wages”. AER; V.83-#2, pp. 127-131.


E. Leamer (1993). “Wage Effects of a US-Mexican Free Trade Agreement”. In P. Garber, ed. The Mexico-US Free Trade Agreement. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 57-125


R. Lawrence and M. Slaughter (1993). “Trade and US Wages: Giant Sucking Sound or Small Hiccup?”. BPEA; V.1993-#2, pp. 161-210.


G. Borjas and V. Ramey (1994). “Time Series Evidence on the Sources of Trends in Wage Inequality”. AER; V.84-#2, pp. 10-16.


G. Borjas and V. Ramey (1994). “The Relationship between Wage Inequality and Trade”. In J. Bergstrand, et al. Eds. The Changing Distribution of Income in an Open US Economy. New York: Elsevier, pp. 217-241.


G. Borjas and V. Ramey (1995). “Foreign Competition, Market Power, and Wage Inequality”. QJE; V.110-#4, pp. 1075-1110.


J. Sachs and H. Shatz (1994). “Trade and Jobs in US Manufacturing”. BPEA; V.1994-#1, pp. 1-84.


N. Fielke (1994). “Is Global Competition Making the Poor Even Poorer?”. New England Economic Review; Nov/Dec, pp. 3-16.


A. Bernard and J.B. Jensen (1995). “Exporters, Jobs and Wages in US Manufacturing: 1976-1987". BPEA: Microeconomics, pp. 67-119.


A. Bernard and J.B. Jensen (1997). “Exporters, Skill Upgrading and the Wage Gap”. JIE; V.42-#1/2, pp. 3-31.


A. Bernard and J.B. Jensen (2000). “Understanding Increasing and Decreasing Wage Inequality”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.227-261.


R. Baldwin and G. Cain (2000). “Shifts in Relative US Wages: The Role of Trade, Technology and Factor Endowments”. REStat; V.82-#4, pp. 580-595.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (1999). “The Impact of Outsourcing and High Technology Capital on Wages: Estimates for the US, 1979-1990”. QJE; V.114-#3, pp. 907-940.


W. Cline (1997). Trade and Income Distribution. Washington, DC: IIE.


J. Harrigan (2000). “International Trade and American Wages in General Equilibrium, 1967-1995. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 171-193.


M. Lovely and J.D. Richardson (2000). “Trade Flows and Wage Premiums: Does Who or What Matter?”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 309-343.


P. Krugman (2000). “And Now for Something Completely Different: An Alternative Model of Trade, Education, and Inequality”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 15-28.


E. Leamer (1999). “Effort, Wages, and the International Division of Labor”. JPE; V.107-#6, pp. 1127-1163.


E. Leamer and C. Thornberg (2000). “Effort and Wages: A New Look at the Interindustry Wage Differentials”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 36-80.

 

(3) Europe


J. Oliviera-Martins (1994). “Market Structure, Trade and Wages”. OECD Economic Observer; #.22, pp. 131-154.


D. Greenaway, R. Hine and P. Wright (1997). “Does Trade Affect Wages? An Empirical Analysis of the UK”. CREDIT Research Paper, #97/11.


J. Haskel and M. Slaughter (1999). “Trade, Technology and UK Wage Inequality”. GLM Working Paper; #99/2.


T. Desjonqueres, S. Machin, and J. Van Reenen (1999). “Another Nail in the Coffin? Or Can the Trade Based Explanation of Changing Skill Structures be Resurrected?”. ScanJE; V.101-#4, pp. 533-554.


B. Anderton and P. Brenton (1999). “Trade with NICs and Wage Inequality: Evidence from the UK and Germany”. in P. Brenton and J. Pelkmans, eds. Global Trade and European Workers. London: Macmillan, pp. 39-68.


M. Lücke (1999). “Trade with Low-income Countries and the Relatives Wages and Employment Opportunities of the Unskilled: An Exploratory Analysis for West Germany and the UK”. in P. Brenton and J. Pelkmans, eds. Global Trade and European Workers. London: Macmillan, pp. 69-95.


D. Greenaway, R. Hine and P. Wright (2000). “Further Evidence on the Effect of Foreign Competition on Industry Level Wages”. WA; V.136-#3, pp. 522-538.

 

(4) Japan


M. Rebick (1999). “Trade and the Wage Structure in the Presence of Price Differentials in the Product Market: The Japanese Labor Market 1965-1990”. Journal of the Japanese and International Economies; V.13-#1, pp. 22-43.

 

(5) LDCs


A.C. Edwards and Z. Tzannatos (1995). “National and International Wage Differentials: Effects of Trade, Growth and Education”. Ms: World Bank.


M. Cragg and M. Epelbaum (1996). “Why Has Wage Dispersion Grown in Mexico? Is it the Incidence of Reforms or the Growing Demand for Skills?”. JDevE; V.51-#?, pp. 99-116.


G. Hanson (1997). “Increasing Returns, Trade and the Regional Structure of Wages”. EJ; v.107-#440, pp. 113-133.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (1997). “Foreign Direct Investment and Relative Wages: Evidence from Mexico’s Maquiladora”. JIE; V.42-#3/4, pp. 371-393.


A. Harrison and E. Leamer (1997). “Labor Markets in Developing Countries: An Agenda for Research”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.15-#3/Part II, pp. S1-S19.


A. Revenga (1997). “Employment and Wage Effects of Trade Liberalization: The Case of Mexican Manufacturing”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.15-#3/Part II, pp. S20-43.


J. Currie and A. Harrison (1997). “Sharing the Costs: The Impact of Trade Reform on Capital and Labor in Morocco”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.15-#3/Part II, pp. S44-S71.


D. Robbins (1996). “HOS Hits Facts: Facts Win; Evidence on Trade and Wages in the Developing World.” HIID Working Paper # 557.


D. Robbins (1997). “Trade and Wages in Colombia”. Estudios de Economia; V.24-#1, pp. 47-83.


D. Robbins (1999). “Wage Dispersion and Trade in Colombia: An Analysis of Greater Bogota, 1976-1989". In C. Callahan and F. Gunter, eds. Colombia: An opening economy? Stamford, Conn.: JAI Press, pp. 97-129.


D. Robbins and T.H. Gindling (1999). “Trade Liberalization and the Relative Wages for More-Skilled Workers in Costa Rica”. Review of Development Economics; V.3-#2, pp. 140-154.


U. Kambhampati, P. Krishna, and D. Mitra (1997). “The Effects of Trade Policy Reforms on Labour Markets: Evidence from India”. Journal of International Trade and Economic Development; V.6-#2, pp. 287-297.


C. Milner and P. Wright (1998). “Modelling Labour Market Adjustment to Trade Liberalisation in an Industrialising Economy”. Economic Journal; V.108-#?, pp. 509-528.


G. Hanson (1998). “Regional Adjustment to Trade Liberalization”. RSUE; V.28-#4, pp. 419-444.


A. Revenga and C. Montenegro (1998). “North American Integration and Factor-Price Equalization: Is there Evidence of Wage Convergence between Mexico and the United States”. in S. Collins, ed. (1998). Imports, Exports and the American Worker. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 305-347.


A. Savvides (1998). “Trade Policy and Income Inequality: New Evidence”. EcLets; V.61-#?, pp. 365-372.


G. Hanson and A. Harrison (1999). “Trade Liberalization and Wage Inequality in Mexico”. Industrial and Labor Relations Review; V.52-#2, pp. 271-288.


E. Leamer, H. Maul, S. Rodriguez, and P. Schott (1999). “Does Natural Resource Abundance Increase Latin American Income Inequality?”. Journal of Development Economics; V.59-#1, pp. 3-42.


A. Spilimbergo, J.L. Londoño, and M. Székely (1999). “Income Distribution, Factor Endowments, and Trade Openness”. Journal Of Development Economics V.59-#1, pp. 77-101


H. Beyer, P. Rojas, and R. Vergara (1999). “Trade Liberalization and Wage Inequality”. Journal Of Development Economics V.59-#1, pp. 103-123.


A. Harrison and G. Hanson (1999). “Who Gains from Trade Reform? Some Remaining Puzzles”. Journal Of Development Economics V.59-#1, pp. 125-154.


A. Wood (1999). “Openness and Wage Inequality in Developing Countries: The Latin American Challenge to East Asian Conventional Wisdom”. in R. Baldwin, D. Cohen, A. Sapir, and A. Venables, eds. Market Integration, Regionalism and the Global Economy. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 153-181.


J. Levinsohn (1999). “Employment Responses to International Liberalization in Chile”. Journal of International Economics; V.47-#?, pp. 321-344.


M. Moreira and S. Najberg (2000). “Trade Liberalisation in Brazil: Creating or Exporting Jobs?”. Journal of Development Studies; V.36-#3, pp. 78-99.


E.J. Amadeo and V. Pero (2000). “Adjustment, Stabilisation and the Structure of Employment in Brazil”. Journal of Development Studies; V.36-#4, pp. 120-148.


R. Robertson (2000). “Wage Shocks and North American Labor-Market Integration”. AER; v.90-#4, pp. 742-764.


R. Robertson (2000). “Trade Liberalisation and Wage Inequality: Lessons from the Mexican Experience”. World Economy; V.23-#6, pp. 827-849.


R. Robertson and D. Dutkowsky (2002). “Labor Adjustment Costs in a Destination Country: The Case of Mexico”. Journal of Development Economics; V.67-#1, pp. 29-54.


Z. Feliciano (2001). “Workers and Trade Liberalization: The Impact of Trade Reforms in Mexico on Wages and Employment”. ILR Review; V.55-#1, pp. 95-115.


Sajjid Chinoy, Pravin Krishna, and Devashish Mitra (2001). “Trade Liberalization and Labor Demand Elasticities: Evidence from Turkey”. Journal of International Economics, V.55-#2, pp. 391-409.


Pinelopi K. Goldberg and Nina Pavcnik (2001). “Trade Protection and Wages: Evidence from the Colombian Trade Reforms”. NBER Working Paper, #8575.


Shang-Jin Wei and Yi Wu (2001). “Globalization and Inequality: Evidence from Within China”. NBER Working Paper; #8611.


A. Ghose (2000). “Trade Liberalization, Employment and Global Inequality”. International Labor Review; V.139-#3, pp. 281-305.


Edwards, A.C. (1997). “Trade liberalization and unemployment: Policy issues and evidence from Chile,” in Jitendradal Borkakoti and Chris Milner, eds. International Trade and Labor Markets. London: MacMillan Press.


A.C. Edwards and S. Edwards (1997). “Trade Liberalization and Unemployment: Policy Issues and Evidence from Chile”. in J. Borkakoti and C. Milner, eds. International Trade and Labour Markets. London: Macmillan, pp. 8-43.


A.C. Edwards and S. Edwards (2000). “Economic Reforms and Labor Markets: Policy Issues and Lessons from Chile”. Economic Policy; V.15-#30, pp. 181-230.


A. Revenga, M. Riboud, and H. Tan (1994). “The Impact of Mexico's Retraining Program on Employment and Wages”. World Bank Economic Review; V.8-#2, pp 247-277.


T. H. Gindling and D. Robbins (2001). “Patterns and Sources of Changing Wage Inequality in Chile and Costa Rica during Structural Adjustment”. World Development; V.29-#4, pp. 725-745.

 

c. Exchange Rates and Wages/Employment


W. Branson and J. Love (1987). “U.S. Manufacturing and the Real Exchange Rate”. in R. Marston, ed. Misalignment of Exchange Rates: Effects on Trade and Industry. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 241-270.


R. Dornbusch and J. Frankel (1987). “Macroeconomics and Protection”. in R. Stern, ed. US Trade Policies in a Changing World Economy. Cambridge: MIT. pp. 77-130.


B. Eichengreen (1988). “International Competition in the Products of U.S. Basic Industries”. in M. Feldstein, ed. The United States in the World Economy. Chicago: Univeristy of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 279-353.


L. Goldberg and J. Tracy (2000). “Exchange Rates and Local Labor Markets”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 269-304.


R. Dornbusch and S. Fischer (1986). “The Open Economy: Implications for Monetary and Fiscal Policy”. In R. Gordon, ed. The American Business Cycle: Continuity and Change. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.


W. Vroman and J. Abowd (1988). “Disaggregated Wage Developments”. BPEA; 1988-#1, pp. 313-338.


D. Himarios (1993). “The Exchange Rate and the US Wage Process: An Intensive Empirical Investigation”. JMCB; V.25-#?, pp. 96-108.


B. Cha and D. Himarios (1995). “The Internationalization of the US Wage Process”. RIE; V.3-#2, pp. 209-223.

 

d. Globalization and Deindustrialization


B. Bluestone and B. Harrison (1982). The Deindustrialization of America. New York: Basic Books.


S. Chaikin (1982). “Trade, Investment and Deindustrialization: Myth and Reality”. Foreign Affairs; V.60-#4, pp. 836-851.


R. Lawrence (1983). “Is Trade Deindustrializing America? A Medium-Term Perspective”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #1, pp. 129-161.


R. Lawrence (1987). “Trade Performance as a Constraint on European Growth”. Barriers to European Growth: A Transatlantic View. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 303-374.


R. Rowthorn and J. Wells (1987). De-Industrialization and Foreign Trade. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


S. Cohen and J. Zysman (1987). Manufacturing Matters. New York: Basic Books.


L. Mishel (1989). “The Late Great Debate on Deindustrialization”. Challenge; V.32-#1, pp. 35-43.


D. Dollar and E. Wolff (1993). Competitiveness, Convergence, and International Specialization. Cambridge: MIT Press. [Chapter 2.]


P. Gottschalk and M. Joyce (1995). “The Impact of Technological Change, Deindustrialization, and Internationalization of Trade on Earnings Inequality: An International Perspective”. in K. McFate, R. Lawson, and W.J. Wilson, eds. Poverty, Inequality, and the Future of Social Policy: Western States in the New World Order. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, pp.


S. Saeger (1997). “Globalization and Deindustrialization: Myth and Reality in the OECD”. WA; V.133-#4, pp. 549-608.


R. Rowthorn and R. Ramaswamy (1997). “Deindustrialization: Causes and Implications”. IMF Working Paper, WP/97/42.


R. Rowthorn and R. Ramaswamy (1999). “Growth, Trade, and Deindustrialization”. IMF Staff Papers; V.46-#1, pp. 18-41.


A. Burgstaller (1987). “Industrialization, Deindustrialization, and North-South Trade”. AER; V.77-#5, pp. 1017-1018.


P. Krugman (1996). “Domestic Distortions and the Deindustrialization Hypothesis”. in R. Feenstra, G. Grossman, and D. Irwin, eds. The political economy of trade policy: Papers in honor of Jagdish Bhagwati. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 33-49.


A. Spilimbergo (1998). “Deindustrialization and Trade”. RIE; V.6-#3, pp. 450-460.

 

e. The Effect of Protection on Wages and Employment


B. Vaccara (1960). Employment and Output in Protected Manufacturing Industries. Washington, DC: Brookings.


W. Salant and B. Vaccara (1961). Import Liberalization and Employment. Washington, DC: Brookings.


G. Basevi (1966). “The U.S. Tariff Structure: Estimates of Effective Rates of Protection of U.S. Industries and Industrial Labor”. REStat; V.48-#2, pp. 147-160.


D.S. Ball (1967). “US Effective Tariffs and Labor's Share”. JPE; V.75-#2, pp. 183-187.


W.P. Travis (1968). “The Effective Rate of Protection and the Question of Labor Protection in the United States”. JPE; V.76-#3, pp. 443-461.


B. Balassa, S. Guisinger, and D. Schydlowsky (1970). “The Effective Rate of Protection and the Question of Labor Protection: A Comment”. JPE; V.78-#5, pp. 1150-1162.


J. Cheh (1976). “A Note on Tariffs, Nontariff Barriers, and Labor Protection in US Manufacturing Industries”. JPE; V.84-#2, pp. 389-384.


J. Stone (1978). “A Comment on Cheh”. JPE; V.86-#5, pp. 959-962.


D. Clark (1980). “A Comment on Cheh”. JPE; V.88-#6, pp. 1249-1254.


G. Zandano (1969). “The Heckscher-Ohlin Model and the Tariff Structures of the Industrial Countries”. Banca Nazionale De Lavoro Quarterly Review; V.88-#1, pp. 46-65.


M. Constantopoulos (1974). “Labor Protection in Western Europe”. EER; V.5-#4, pp. 313-328.


G.C. Hufbauer and H.O. Balkhy (1974). “The Cost of Redistributing Income Through Trade Policy”. WA. V.110-#1, pp. 38-52.


D. Burgess (1976). “Tariffs and Income Distribution: Some Empirical Evidence for the US”. JPE; V.84-#1, pp. 17-45.


J. Hartigan and E. Tower (1976). “Trade Policy and the American Income Distribution”. RESTat; V.64-#?, pp. 261-270.


R. Baldwin and W. Lewis (1978). “US Tariff Effects on Trade and Employment in Detailed SIC Industries”. in W. Dewald, ed. The Impact of International Trade and Investment on Employment. Washington, DC: Department of Labor, pp. 241-259.


R. Baldwin (1985). “Trade Policy and Employment”. In Employment Growth and Structural Chcnge. Paris: OECD, pp. 90-114.


N. Gaston and D. Trefler (1992). “Nontariff Barriers to Trade and Workers’ Wages”. in E. Bairam, ed. Studies in Labor Economics. London: Ashgate Publishing, pp. 72-110.


N. Gaston and D. Trefler (1994). “The Role of International Trade and Trade Policy in Labour Markets of Canada and the US”. World Economy; V.17-#1, pp. 45-62.


N. Gaston and D. Trefler (1994). “Protection, Trade and Wages: Evidence for US Manufacturing”. Industrial and Labor Relations Review; V.47-#4, pp. 574-593.


J. Cheh (1974). “United States Concessions in the Kennedy Round and Short-run Labor Adjustment Costs”. JIE; V.4-#4, pp. 323-340.


M. Bale (1977). “United States Concessions in the Kennedy Round and Short-run Labor Adjustment Costs: Further Evidence”. JIE; V.7-#?, pp. 145-148.


R. Baldwin (1976). “Trade and Employment Effects in the US of Multilateral Tariff Reductions”. AER; V.66-#2, pp. 142-148.


J. Riedel (1977). “Tarff Concessions in the Kennedy Round and the Structure of Protection in West Germany: An Econometric Assessment”. JIE; V.7-#?, pp. 133-143.

 

3. Global Governance in International Trade: WTO and Beyond

 

a. General


J. Finlayson and M. Zacher (1981). "The GATT and the Regulation of Trade Barriers". IO; V.35-#4, pp. 561-602.


R. Staiger (1995). “International Rules and Institutions for Trade Policy”. in G. Grossman and K. Rogoff, eds. Handbook of International Economics--V.III. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 1495-1551.


W. Ethier (1998). “The International Commercial System”. Essays in International Finance, #210..


J.M. Finger (1979). "Trade Liberalization: A Public Choice Perspective". in R. Amacher, et al. eds. Challenges to a Liberal International Economic Order. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 421-453.


J.D. Richardson (1988). "International Coordination of Trade Policy". in M. Feldstein, ed. International Cooperation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER. pp 167-204.


G. Curzon (1965). Multilateral Commercial Diplomacy. London: Michael Joseph.


G. and V. Curzon (1976). "The Management of Trade Relations in the GATT". A. Shonfield, ed. International Economic Relations of the Western World, 1959-1971. Oxford: Oxford University Press/RIIA, pp. 141-283.


K. Kock (1969). International Trade Policy and the GATT, 1947-1967. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell.


K. Dam (1970). The GATT: Law and Economic Organization. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


R. Hudec (1975). The Gatt Legal System and World Trade Diplomacy. New York: Praeger.


J.M. Finger and A. Olechowski, eds. (1987). A Handbook for the Multilateral Trade Negotiations. Washington, DC: The World Bank.


J. Jackson (1989). The World Trading System: Law and Policy of International Economic Relations. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Yarbrough, Beth and Robert Yarbrough (1992). Cooperation and Governance in International Trade. Princeton: PUP.,


J.M. Finger and S. Dhar (1994). "Do Rules Control Power? Gatt Articles and Arrangements in the Uruguay Round". in A. Deardorff and R. Stern, eds. Analytical and Negotiating Issues in the Global Trading System. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 195-223.


B. Hoekman and M. Kostecki (1995). The Political Economy of the World Trading System: From GATT to WTO. New York: Oxford University Press.


Higgot, Richard (1996). “Beyond Embedded Liberalism: Governing the International Trade Regime in an Era of Economic Nationalism” in Philip Gummett, ed. Globalization and Public Policy. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, pp. 18-45.


Richardson, Martin, ed.(2000). Globalization and International Trade Liberalization: Continuity and Change. Edward Elgar.


Wilkinson, Rorden (2000). Multilateralism and the World Trade Organisation: The Architecture and Extension of International Trade Regulation. London: Routledge.


Wallach, Lori and Michelle Sforza (2000). Whose Trade Organization?: Corporate Globalization and the Erosion of Democracy. Washington, DC: Public Citizen.

 

b. MFN/Non-Discrimination


A. Caplin and K. Krishna (1988). "Tariffs and the Most Favored Nation Clause: A Game Theoretic Approach". Seoul Journal of Economics; V.3-#?, pp. 267-289.


R. Ludema (1991). "International Trade Bargaining and the Most-Favored-Nation Clause". E&P; V.3-#1, pp. 1-20.


K. Gatsios (1990). “Preferential Tariffs and the ‘Most Favored Nation’ Principle: A Note”. JIE; V.28-#3/4, pp. 365-373.


W. Ethier (1998). “Reciprocity, Nondiscrimination, and a Multilateral World”. ms: University of Pennsylvania.


G. Hufbauer (1986). "Should Unconditional MFN be Revised, Retired or Recast?" in R. Snape, ed. Issues in World Trade Policy: Gatt at the Crossroads.


J. Jackson (1987). "Multilateral and Bilateral Approaches for the Conduct of US Trade Policy". in R. Stern, ed. US Trade Policies in a Changing World Economy. Cambridge: MIT. pp. 377-401.


R. Snape (1988). "Is Non-Discrimination Really Dead". World Economy. V.11-#1, pp. 1-17.


J. Bhagwati and H. Patrick, eds. (1990). Aggressive Unilateralism. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.


J. Bhagwati (1991). Multilateralism at Risk. Princeton: Princeton University Press.


J. Bhagwati (1990). "Departures from Multilateralism: Regional and Aggressive Unilateralism". EJ; V.100-#403, pp. 1304-1317.

 

c. Reciprocity


R. Cooper (1964). "Tariff Dispersion and Trade Negotiations". JPE; V.72-#6, pp. 597-603.


R. Caves (1974). "The Economics of Reciprocity: Theory and Evidence on Bilateral Trading Arrangements". in W. Sellekaerts, ed. International Trade and Finance. London: Macmillan, pp. 17-54.


R. Blackhurst (1978). "Reciprocity in Trade Negotiations under Flexible Exchange Rates". in J. Martin and A. Smith, eds.


F. Roessler (1978). "The Rationale for Reciprocity in Trade Negotiations under Floating Currencies". Kyklos; V.31-#2, pp. 258-274.


J. McMillan (1993). "Trade Accords and Trade Wars". in H. Herberg and N.V. Long, eds., Trade, Welfare and Economic Policies. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 167-176.


R. Keohane (1986). "Reciprocity in International Relations". IO; V.40-#1, pp. 1-27.


B. and R. Yarbrough (1986). "Reciprocity, Bilateralism, and Economic 'Hostages': Self-Enforcing Agreements in International Trade". ISQ; V. 30-#1, pp. 7-21.


B. and R. Yarbrough (1987). "Institutions for the Governance of Opportunism in International Trade". Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization; V.3-#1, pp. 129-139.


C. Rhodes (1989). "Reciprocity in Trade: the Utility of a Bargaining Strategy". IO; V.43-#2, pp. 273-299.


R.M. Gadbaw (1982). "Reciprocity and Its Implications for US Trade Policy". Law and Policy in International Business; V.14-#?


K.A.J. Hay and B.A. Sulzenko (1982). "US Trade Policy and 'Reciprocity'". Journal of World Trade Law; V.16-#?, pp.


W. Cline (1983). "'Reciprocity': A New Approach to World Trade Policy?". in W. Cline, ed. Trade Policy in the 1980's. Cambridge: MIT/IIE. pp. 121-158.


L. Weiss (1983). "Reciprocity". in S. Rubin and T. Graham, eds. Managing Trade Relations in the 1980's. Totowa: Rowman and Allanheld. pp. 165-231.


J.J. Florio (1984). "Beyond Reciprocity: The Need for a New US Trade Policy". Journal of Legislation; V. 11-#?, pp.


R. Wonnacott (1984). Aggressive Reciprocity Evaluated with a New Analytical Approach to Trade Conflicts. Quebec: Institute for Research on Public Policy.


S. Krasner (1987). Asymmetries in Japanese-American Trade: the Case for Specific Reciprocity. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies.


J. Bhagwati and D. Irwin (1987). "The Return of the Reciprocitarians: US Trade Policy Today". World Economy; V.10-#?, pp. 109-130.


L.A. Winters (1987). "Reciprocity". in J.M. Finger and A. Olechowski, eds. The Uruguay Round: A Handbook on the Multilateral Trade Negotiations. Washington, DC: The World Bank, pp. 45-51.


C. Lo (1990). The Reciprocity Principle in the International Regulation of Economic Relations. Taipei: Academia Sinica.


J. Bhagwati (1994). "Fair Trade, Reciprocity and Harmonization: The New Challenge to the Theory of Policy and Free Trade". in A. Deardorff and R. Stern, eds. Analytical and Negotiating Issues in the Global Trading System. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 547-598.

 

d. Special and Differential Treatment for LDCs

 

(1) Theoretical Foundations of Arguments for S&D


H.W. Singer (1950). "The Distribution of Gains between Investing and Borrowing Countries". AER; V.40-#2, pp. 473-485.


R. Prebisch (1959). "Commercial Policy in the Underdeveloped Countries". AER; V.49-#2, pp. 251-273.


O. Rodriguez (1977). "On the Conception of the Centre-Periphery System". CEPAL Review, pp. 195-239.


R. Prebisch (1981). "The Latin American Periphery in the Global System of Capitalism". CEPAL Review, pp. 143-150.


M.J. Flanders (1964). "Prebisch on Protectionism: An Evaluation". EJ; V.?-#?, pp. 305-326.


L. Taylor (1982). "Back to Basics: Theory for the Rhetoric in the North-South Round". World Development; V.10-#4, pp. 327-335.


J.A. Ocampo (1986). "New Developments in Trade Theory and LDCs". JDevEc; V.22-#?, pp. 129-170.

 

(2) Economic Analysis of GSP


R. Baldwin and T. Murray (1977). "MFN Tariff Reductions and Developing Country Trade Benefits Under the GSP". EJ; V.87-#?, pp. 30-46.


M. Kreinin and J.M. Finger (1976). "A Critical Survey of the New International Economic Order". Journal of World Trade Law; V.10-#?, pp. 493-512.


J.M. Finger and M. Kreinin (1979). "A Measure of 'Export Similarity' and Its Possible Uses". EJ; V.89-#?, pp. 905-912.


T. Murray (1977). Trade Preferences for Developing Countries. New York: Halsted Press.


T. Birnberg (1979). "Trade Reform Options: Economic Effects on Developing and Developed Countries". in W. Cline, ed. Policy Alternatives for a New International Economic Order: An Economic Analysis. New York: Praeger/ODC, pp. 215-283.


A. Sapir (1981). "Trade Benefits under the EEC GSP". EER; V.15-#?, pp. 339-335.


A. Sapir and L. Lundberg (1984). "The US GSP and its Impacts". in R. Baldwin and A. Krueger. eds. The Structure and Evolution of Recent US Trade Policy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. pp. 195-236.


E. Ray and H. Marvel (1986). "Trade Liberalization, Preferential Arrangements and their Impact on Imports from Latin America". in M. Connolly and C. Gonzalez-Vegas, eds. Economic Reform and Stabilisation in Latin America. New York: Praeger, pp. 253-279.


D. Brown (1987). "The General Equilibrium Effects of the US GSP". SEJ; V.54-#1, pp. 27-47.


M. Wolf (1984). "Two-Edged Sword: Demands of Developing Countries and the Trading System". in J. Bhagwati, ed. Power, Passions and Purpose: Prospects for North-South Negotiations. Cambridge: MIT Press. pp. 201-229.


Whalley, John (1990). “Non-Discriminatory Discrimination: Special and Differential Treatment Under the GATT for Developing Countries”. Economic Journal; V.100-#403, pp. 1318-1328.


A.J. Yeats (1979). Trade Barriers Facing Developing Countries. New York: St. Martins.


H. Hughes and A. Krueger (1984). "Effects of Protection in Developed Countries on Developing Countries' Exports". in R. Baldwin and A. Krueger. eds. The Structure and Evolution of Recent US Trade Policy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. pp. 389-418.


E. Ray and H. Marvel (1984). "The Pattern of Protection in the Industrialized World". REStat; V.66-#?, pp. 452-458.


Ray, Edward (1991). "US Protection and Intra-Industry Trade: The Message to Developing Countries". EDCC; V.40-#1, pp. 169-187.


C. MacPhee, and V. Oguledo (1991). “The Trade Effects of the U.S. Generalized System of Preferences”. Atlantic Economic Journal; V.19-#4, pp. 19-26.

 

(3) Political-Economy of GSP/NIEO


R. Rothstein (1977). The Weak in the World of the Strong: The Developing Countries in the International System. New York: Columbia University Press.


R. Rothstein (1979). Global Bargaining: UNCTAD and the Quest for a New International Economic Order. Princeton: PUP.


A. Fishlow, et al. (1978). Rich Nations and Poor Nations in the World Economy. New York: McGraw Hill.


J. Hart (1983). The New International Economic Order. New York: Macmillan.


C. Murphy (1984). The Emergence of the NIEO Ideology. Boulder: Westview.


J. Finlayson and M. Zacher (1985). "The Third World and the Management of International Commodity Trade". in W.L. Hollist and F.L. Tullist, eds. An International Political Economy. Boulder: Westview, pp. 199-222.


S. Krasner (1985). Structural Conflict: The Third World Against Global Liberalism. Berkeley: University of California Press.


D. Tussie (1986). The Less Developed Countries and the World Trading System: A Challenge to the GATT. London: Pinter.


M. O'Neill (1984). "HICs, MICs, NICs and LICs: Some Elements in the Political Economy of Graduation and Discrimination". World Development; V.12-#?, pp. 693-712.


J. Cassing and A.L. Hillman (1991). "Equalizing the Cost of Success: Equitable Graduation Rules and the GSP". JIEI; V.6-#1, pp. 40-51.


E. Ray (1987). "The Impact of Special Interests on Preferential Tariff Concessions by the US". REStat; V.69-#2, pp. 187-193.


D. Clark (1987). "Regulation of International Trade: The US GSP Scheme". WA; V.123-#4, pp. 697-704.


E. Ray (1989). "The Impact of Rent-Seeking Activity on US Preferential Trade and World Debt". WA; V.125-#?, pp. 619-638.

 

e. Dispute Resolution


R. Hudec (1978). Adjudication of International Trade Disputes.


R. Hudec (1993). Enforcing International Trade Law: The Evolution of the Modern GATT Legal System. Salem: Butterworth Legal Publishers.


R. Hudec, D. Kennedy, and M. Sgarbossa (1993). “A Statistical Profile of GATT Dispute Settlement Cases: 1948-1989”. Minnesota Journal of Global Trade; V.2-#?, pp. 1-113.


R. Shell (1995). “Trade Legalism and International Relations Theory: An Analysis of the World Trade Organization”. Duke Law Journal; V.44-#?, pp. 829-927.


E. Vermulst and B. Driessen (1995). “An Overview of the WTO Dispute Settlement System and Its Relationship with the Uruguay Round Agreements: Nice on Paper but Too Much Stress for the System?”. Journal of World Trade; V.29-#?, pp. 131-162.


E.-U. Petersmann (1997). The GATT/WTO Dispute Settlement System: International Law, International Organization and Dispute Settlement. London: Kluwer Law International.


S. Croley and J. Jackson (1996). “The WTO Dispute Procedures, Standard of Review, and Deference to National Governments”. American Journal of International Law; V.90-#?, pp. 193-213.


J. Jackson (1998). “Designing and Implementing Effective Dispute Settlement Procedures: WTO Dispute Settlement, Appraisal and Procedures”. In A. Krueger, ed. The WTO as an International Organization. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 193-213.


J. Jackson (1998). “Dispute Settlement and the WTO: Emerging Problems”. Journal of International Economic Law; V.1-#?, pp. 329-351.


D. Palmeter and P. Mavroidis (1998). “The WTO Legal System: Sources of Law”. American Journal of International Law; V.92-#?, pp. 398-413.


R. Hudec (1998). “The New WTO Dispute Settlement Procedure: An Overview of the First Three Years”. Minnesota Journal of Global Trade, V.8-#1, pp.


E. Vermulst, P. Mavroidis, and P. Waer (1999). “The Functioning of the Appellate Body After Four Years: Towards Rule Integrity”. Journal of World Trade; V.33-#?, pp. 1-50.


J. Jackson (2000). “Dispute Settlement and a New Round”. In J. Schott, ed. The WTO After Seattle. Washington, DC: IIE, pp. 269-282.


J. Jackson (2000). “Dispute Settlement and the WTO." In R. Porter and P. Sauvé, eds. Seattle, the WTO, and the Future of the Multilateral Trading System. Cambridge: The Center for Business and Government, Harvard University.


J. Jackson (2000). The Jurisprudence of the GATT and the WTO: Insights on Treaty Law and Economic Relations. New York: Cambridge University Press.


M. Bütler and H. Hauser (2000). “The WTO Dispute Settlement System: A First Assessment from an Economic Perspective”. Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization; V.16-#2, pp. 503-533.

 

C. International Migration and Globalization

 

1. Just How Global is the Labor Market?

 

a. Large International Labor Flows


H. Zlotnik (1998). “International Migration 1965-96: An Overview”. Population and Development Review; V.24-#3, pp. 429-468.


D.S. Massey, J. Arango, G. Hugo, A. Kouaouci, A. Pellegrino, and J.E. Taylor (1998). Worlds in Motion: Understanding International Migration at the End of the Millenium. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

 

b. Persistent International Wage Differentials

 

2. Labor Market Effects of Immigration

 

a. Overviews/Surveys

 

(1) Books and Articles


M. Reder (1963). “The Economic Consequences of Increased Immigration”. REStat; V.45-#3, pp. 221-230.


E. Mishan and L. Needleman (1968). "Immigration: Some Long-Term Consequences". Economia Internazionale; V.21-#?, pp. 281-300/515-524.


-L. Epstein (1974). “Some Economic Effects of Immigration: A General Equilibrium Analysis”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.7-#2, pp. 174-190.


M. Macmillan (1982). "The Economic Effects of International Migration: A Survey". Journal of Common Market Studies; V.20-#3, pp. 245-267.


M. Greenwood and J. McDowell (1986). "The Factor Market Consequences of US Immigration". JEL; V.24-#4, pp. 1738-1772.


J. Simon (1989). The Economic Consequences of Immigration. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.


G. Borjas (1990). Friends or Strangers: The Impact of Immigrants on the U.S. Economy. New York: Basic Books.


R. Ehrenberg (1994). Labor Markets and Integrating National Economies. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution.


R. Friedberg and J. Hunt (1995). “The Impact of Immigrants on Host Country Wages, Employment and Growth”. JEcPerspectives; V.9-#2, pp. 23-44.


J. Smith and B. Edmonston (1997). The New Americans: Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.


R. Topel (1997). “Factor Proportions and Relative Wages: The Supply-Side Determinants of Wage Inequality”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.11-#2, pp. 55-74.


G. Borjas (1997). “The Economic Impact of Mexican Immigration”. in B. Bosworth, S. Collins, N. Lustig, eds. Coming together? Mexico-United States relations. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 155-171. [comments by M. Tienda and J. Passel follow.]


M. Greenwood and M. Tienda. (1998). “U.S. Impacts of Mexican Immigration”. in Binational Study: Migration between Mexico and the United States. Austin: Morgan Press for the U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform, pp. 251-394.


P. Junankar, D. Pope, and G. Withers (1998). “Immigration and the Australian Macroeconomy: Perspective and Prospective”. Australian Economic Review; V.31-#4, pp. 435-444.


R. Friedberg and J. Hunt (1999). “Immigration and the Receiving Economy”. in C. Hirschman, J. DeWind, and P. Kasinitz, eds. The Handbook of International Migration: The American Experience. New York: Russell Sage, pp. 342-359.


G. Borjas (1999). Heaven’s Door: Immigration Policy and the American Economy. Princeton: PUP.

 

(2) Collections of Papers


J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. (1991). Immigration, Trade and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER


G. Borjas and R. Freeman, eds. (1992). Immigration and the Work Force: Economic Consequences for the US and Source Areas. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


H. Giersch, ed. (1994). Economic Aspects of International Migration. Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag.


H. Siebert (1994). Migration: A Challenge for Europe. Tübingen: J. B. C. Mohr (Paul Siebeck).


J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. (1998). The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.


D. Hamermesh and F. Bean (1998). Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Russell Sage.


C. Gorter, P. Nijkamp, and J. Poot, eds. (1998). Crossing borders: Regional and urban perspectives on international migration. Aldershot, U.K.: Ashgate.


R. Faini, J. deMelo, and K. Zimmermann, eds. (1999). Migration: The Controversies and the Evidence. Cambridge: CUP.


G. Borjas, ed. (2000). Issues in the Economics of Immigration. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.

 

b. Effect of Immigration on Native Wages and Employment

 

(1) Analytical Framework


G. Johnson (1980). “The Labor Market Effects of Immigrants”. Industrial and Labor Relations Review; V.33-#3, pp. 331-341.


G. Johnson (1980). “The Theory of Labour Market Intervention”. Economica; V.47-#187, pp. 309-329


B. Chiswick (1982). “The Impact of Immigration on the Level and Distribution of Economic Well-Being”. in B. Chiswick, ed. The Gateway: US Immigration Issues and Policies. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 289-313.


C. Chiswick (1989). “The Impact of Immigration on the Human Capital of Natives”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.7-#4, pp. 464-486.


C. Chiswick, B. Chiswick, and G. Karras (1992). “The Impact of Immigrants on the Macroeconomy”. Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy; #37, pp. 279-316.


G. Johnson (1998). “The Impact of Immigration on Income Distribution Among Minorities”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 17-50.


G. Borjas (1999). “The Economic Analysis of Immigration”. Chapter 28 in O. Ashenfelter and D. Card, eds. Handbook of Labor Economics, Vol. 3A. Amsterdam: North Holland, pp.


M. Bronfenbrenner (1971). “The Demand for Productive Inputs”. Chapter 6 of Income Distribution Theory. New York: Aldine Publishing Co., pp. 120-171.


D. Hammermesh and J. Grant (1979). “Econometric Studies of Labor-Labor Substitution and their Implications for Policy”. Journal of Human Resources; V.14-#?, pp. 518-542.


D. Hammermesh (1993). Labor Demand. Princeton: PUP.

 

(2) Cross-Sectional Analysis

 

(a) Structural (Production Function-based) Methods


J. Grossman (1982). “The Substitutability of Natives and Immigrants in Production”. REStat; V.64-#4, pp. 596-603.


B. Chiswick, C. Chiswick, and P. Miller (1985). “Are Immigrants and Natives Perfect Substitutes in Production?”. International Migration Review; V.19-#?, pp. 674-685.


G. Borjas (1983). “The Substitutability of Black, Hispanic, and White Labor”. EcInq; V.21-#1, pp. 93-106.


G. Borjas (1986). “The Sensitivity of Labor Demand Functions to Choice of Dependent Variable”. REStat; V.68-#1, pp. 58-66.


G. Borjas (1986). “The Demographic Determinants of the Demand for Black Labor”. in R. Freeman and H. Holzer, eds. The Black Youth Employment Crisis. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 191-230.


G. Borjas (1987). “Immigrants, Minorities, and Labor Market Competition”. ILR Review; V.40-#3, pp. 382-392.


King, Allan, B. Lindsay Lowell, and Frank Bean (1986). “The Effects of Hispanic Immigrants in the Earnings of Native Hispanic Americans”. Social Science Quarterly; V.67-#4, pp. 673-689.


F. Rivera-Batiz and S. Sechzer (1991). “Substitution and Complementarity between Immigrant and Native Labor in the US”. in F. Rivera-Batiz, S. Sechzer and I. Gang, eds. US Immigration Policy Reform in the 1980s. Westport: Praeger, pp. 89-116.


I. Gang and F. Rivera-Batiz (1994). “Labor Market Effects of Immigration in the United States and Europe”. Journal of Population Economics; V.7-#2, pp. 157-175.


M. Greenwood and G. Hunt (1995). “Economic Effects of Immigrants on Native and Workers: Complementarity, Substitutability, and Other Channels of Influence”. Southern Economic Journal; V.61-#4, pp. 1076-1097.


M. Greenwood, G. Hunt, and U. Kohli (1996). “The Short-Run and Long-Run Factor-Market Consequences of Immigration to the United States”. Journal of Regional Science; V.36-#1, pp. 43-66.


M. Greenwood, G. Hunt, U. Kohli (1997). “The Factor-market Consequences of Unskilled Immigration to the United States”. Labour Economics; V.4-#1, pp. 1-28.


P. Davies, M. Greenwood, G. Hunt, U. Kohli, and M. Tienda (1998). “The U.S. Labor Market Impacts of Low-skill Migration from Mexico”. in Binational Study: Migration Between Mexico and the United States. Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform, pp. 1075-1116.


D. Jaeger (1996). “Skill Differences and the Effect of Immigrants on the Wages of Natives”. U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics Working Paper, #273.


B. Bürgenmeier, T. Butare, and P., Favarger (1991). “Effects of Foreign Labour on the Production Pattern: The Swiss Case”. Swiss Journal of Economics and Statistics; V.128-#2, pp. 103-124.


A. Roy (1987). “An Analysis of Substitutability and Complementarity of Immigrants and Canadian-born Workforce”. Labor Market Bulletin; V.4-#9, pp. 5-11.


A. Akbari and D. DeVoretz (1992). “The Substitutability of Foreign-born Labour in Canadian Production: Circa 1980”. CJE; V.25-#3, pp. 604-614.


A. Roy (1997). “Job Displacement Effects of Canadian Immigrants by Country of Origin and Occupation”. Internatonal Migration Review; V.?-#2, pp. 150-161.


T. Bauer (1997). “Do Immigrants Reduce Natives’ Wages? Evidence from Germany”. ms: SELAPO, University of Munich.


T. Bauer (1997). “Native Wage Impacts of Foreign Labor: Further Evidence for Germany”. Mitteilungen zur Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung; V.30-#?, pp. 652-656.

 

(b) Wage/Unemployment Regressions

 

i) Mostly Wage Effects


DeFreitas, Gregory and Adriana Marshall (1984). “Immigration and Wage Growth in U.S. Manufacturing in the 1970s”. in Barbara Dennis, ed. Proceedings of the Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting. Madison, Wisconsin: Industrial Relations Research Association, pp. 148-156.


Matta, Benjamin and Anthony Popp (1988). “Immigration and the Earnings of Youth in the U.S.”. International Migration Review; V.22-#1, pp. 104-116.


G. DeFreitas (1988). “Hispanic Immigration and Labor Market Segmentation”. Industrial Relations; V.27-#2, pp. 195-214.


M. Enchautegui (1995). “Effects of Immigrants on the 1980-1990 U.S. Wage Experience”. Contemporary Economic Policy; V.13-#3, pp. 20-38.


R. Pedace (1998). “The Impact of Immigration On the Labor Market for Native-born Workers: Incorporating the Dynamics of Internal Migration”. Eastern Economic Journal; V.24-#4, pp. 449-462.


J. DeNew and K. Zimmerman (1994). “Native Wage Impacts of Foreign Labor: A Random Effects Panel Analysis”. JPopEc; V.7-#2, pp. 177-192.


K. Zimmerman and J. P. De New (1994). “Blue Collar Labor Vulnerability: Wage Impacts of Migration”. in: G. Steinmann and R. Ulrich, eds. The Economic Consequences of Immigration to Germany. Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag, 81-99.


R. Winkelmann (1996). “Unskilled Labor and Wage Determination: An Empirical Investigation for Germany”. Journal of Population Economics; V.9-#2, pp. 159-171.


R. Winter-Ebmer and J. Zweimuller (1996). “Immigration and the Earnings of Young Native Workers”. Oxford Economic Papers; V.48-#?, pp. 473-491.


A. Gavosto, A. Venturini, and C. Villosio (1999). “Do Immigrants Compete with Natives?”. Review of Labour Economics and Industrial Relations, V.13-#3, pp. 603-621.


A. Venturini, and C. Villosio (2000). “Foreign Workers in Italy: Are they Assimilating to Natives? Are they Competing Against Natives? An Analysis by the S.S.A. Data Set”. International Labour Review; forthcoming.

 

ii) Mostly Unemployment Effects


D. Manson, T. Espenshade, and T. Muller (1985). “Mexican Immigration to Southern California: Issues of Job Competition and Worker Mobility”. Review of Regional Studies; V.15-#2, pp. 21-33.


T. Espenshade and T. Muller (1985). “The Impact of Immigration on Jobs and Wages”. Chapter 4 of The Fourth Wave: California’s Newest Immigrants. Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press, pp. 91-123.


C. Dorantes and W.-C. Huang (1997). “Unemployment, Immigration, and NAFTA: A Panel Study of Ten Major U.S. Industries”. Journal of Labor Research; V.18-#4, pp. 613-619.


J. Simon, S. Moore, and R. Sullivan (1993). “The Effect of Immigration on Aggregate Native Unemployment: An Across-City Estimation”. Journal of Labor Research; V.14-#3, pp. 299-316.


R. Winkelmann and K. Zimmermann (1993). “Ageing, Migration and Labour Mobility”. in P. Johnson and K. Zimmerman, eds. Labor Markets in Aging Europe. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 255-283.


M. Mühleisen and K. Zimmermann (1994). “A Panel Analysis of Job Changes and Unemployment”. EER; v.38-#?, pp. 793-801.


I. Gang and F. Rivera-Batiz (1994). “Unemployment and Attitudes Towards Foreigners in Germany”. in Gunter Steinmann and Ralf Ulrich, eds., The Economics of Immigration in Germany. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, pp. 121-154.


R. Winter-Ebmer and J. Zweimuller (1999). “Do Immigrants Displace Native Workers? The Austrian Experience”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#2, pp. 327-340.

  

iii) Immigration and Income Distribution/Poverty


S. Murdock, N. Zhai and R. Saenz (1999). “The Effect of Immigration on Poverty in the Southwestern United States, 1980-1990”. Social Science Quarterly; V.80-#2, pp. 310-324.


D. Ley and H. Smith (1997). “Immigration and Poverty in Canadian Cities, 1971-1991”. Canadian Journal of Regional Science; V.20-#1/2, pp. 29-48.


M. Grabka, J. Schwarze, and G. Wagner (1999). “How Unification and Immigration Affected the German Income Distribution”. EER; V.43-#?, pp. 867-878.

 

(c) Quasi-Experimental Designs

 

i) Cross-Section Differencing


B. Smith and R. Newman (1977). “Depressed Wages Along the US-Mexican Border: An Experimental Analysis”. Economic Inquiry; V.15-#1, pp. 56-66.


K. Butcher and D. Card (1991). “Immigration and Wages: Evidence from the 1980s”. AER; V.81-#2, pp. 292-296.


J. Altonji and D. Card (1991). "The Effects of Immigration on the Labor Market Outcomes of Less-skilled Natives". in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 201-234.


R. LaLonde and R. Topel (1991). “Immigrants in the American Labor Market: Quality, Assimilation, and Distributional Effects”. AER; V.81-#2, pp. 297-302.


R. Lalonde an R. Topel (1991). "Labor Market Adjustments to Increased Migration" in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 167-199.


M. Enchautegui (1997). “Immigration and Wage Changes of High School Dropouts”. Monthly Labor Review; October, pp. 3-9.


R. Schoeni (1997). “The Effects of Immigrants on Wages of Native Workers: Evidence from the 1970s and 1980s”. ms: RAND Corporation.


C. Reimers (1998). “Unskilled Immigration and Changes in the Wage Distributions of Black, Mexican-American, and Non-Hispanic White Male Dropouts”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 107-148.


K. Butcher (1998). “An Investigation of the Effect of Immigration on the Labor-Market Outcomes of African Americans”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 149-181.


D. Card (2001). “Immigrant Inflows, Native Outflows, and the Local Labor Market Impacts of Higher Immigration”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.19-#1, pp. 22-64.


-S. Pischke and J. Velling (1997). “Employment effects of immigration to Germany: An analysis based on local labor markets”. REStat; V.79-#4, pp. 594-604.


J. Hatzius (1994). “The Unemployment and Earnings Effect of German Immigration”. Oxford Institute of Economics and Statistics, Applied Economics Discussion Paper, #165.

 

ii) Natural Experiments


D. Card (1991). “The Impact of the Mariel Boatlift on the Miami Labor Market”. ILR Review; V.43-#2, pp. 245-257.


J. Hunt (1992). “The Impact of the 1962 Repatriates from Algeria on the French Labor Market”. ILR Review; V.45-#3, pp. 556-572.


W. Carrington and P. de Lima (1996). “The Impact of 1970s Repatriates from Africa on the Portugese Labor Market”. ILR Review; 49-#2, pp. 330-347.


R. Friedberg (1996). “The Impact of Mass Migration on the Israeli Labor Market”. Brown University Department of Economics Working Paper; #96/28.


K. Flug, Z. Hercowitz, and A. Levi (1994). “A Small-Open-Economy Analysis of Migration”. Tel Aviv Foerder Institute for Economic Research Working Paper: 13/94.


D. Harrison (1984). “The Imact of Immigration on a Depressed Labour Market: The South Australian Experience”. EcRec; V.60-#?, pp. 57-67.


B. Meyer (1995). “Natural and Quasi-Experiments in Economics”. Journal of Business and Economic Statistics; V.13-#2, pp. 151-161.

 

(d) Segmented Labor Markets?

 

i) Ethnographic Studies


M. Piore (1979). Birds of Passage: Migrant Labor and Industrial Society. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


R. Waldinger (1996). “Black/Immigrant Competition Reassessed: New Evidence from Los Angeles”. Sociological Perspectives; V.40-#3, pp. 365-386.


R. Waldinger (1996). “Who Makes the Beds? Who Does the Dishes? Black/Immigrant Competition Reassessed”. in H. Duleep and P. Wunnava, eds. Immigrants and Immigration Policy: Individual Skills, Family Ties, and Group Identities. Greenwich, Ct.: JAI Press.


M. Rosenfeld and M. Tienda (1999). “Mexican Immigration, Occumpational Niches, and Labor Market Competition: Evidence from Los Angeles, Chicago, and Atlanta, 1970 to 1990”. in F. Bean and S. Bell-Rose, eds. Immigration and Opportunity. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, pp. 64-105.

 

ii) Econometric Studies


DeFreitas, Gregory (1991). Inequality At Work: Hispanics in the U.S. Labor Force. New York: Oxford University Press.


D. Hammermesh (1998). “Immigration and the Quality of Jobs”. in D. Hamermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance?: The Economic Implication for African Americans. New York: Russell Sage, pp. 75-106.

 

(3) Economy-wide Estimates

 

(a) Time Series


R. Warren (1982). “Immigration and the Natural Rate of Unemployment in Australia”. Journal of Macroeconomics; V.4-#?, pp. 449-459.


G. Withers and D. Pope (1985). “Immigration and Unemployment”. EcRec; V.61-#?, pp. 554-563.


D. Pope and G. Withers (1993). “Do Migrants Rob Jobs? Lessons of Australian History, 1861-1991”. Journal of Economic History; V.53-#4, pp. 719-742.


J. Shan, A. Morris, and F. Sun (1999). “Immigration and Unemployment: New Evidence from Australia and New Zealand”. International Review of Applied Economics; V.13-#2, pp. 253-260.


G. Tian and J. Shan (1999). “Do Migrants Rob Jobs? New Evidence from Australia”. Australian Economic History Review; V.39-#2, pp. 133-142.


Karunaratne, Neil Dias (1999). “Globalisation and Labour Immiserisation in Australia”. Journal of Economic Studies; V.26-#2/3, pp. 82-105.


H. Lee (1992). “Maximum Likelihood Inference on Cointegration and Seasonal Cointegration”. Journal of Econometrics; V.54-#1/3, pp. 1-47.


W. Marr and P. Siklos (1994). “The Link between Immigration and Unemployment in Canada”. Journal of Policy Modeling; V.16-#1, pp. 1-25.


W. Marr and P. Siklos (1995). “Immigration and Unemployment: A Canadian Macroeconomic Perspective”. in D. DeVoretz, ed. Diminishing returns: The Economics of Canada's Recent Immigration Policy. (Policy Study 24). Toronto: C. D. Howe Institute; pp. 293-330.


Borjas, George and Valerie Ramey (1994). “Time-Series Evidence on the Sources of Trends in Wage Inequality”. American Economic Review; V.84-#2, pp. 10-16.

 

(b) Partial Equilibrium Simulation


G. Borjas, R. Freeman and L. Katz (1992). “On the Labor Market Effects of Immigration and Trade”. In G. Borjas and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration and the Work Force. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 213-244.


G. Borjas, R. Freeman and L. Katz (1996). “Searching for the Effect of Immigration on the Labor Market”. AER; V.86-#2, pp. 246-251.


G. Borjas, R. Freeman, and L. Katz (1997). “How Much Do Immigration and Trade Affect Labor Market Outcomes?”. BPEA; #1, pp. 1-67.


G. Borjas (1995). “The Economic Benefits from Immigration”. JEcPerspectives; V.9-#2, pp. 3-22.


T. Bauer and K. Zimmerman (1997). “Integrating the East: The Labor Market Effects of Immigration”. in: S. W. Black, ed. Europe`s Economy Looks East-Implications for the EU and Germany. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 269-306.

 

(4) Immigration and Income Distribution in Simple AGE Models


B. Hamilton and J. Whalley (1984). “Efficiency and Distributional Implications of Global Restrictions on Labour Mobility: Calculations and Policy Implications”. JDevE; V.14-#?, pp. 61-76.


H. Thompson and D. Clark (1983). "Factor Movements with Three Factors and Two Goods in the US Economy". EcLets; V.12-#?, pp. 53-60.


D. Clark and H. Thompson (1986). “Immigration, International Capital Flows, and Long-run Income Distribution in Canada”. Atlantic Economic Journal; V.14-#4, pp. 24-29.


H. Thompson and D. Clark (1990). “International Factor Migration and the U.S.”. Atlantic Economic Journal; V.18-#2, pp. 74-78.


F. Rivera-Batiz (1986). “Modeling the Short-run Economic Effects of Immigration: Some General Equilibrium Simulations”. Modeling and Simulation; V.17-Part 1, pp. 215-222.


J. Heckman, L. Lochner, and C. Taber (1998). “Explaining Rising Wage Inequality: Explorations with a Dynamic General Equilibrium Model of Labor Earnings with Heterogeneous Agents”. Review of Economic Dynamics; V.1-#1, pp. 1-58.


J. Williamson (1982). “Immigrant-Inequality Trade-Offs in the Promised Land: Income Distribution and Absorptive Capacity Prior to the Quotas”. in B. Chiswick, ed. The Gateway: US Immigration Issues and Policies. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 251-288.


T. Hatton and J.Williamson (1995). “The Impact of Immigration on American Labor Markets Prior to the Quotas”. NBER Working Paper; #5185 .

 

(5) Other


S. Collins (1991). “Immigrants, Labor Market Pressures, and the Composition of the Aggregate Demand”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 305-318.


M. Tienda (1998). "Immigration and Native Minority Workers: Is There Bad News After All?" in D.S. Hammermesh and F.D. Bean, (eds.) Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implication of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, pp. 345-352.


M. Rosenfeld and M. Tienda (1998). “Labor Market Implications of Scale, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship”. in Binational Study: Migration Between Mexico and the United States. Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform, pp. 1049-1073.


B. Chapman and D. Cobb-Clark (1999). “A Comparative Static Model of the Relationship between Immigration and the Short-Run Job Prospects of Unemployed Residents”. EcRec; V.75-#231, pp. 358-368.


B. Chapman, D. Pope and G. Withers (1985). “Immigration and the Labour Market”. in N. Norman and K. Meikle, eds. The Economic Effects of Immigration on Australia, Vol. 2. Melbourne: Committee for Economic Development of Australia, pp. 162-284.


K. Zimmerman and C. Schmidt.(1992). “Migration Pressure in Germany: Past and Future”. in: K. F. Zimmermann, ed. Migration and Economic Development. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, pp. 207-236.


K. Zimmerman (1993). “Unemployment and Migration”. In L. Bekemans and L. Tsoukalis, eds. Europe and Global Economic Interdependence. Bruges: European Interuniversity Press, pp. 25-52.


K. Zimmerman (1994). “The Labour Market Impact of Immigration”. in S. Spencer, ed. Immigration as an Economic Asset: The German Experience. Oakhill: Trentham Books, pp. 39-64.


T. Bauer and K. Zimmerman (1997). “Integrating the East: The Labor Market Effects of Immigration”. in: S. W. Black, ed. Europe`s Economy Looks East-Implications for the EU and Germany. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 269-306.

   

T. Bauer and K. Zimmerman (1997). “Looking South and East: Labor Market Implications of Migration in Europe and Developing Countries” in: O. Memedovic, ed. Globalization of Labour Markets: Challenges, Adjustment and Policy Response in the European Union and Less Developed Countries. Dordrecht: Kluwer, pp. 75-103.


M Beenstock and J. Fisher (1997). “The Macroeconomic Effects of Immigration: Israel in the 1990s”. WA, V.133-#2, pp. 330-358.


M. Beenstock and I. Ben-Menahem (1997). “The Labour Market Absorption of CIS Immigrants to Israel: 1989–1994”. International Migration; V.35-#2, pp. 187-224.

 

c. Labor Market Effects of Trade and Immigration

 

(1) Econometric Analysis

 

(a) Complements or Substitutes?


Horiba, Yutaka and Rickey Kirkpatrick (1983). “U.S. North-South Labor Migration and Trade”. Journal of Regional Science; V.23-#1, pp. 93-103.


Molle, Willem and Aad van Mourik (1988). “International Movements of Labour under Conditions of Economic Integration: The Case of Western Europe”. JCMS; V.26-#3, pp. 317-342.


D. Gould (1994). “Immigrant Links to the Home Country: Empirical Implications for U.S. Bilateral Trade Flows”. Reveiw of Economics and Statistics; V.76-#2, pp. 302-316.


K. Head and J. Ries (1998). “Immigration and Trade Creation: Econometric Evidence from Canada”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.31-#1, pp. 47-62.


K. Head, J. Ries, and D. Wagner (1998). “Immigrants and the Trade of Provinces”. Research on Immigration and Integration in the Metropolis (RIIM) Working Paper; #98-21.


J. Helliwell (1997). “National Borders, Trade and Migration”. Pacific Economic Review; V.2-#3, pp. 165-185.


W. Hutchinson and J. Dunlevy (1999). “The Impact of Immigration on American Import Trade in the Late Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries”. Journal of Economic History; V.59-#4, pp. 1043-1062.


W. Collins, K. O’Rourke, and J. Williamson (1999). “Were Trade and Factor Mobility Subsitutes in History?”. in R. Faini, J. deMelo, and K. Zimmermann, eds. Migration: The Controversies and the Evidence. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 227-259.

 

(b) Labor Market Effects


Freeman, Richard and Lawrence Katz (1991). “Industrial Wage and Employment Determination in an Open Economy”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 235-259.


Winter-Ebmer, Rudolf and Josef Zweimuller (1999). “Immigration, Trade, and Austrian Unemployment”. in M. Landesmann and K. Pichelmann, eds. Unemployment in Europe. New York: St. Martins.


Haisken-De New, John and Klaus Zimmermann (1999). “Wage and Mobility Effects of Trade and Migration”. in: M. Dewatripont and A. Sapir, eds. International Trade and Employment: The European Experience, Oxford University Press, pp. 139-160.


Winter-Ebmer, Rudolf and Klaus Zimmerman (1999). “East-West Trade and Migration: The Austro-German Case”. in R. Faini, J. deMelo, and K. Zimmermann, eds. Migration: The Controversies and the Evidence. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 296-326.


Wong, Kar-yiu (1988). “International Factor Mobility and the Volume of Trade: An Empirical Study”. in R. Feenstra, ed. Empirical Methods for International Trade. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 231-250.


Kohli, Ulrich (1993). "International Labor Mobility and the Demand for Imports", Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft und Statistik, V.129-#?, pp. 547-561.


Kohli, Ulrich (1999). “Trade and Migration: A Production-Theory Approach”. in R. Faini, J. deMelo, and K. Zimmermann, eds. Migration: The Controversies and the Evidence. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 117-146.


Harrigan, James (1997). “Technology, Factor Supplies, and International Specialization: Estimating the Neoclassical Model”. American Economic Review; V.87-#4, pp. 475-494.


Hanson, Gordon and Matthew Slaughter (2000). “Labor-Market Adjustment in Open Economies: Evidence from U.S. States”. Journal of International Economics; V.57-#1, pp. 3-29.


Gandal, Neil, Gordon Hanson, and Matthew Slaughter (2000). “Tehnology, Trade and Adjustment to Immigration in Israel”. ms: Dartmouth College.

 

(2) Trade and Migration in AGE Models

 

(a) Simple AGE Models


Hamilton, Bob and John Whalley (1984). “Efficiency and Distributional Implications of Global Restrictions on Labour Mobility: Calculations and Policy Implications”. Journal of Development Economics; V.14-#1/2, pp. 61-76.


Hill, John and José Méndez (1984). “The Effect of Commercial Policy on International Migration Flows: The Case of the US and Mexico”. Journal of International Economics, V.17-#1/2, pp. 41-53.


Thompson, Henry and Don Clark (1983). "Factor Movements with Three Factors and Two Goods in the US Economy". Economics Letters; V.12-#?, pp. 53-60.


Clark, Don and Henry Thompson (1986). “Immigration, International Capital Flows, and Long-run Income Distribution in Canada”. Atlantic Economic Journal; V.14-#4, pp. 24-29.


Thompson, Henry and Don Clark (1990). “International Factor Migration and the U.S.”. Atlantic Economic Journal; V.18-#2, pp. 74-78.


Clark, Don and Henry Thompson (1990). “Factor Migration and Income Distribution in Some Developing Countries”. Bulletin of Economic Research; V.42-#2, pp. 131-140.


Rivera-Batiz, Francisco (1986). “Modeling the Short-run Economic Effects of Immigration: Some General Equilibrium Simulations”. Modeling and Simulation; V.17-Part 1, pp. 215-222.


Francois, Joseph and Douglas Nelson (1999). “Population Growth, Trade Policy and Migration Incentives”. in R. Baldwin and J. Francois, eds. Dynamic Issues in Applied Commercial Policy Analysis. New York: Cambridge University Press/CEPR.


J. Heckman, L. Lochner, and C. Taber (1998). ‘Explaining Rising Wage Inequality: Explorations with a Dynamic General Equilibrium Model of Labor Earnings with Heterogeneous Agents”. Review of Economic Dynamics; V.1-#1, pp. 1-58.


J. Williamson (1982). “Immigrant-Inequality Trade-Offs in the Promised Land: Income Distribution and Absorptive Capacity Prior to the Quotas”. in B. Chiswick, ed. The Gateway: US Immigration Issues and Policies. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 251-288.


T. Hatton and J.Williamson (1995). “The Impact of Immigration on American Labor Markets Prior to the Quotas”. NBER Working Paper; #5185 .

 

(b) Large-scale AGE Models


Hinojosa-Ojeda, Raúl and Sherman Robinson (1992). “Labor Issues in a North-American Free Trade Area”. In N. Lustig, B. Bosworth, and R. Lawrence, eds. Assessing the Impact of North American Free Trade. Pp. 69-108.


Robinson, Sherman, Mary Burfisher, Raúl Hinojosa-Ojeda, and Karen Thierfelder (1993). “Agricultural Policies and Migration in a US Mexico Free Trade Area”. Journal of Policy Modelling; V.15-#5/6, pp. 673-701.


Burfisher, Mary, Sherman Robinson and Karen Thierfelder (1994). “Wage Changes in a US-Mexico Free Trade Area: Migration versus Stolper-Samuelson Effects”. In J. Francois and C. Shiells, eds. Pp. 195-222.


Levy, Santiago and Sweder van Wijnbergen (1994). “Labor Markets, Migration and Welfare: Agriculture in the North-American Free Trade Agreement”. Journal of Development Economics; V.43-#?, pp. 263-278.


McCleery, Robert (1992). “An Intertemporal, Linked, Macroeconomic CGE Model of the US and Mexico, Focusing on Demographic Change and Factor Flows”. In USITC, Economy-wide Modeling of the Economic Implications of a FTA With Mexico and a NAFTA with Canada and Mexico. Washington, DC: USITC, pp. 373-441.


Hinojosa-Ojeda, Raúl and Robert McCleery (1993). “US-Mexico Interdependence, Social Pacts and Policy Perspectives: A CGE Approach”. In J. Bustamante, C. Reynolds, and R. Hinojosa-Ojeda, eds. US-Mexico Relations: Labor Market Interdependence. Stanford: Stanford University Press, pp. 113-154.


Hinojosa-Ojeda, Raúl, Robert McCleery, and Fernando DePaolis (1998). “Economic Effects of NAFTA: Employment and Migration Modeling Results”. in OECD, Migration, Free Trade and Regional Integration in North America. OECD: Paris, pp. 235-257.


Weyerbrock, Silvia (1995). “Can the European Community Absorb More Immigrants? A General Equilibrium Analysis of the Labor Market and Macroeconomic Effects of East-West Migration in Europe”. Journal of Policy Modeling; V.17-#2, pp. 85-120.


Faini, Riccardo, J.-M. Grether, and Jaime de Melo (1999). “Globalization and Migratory Pressure from Developing Countries: A Simulation Analysis”. in Riccardo Faini, Jaime deMelo, and Klaus Zimmermann, eds. Migration: The Controversies and the Evidence. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 190-220.


Taylor, Alan (1997). “Peopling the Pampa: On the Impact of Mass Migration to the River Plate, 1870-1914”. Explorations in Economic History; V.34-#1, pp. 100-1132.

 

3. Other Effects of Immigration

 

a. Effect of Immigration on Spatial Distribution of Population

 

(1) Overviews


M. White, A. Biddlecom, and S. Guo (1993). “Immigration, Naturalization, and Residential Assimilation Among Asian Americans in 1980”. Social Forces; V.72-#1, pp. 93-117.


W. Frey and R. Farley (1996). “Latino, Asian, and Black Segregation in U.S. Metropolitan Areas: Are Multiethnic Metros Different?”. Demography; V.33-#1, pp. 35-50.


J. Zax (1998). “Immigration, Race, and Space”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 222-252.


M. White and J. Glick (1999). “The Impact of Immigration on Residential Segregation”. in F. Bean and S. Bell-Rose, eds. Immigration and Opportunity. New York: Russell Sage Foundation, pp. 345-372.


M. Greenwood (1997). “Internal Migration in Developed Countries”. Chapter 12 in M. Rosenzweig and O. Stark, eds. Handbook of Population and Family Economics. Vol. 1B, Amsterdam: North Holland, pp. 647-720.


R.E.B. Lucas (1997). “Internal Migration in Developing Countries”. Chapter 13 in M. Rosenzweig and O. Stark, eds. Handbook of Population and Family Economics. Vol. 1B, Amsterdam: North Holland, pp. 721-798.

 

(2) Immigrants and Migratory Behavior of Domestic Workers


R. Filer (1992). “The Effect of Immigrant Arrivals on Migratory Patterns of Native Workers”. in G. Borjas and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration and the Work Force. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 245-269.


R. Walker, M. Ellis, and R. Barff (1992). “Linked Migration Systems: Immigration and Internal Labor Flows in the US”. Economic Geography; V.68-#?, pp. 234-248.


M. White and Y. Imai (1994). “The Impact of U.S. Immigration on Internal Migration”. Population and the Environment; v.15-#3, pp. 189-209.


W. Frey (1995). “Immigration and Internal Migration ‘Flight’ from U.S. Metropolitan Areas: Toward a New Demographic Balkanisation”. Urban Studies; V.32-#4/5, pp. 733-757.


W. Frey (1995). “Immigration and Internal Migration ‘Flight’: A California Case Study”. Population and Environment; V.16-#4, pp. 353-375.


W. Frey (1995). “Immigration Impacts on Internal Migration of the Poor: 1990 Census Evidence for US States”. International Journal of Population Geography; V.1-#?, pp. 51-67.


W. Frey (1996). “Immigration, Domestic Migration, and Demographic Balkanization in America: New Evidence for the 1990s”. Population and Development Review; V.22-#4, pp. 741-763.


W. Frey and K.L. Liaw (1998). “The Impact of Recent Immigration on Population Redistribution within the United States”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 388-448.


R. Wright, M. Ellis, and M. Reibel (1997). “The Linkage between Immigration and Internal Migration in Large Metropolitan Areas in the US”. Economic Geography; V.73-#2, pp. 234-254.


R. Pedace (1998). “The Impact of Immigration on the Labor Market for Native-Born Workers: Incorporating the Dynamics of Internal Migration”. Eastern Economic Journal; V.24-#4, pp. 449-462.


D. Card (2001). “Immigrant Inflows, Native Outflows, and the Local Labor Market Impacts of Higher Immigration”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.19-#1, pp. 22-64.


D. Card and J. DiNardo (2000). “Do Immigrant Inflows Lead to Native Outflows?”. AER, V.90-#2, pp. 360-367.


M. White and P. Mueser (1988). “Implications of Boundary Choice for the Measurement of Residential Mobility”. Demography; V.25-#3, pp. 443-459.

 

(3) Internal Migration of Migrants


A. Bartel (1989). “Where Do the New US Immigrants Live?”. JLabE; V.7-#4, pp. 371-391.


A. Bartel and M. Koch (1991). “Internal Migration of U.S. Immigrants”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade, and Labor Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 121-134.


A. Belanger and A. Rogers (1992). “The Internal Migration and Spatial Redistribution of the Foreign-born Population in the U.S.: 1965-1970 to 1975-1980”. International Migration Review; V.26-#4, pp. 1342-1369.


K. Neuman and M. Tienda (1994). “The Settlement and Secondary Migration Patterns of Legalized Immigrants: Insights from Administrative Records”. in B. Edmonston and J. Passel, eds. Immigration and Ethnicity. Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press, pp. 187-226.


M. Kritz and J. Nogle (1994). “Nativity Concentration and Internal Migration among the Foreign Born”. Demography; V.31-#?, pp. 509-524.


J. Nogle (1994). “Internal Migration for Recent Immigrants to Canada”. International Migration Review; V.28-#1, pp. 31-48.


M. Zavodny (1999). “Determinants of Recent Immigrants’ Locational Choices”. International Migration Review; V.33-#4, pp. 1014-1030.


K.B. Newbold (1999). “Spatial Distribution and Redistribution of Immigrants in the Metropolitan United States, 1980 and 1990”. Economic Geography; V.75-#3, pp. 254-271.


D. Gurak and M. Kritz (2000). “The Interstate Migration of U.S. Immigrants: Individual and Contextual Determinants”. Social Forces; V.78-#3, pp. 1017-1039.

 

b. Effect of Immigration on Educational Attainment: Natives and Immigrants


J. Betts (1998). “Educational Crowding Out: Do Immigrants Affect the Educational Attainment of American Minorities?”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 253-281.


C. Hoxby (1998). “Do Immigrants Crowd Disadvantaged American Natives out of Higher Education”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 282-321.


J. Betts and M. Lofstrom (2000). “The Educational Attainment of Immigrants: Trends and Implications”. in G. Borjas, ed. Issues in the Economics of Immigration. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.

 

c. Immigration and Crime


J. Tanton and W. Lutton (1993). “Immigration and Criminality”. Journal of Social, Political, and Economic Studies; V.18-#2, pp. 217-237.


K. Butcher and A. Piehl (1998). “Recent Immigrants: Unexpected Implications for Crime and Incarceration”. ILR Review; V.51-#4, pp. 654-679.


K. Butcher and A. Piehl (1998). “Cross-City Evidence on the Relationship between Immigration and Crime”. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management; V.17-#3, pp. 457-493.


J. Grogger (1998). “Immigration and Crime Among Young Black Men: Evidence from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth”. in D. Hammermesh and F. Bean, eds. Help or Hindrance? The Economic Implications of Immigration for African Americans. New York: Rullell Sage Foundation, pp. 322-341.


J. Hagan and A. Palloni (1998). “Immigration and Crime in the United States”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 367-387.


K. Butcher and A. Piehl (2000). “The Role of Deportation in the Incarceration of Immigrants”. in G. Borjas, ed. Issues in the Economics of Immigration. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.

 

d. Immigration and Cultural Assimilation


R. Park (1928). “Human Migration and the Marginal Man”. American Journal of Sociology; V.33-#6, pp. 881-893.


O. Handlin (1951). The Uprooted: The Epic Story of the Great Migrations That Made the American People. Boston: Little, Brown.


N. Glazer and D.P. Moynihan (1963). Beyond the Melting Pot: The Negroes, Puerto Ricans, Jews, Italians, and Irish of New York City. Cambridge: MIT Press.


M. Tienda (1980). “Familism and Structural Assimilation of Mexican Immigrants in the US”. International Migration Review; V.14-#?, pp. 383-408.


D. Massey (1981). “Dimensions of the New Immigration to the United States and the Prospects for Assimilation”. Annual Review of Sociology; V.7, pp. 57-85.


C. Nelson and M. Tienda (1985). “The Structuring of Hispanic Ethnicity: Historical and Contemporary Perspectives”. Ethnic and Racial Studies; V.8-#1, pp. 49-74.


A. Bach and R. Portes (1985). Latin Journey: Cuban and Mexican Immigrants in the United States. Berkeley: University of California Press.


C. Tilly (1990). “Transplanted Networks”. in V. Yans-McLaughlin, ed. Immigration Reconsidered: History, Sociology, and Politics. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 79-95.


K. Miller (1990). “Class, Culture, and Immigrant Group Identity in the United States: The Case of Irish-American Ethnicity”. in V. Yans-McLaughlin, ed. Immigration Reconsidered: History, Sociology, and Politics. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 96-129.


A. Portes (1990). “From South of the Border: Hispanic Minorities in the United States”. in V. Yans-McLaughlin, ed. Immigration Reconsidered: History, Sociology, and Politics. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 160-184.


E. Morawska (1990). “The Sociology and Historiography of Immigration”. in V. Yans-McLaughlin, ed. Immigration Reconsidered: History, Sociology, and Politics. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 187-238.


R. Alba (1990). Ethnic Identity: The Transformation of White America. New Haven: Yale University Press.


M. Yinger (1994). Ethnicity: Source of Strength? Source of Conflict? Albany: SUNY Press.


N. Ignatiev (1995). How the Irish Became White. New York: Routledge.


E. Morawska (1994). “In Defense of the Assimilation Model”. Journal of American Ethnic History; V.13-#2, pp. 76-87.


M. Zhou and C. Bankston, III (1994). “Social Capital and the Adaptation of the Second Generation: The Case of Vietnamese Youth in New Orleans”. International Migration Review; V.28-#4, pp. 775-799.


R. Kazal (1995). “Revisiting Assimilation: The Rise, Fall, and Reappraisal of a Concept in American Ethnic History”. American Historical Review; V.100-#2, pp. 437-471.


A. Portes and R. Rumbaut (1996). Immigrant America: A Portrait. Berkeley: University of California Press.


R. Alba and V. Nee (1997). “Rethinking Assimilation Theory for a New Era of Immigration”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 826-874.


H. Gans (1997). “Toward a Reconciliation of ‘Assimilation’ and ‘Pluralism’: The Interplay of Acculturation and Ethnic Retention”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 875-892.


R. Rumbaut (1997). “Assimilation and Its Discontents: Between Rhetoric and Reality”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 923-960.


N. Foner (1997). “The Immigrant Family: Cultural Legacies and Cultural Change”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 961-974.


M. Zhou (1997). “Segmented Assimilation: Issues, Controversies, and Recent Research on the New Second Generation”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 975-1008.


J. Johnson, W. Farrell, and C. Guinn (1997). “Immigration Reform and the Browning of America: Tensions, Conflicts and Community Instability in Metropolitan Los Angeles”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 1055-1095.


J. DeWind and P. Kasinitz (1997). “Everthing Old is New Again? Processes and Theories of Immigrant Incorporation”. International Migration Review; V.31-#4, pp. 1096-1111.


J. Morenoff and M. Tienda (1997). “Underclass Neighborhoods in Temporal and Ecological Perspective: An Illustration from Chicago”. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science; #551. pp. 59-72.


K. Temkin and W. Rohe (1998). “Social Capital and Neighborhood Stability: An Empirical Investigation”. Housing Policy Debate; V.9-#1, pp. 61-88.


G. Borjas (1998). “To Ghetto or Not to Ghetto?: Ethnicity and Residential Segregation”. Journal of Urban Economics; V.44-#?, pp. 228-253.


E. Lazear (1999). “Culture and Language”. JPE; V.107-#6, part 2, pp. s.95-s.126.


E. Lazear (2000). “Diversity and Immigration “. in G. Borjas, ed. Issues in the Economics of Immigration. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.


W. Kandel and G. Kao (2000). “Shifting Orientations: How U.S. Labor Migration Affects Children’s Aspirations in Mexican Migrant Communities”. Social Science Quarterly, V.81-#1, pp. 16-32.

 

e. Diversity, Multiculturalism, and Social Stability


Van Gunsteren, Herman (1988). “Admission to Citizenship”. Ethics; V.98-#4, pp. 731-741.


Habermas, Jürgen (1990). “Citizenship and National Identity”. Appendix II in (1996) Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 491-515


Taylor, Charles (1994). “The Politics of Recognition”. in Amy Gutmann, ed. Multiculturalism. Princeton: PUP, pp. 25-73. [Comments by Susan Wolf, Steven Rockefeller, and Michael Walzer follow, pp. 75-103.]


Habermas, Jürgen (1994). “Struggles for Recognition in the Democratic Constitutional State”. in Amy Gutmann, ed. Multiculturalism. Princeton: PUP, pp. 107-148. [also Cptr. 8 in Habermas (1998). The Inclusion of the Other: Studies in Political Theory. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 203-236.]


Appiah, K. Anthony (1994). “Identity, Authenticity, Survival: Multicultural Societies and Social Reproduction”. in Amy Gutmann, ed. Multiculturalism. Princeton: PUP, pp. 149-163.


Faist, Thomas (1994). “Immigration, Integration, and the Ethnicization of Politics: A Review of the German Literature”. European Journal of Political Research; V.25-#?, pp. 439-459.


Bauböck, Rainer (1994). Transnational Citizenship: Membership and Rights in International Migration. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.


Bauböck, Rainer (1996). “Cultural Minority Rights for Immigrants”. International Migration Review; V.30-#1, pp. 203-250.


Bauböck, Rainer (1996). “Social and Cultural Integration in a Civil Society”. in Rainer Bauböck, Agnes Heller, and Aristide Zolberg, eds. The Challenge of Diversity: Integration and Pluralism in Societies of Immigration. Aldershot: Avebury/European Centre Vienna, pp. 67-131.


A. Heller (1996). “The Many Faces of Multiculturalism”. in Rainer Bauböck, Agnes Heller, and Aristide Zolberg, eds. The Challenge of Diversity: Integration and Pluralism in Societies of Immigration. Aldershot: Avebury/European Centre Vienna, pp. 25-41.


Zolberg, Aristide (1996). “Immigration and Multiculturalism in the Industrial Democracies”. in Rainer Bauböck, Agnes Heller, and Aristide Zolberg, eds. The Challenge of Diversity: Integration and Pluralism in Societies of Immigration. Aldershot: Avebury/European Centre Vienna, pp. 43-65.


Ben-Rafael, Wliezer (1996). “Multiculturalism in Sociological Perspective”. in Rainer Bauböck, Agnes Heller, and Aristide Zolberg, eds. The Challenge of Diversity: Integration and Pluralism in Societies of Immigration. Aldershot: Avebury/European Centre Vienna, pp. 133-154.


Joppke, Christian and Steven Lukes, eds. (1999). Multicultural Questions. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

4. Public Policy and Migration

 

a. Effects of Immigration Policy

 

(1) Mainly US


E. Abrams and F. Abrams (1975). “Immigration Policy: Who Gets in and Why”. Public Interest; V.38-#?, pp. 3-29.


I.R.H. Rockett (1976). “Immigration Legislation and the Flow of Specialized Human Capital from South America to the United States”. International Migration Review; V.19-#?, pp. 47-61.


B. Chiswick (1978). “Immigration Policy, Source Countries, and Immigrant Skills”. In L. Baker and P. Miller, eds. The Economics of Immigration. Canberra: Australian Government Printing Service, pp. 163-206.


B. Chiswick (1978). "Immigrants and Immigration Policy". in W. Fellner, ed. Contemporary Economic Problems. Washington, DC: AEI.


G. Jasso and M. Rosenzweig (1986). “Family Reunification and the Immigration Multiplier: U.S. Immigration Law, Orign-Country Conditions, and the Reproduction of Immigrants”. Demography; V.23-#?, pp. 291-312.


K. Donato (1994). “U.S. Policy and Mexican Migration to the US, 1942-1992”. Social Science Quarterly; V.75-#4, pp. 705-729.


G. Jasso and M. Rosenzweig (1995). “Do Immigrants Screened for Skills Do Better Than Family Reunification Immigrants”. International Migration Review; V.29-#2, pp. 85-111.


H.O. Duleep and M. Regets (1994). “Some Evidence on the Effect of Admission Criteria on Immigrant Assimilation”. in B. Chiswick, ed. Immigration. Language, and Ethnic Issues: Canada and the United States. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 410-439.


H. Duleep and M. Regets (1996). “Admission Criteria and Immigrant Earnings Profiles”. International Migration Review; V.30-#2, pp. 571-590.


R. Freeman (1993). “Immigration from Poor to Wealthy Countries: Experience of the US”. EER; V.37-#?, pp. 443-451.


G. Bucci and R. Tenorio (1997). “Immigrant-Native Wage Differentials and Immigration Reform”. Review of Development Economics; V.1-#3, pp. 305-323.


A. Barrett (1996). “The Greencard Lottery Winners: Are They More or Less Skilled Than Other Immigrants?”. Economics Letters; V.52-#3, pp. 331-335.


B.L. Lindsay, J. Teachman, and J Zhongren (1995). “Unintended consequences of immigration reform: Discrimination and Hispanic employment”. Demography; V.32-#4, pp. 671-629.


T. Espenshade, J. Baraka, and G. Huber (1997). “Implications of the 1996 Welfare and Immigration Reform Acts for US Immigration”. Population and Development Review; V.23-#4, pp. 769-801.


A. Barrett (1998). “The Effect of Immigrant Admission Criteria on Immigrant Labour-Market Characteristics”. Population Research and Policy Review; V.17-#5, pp. 439-456.


S. Cummings and T. Lambert (1998). “Immigration Restrictions and the American Worker: An Examination of Competing Interpretations”. Population Research and Policy Review; V.17-#6, pp. 497-520.


D. Cobb-Clark (1998). “Incorporating U.S. Policy into a Model of the Immigration Decision”. Journal of Policy Modeling; V.20-#5, pp. 621-630.


Teitelbaum, Michael (1979). “Right versus Right: Immigration and Refugee Policy in the United States”. Foreign Affairs; V.59-#1, pp. 21-59.


D. Reimers (1983). “An Unintended Reform: The 1965 Immigration Act and Third World Immigration to the United States”. Journal of American Ethnic History; V.3-#?, pp.


G. Chin (1996). “The Civil Rights Revolution Comes to Immigration Law: A New Look at the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1965”. North Carolina Law Review; V.75-#?, pp.


J. Phillips and D. Massey (1999). “The New Labor Market: Immigrants and Wages after IRCA”. Demography; V.36-#2, pp. 233-246.


D. Massey (1999). “International Migration at the Dawn of the Twenty-First Century: The Role of the State”. Population and Development Review; V.25-#2, pp. 303-32.

 

(2) Mainly Canada


M. Boyd (1976). “Immigration Policies and Trends: A Comparison of Canada and the US”. Demography; V.18-#?, pp. 83-104.


H. Duleep and M. Regets (1991). “Some Evidence on the Effect of Admission Criteria on Immigrant Assimilation: The Earnings Profiles of Asian Immigrants in Canada and the US”. in B. Chiswick, ed. Immigration, Language and Ethnicity: Canada and the US. Washington, DC: AEI.


G. Borjas (1993). “Immigration Policy, National Origin, and Immigrant Skills: A Comparison of Canada and the US”. In D. Card and R. Freeman, eds. Small Differences That Matter: Labor Marekt and Income Maintenance in Canada and the US. Chicago: U of C Press/NBER, Pp. 21-43.


A. Green and D. Green (1995). “Canadian Immigration Policy: The Effectiveness of the Point System and Other Instruments”. CJE; V.28-#4b, pp. 1006-1041.


G. Dirks (1995). Controversy and Complexity: Canadian Immigration Policy in the 1980s. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.


N. Kelley and M. Trebilcock (1998). The Making of the Mosaic: A History of Canadian Immigration Policy. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

 

(3) Mainly Australia


P. Miller (1999). “Immigration Policy and Immigrant Quality: The Australian Points System”. AER; V.89-#2, pp. 192-197.


D. Cobb-Clark (2000). “Do Selection Criteria Make a Difference? Visa Category and the Labor Market Status of Immigrants to Australia”. Economic Record; V.76-#232, pp. 15-31.

 

(4) Mainly European Cases


R. Faini and A. Venturini (1993). “Trade, Aid and Migrations: Some Basic Policy Issues”. EER; V.37-#?, pp. 435-442.


M. Burda (1993). “The Determinants of East-West German Migration: Some First Reslts”. EER; V.37-#?, pp. 452-461.


K. Zimmerman (1994). “Immigration Policies in Europe: An Overview”. In H. Siebert, ed. Migration: A Challenge for Europe. Tubingen: J.C.B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), pp. 227-258.


K. Zimmerman (1995). “Tackling the European Migration Problem”. JEcPerspectives; V.9-#2, pp. 45-62.

 

b. Migration and the Welfare System

 

(1) Theory: Redistribution with Labor Mobility


J. Wilson (1999). “Theories of Tax Competition”. National Tax Journal; V.52-#2, pp. 269-304.


M.V. Pauly (1973). “Income Redistribution as a Local Public Good”. JPubE; V.2-#1, pp. 35-54.


R. Arad and A.L. Hillman (1979). “The Collective Good Motive for Immigration Policy”. Australian Economic Papers; V.18-#33, pp. 243-257.


W. Baumol (1989). “The Income Distribution Frontier and Taxation of Migrants”. in J. Bhagwati and J. Wilson, eds. Income Taxation and International Mobility. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 159-178.


R. Crane (1992). “Voluntary Income Redistribution with Migration”. Journal of Urban Economics; V.31-#?, pp. 84-98.


G. Myers (1990). “Optimality, Free Mobility, and the Regional Authority in a Federation”. JpubE; V.43-#?, pp. 107-121.


D. Wildasin (1991). “Income Redistribution in a Common Labor Market”. AER; V.81-#4, pp. 757-774.


D. Wildasin (1992). “Relaxation of Barriers to Factor Mobility and Income Redistribution”. Public Finance; V.47-Suppl., pp. 216-30.


D. Wildasin (1993). “State Income Taxation with Mobile Labor”. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management; V.12-#1, pp. 51-75.


D. Wildasin (1994). “Income Redistribution and Migration”. CJE; V.27-#3, pp. 637-656.


A. Mansoorian and G. Myers (1993). “Attachment to Home and Efficient Purchases of Population in a Fiscal Externality Economy”. JPubE; V.52-#?, pp. 117-132.


J. Burbidge and G. Myers (1994). “Redistribution Within and Across the Regions of a Federation”. CJE; V.27-#3, pp. 620-636.


J. Burbidge and G. Myers (1994). “Population Mobility and Capital Tax Competition”. RSUE; V.24-#4, pp. 441-459.


D. Wellisch (1994). “Interregional Spillovers in the Presence of Perfect and Imperfect Household Mobility”. JPubE; V.55-#?, pp. 167-184.


D. Wellisch and D. Wildasin (1996). “Decentralized Income Redistribution and Immigration”. EER; V.40-#?, pp. 187-217.


A. Mansoorian and G. Myers (1997). “On the Consequences of Government Objectives for Economies with Mobile Populations”. JPubE; V.63-#2, pp. 265-281.


G. Myers and Y. Papageorgiou (1997). “Efficient Nash Equilibria in a Federal Economy with Migration Costs”. RSUE; V.27-#4/5, pp. 345-371.


M. Leite-Monteiro (1997). “Redistributive policy with labour mobility across countries”. JPubE; V.65-#2, pp. 229-244.


J. Wilson (1995). “Mobile Labor, Multiple Tax Instruments, and Tax Competition”. Journal of Urban Economics; V.38-#3, pp. 333-356.


H. Raff and J. Wilson (1997). “Income Redistribution with Well-Informed Local Governments”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.4-#4, pp. 407-427.


D. Wildasin (1997). “Income Distribution and Redistribution within Federations”. Annales d'Economie et de Statistique; V.0-#45, pp. 291-313.


D. Wildasin (1998). “Factor Mobility and Redistributive Policy: Local and International Perspectives”. in P. Sorensen, ed. Public Finance in a Changing World. London: Macmillan, pp. 151-192.


G. Myers and Y. Papageorgiou (2000). “Immigration Control and the Welfare State”. JPubE; V.75-#2, pp. 183-207.


A. Caplan, R. Cornes, and E. Silva (2000). “Pure Public Goods and Income Redistribution in a Federation with Decentralized Leadership and Imperfect Labor Mobility”. JpubE; V.77-#?, pp. 265-284.


A. Razin and E. Sadka (1994). “Resisting Migration: The Problems of Wage Regidity and the Social Burden”. NBER Working Paper; #4903.


A. Razin and E. Sadka (1995). “Resisting Migration: Wage Rigidity and Income Distribution”. AER; V.85-#2, pp. 312-316.


D. Wildasin and J. Wilson (1996). “Imperfect Mobility and Local Government Behavior in an Overlapping Generations Model”. JPubE; V.60-#2, pp. 177-198.


J. Brueckner (2000). “Welfare Reform and the Race to the Bottom: Theory and Evidence”. SEJ; V.66-#3, pp. 505-525.


Z. Hercowitz and D. Pines (1997). “Migration between Home Country and Diaspora: An Economic Analysis”. JPubE; V.65-#1, pp. 45-59.


D. Bureau and C. Richard (1997). “Public Insurance and Mobility: An Exploratory Analysis in the Context of European Economic Unification”. Annales d’Economie et de Statistique; V.45-#/, PP. 275-290.


D. Wellisch and U. Walz (1998). “Why Do Rich Countries Prefer Free Trade Over Migration? The Role of the Modern Welfare State”. EER; V.42-#8, pp. 1595-1612.


D. Wellisch (1996). “Decentralized Fiscal Policy with High Mobility Reconsidered: Reasons for Inefficiency and an Optimal Intervention Scheme”. European Journal of Political Economy; V.12-#1, pp. 91-111.


W. Richter and D. Wellisch (1996). “The Provision of Local Public Goods and Factors in the Presence of Firm and Household Mobility”. Journal of Public Economics; V.60-#1, pp. 73-93.


N. Leiner (1997). “International Migration in the Presence of Public Goods”. Annales d'Economie et de Statistique; #47, pp. 150-170.


K. Gatsios, P. Hatzipanayotou, and M. Michael (1999). “International Migration, the Provision of Public Goods, and Welfare”. Journal of Development Economics; V.60-#2, pp. 559-575.


K. Gatsios, P. Hatzipanayotou, and M. Michael (1999). “Trade Liberalisation, Public Good Provision: Migration-Promoting or Migration-Deterring?”. in R. Faini, J. deMelo, and K. Zimmermann, eds. (1999). Migration: The Controversies and the Evidence. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 94-111.


H. Huizinga (1999). “A Two-Region Model of Redistribution, Migration and International Trade”. Journal of Public Economics; V.71-#3, pp. 335-354.


A. Sandmo and D. Wildasin (1999). “Taxation, Migration, and Pollution”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.6-#1, pp. 39-59.


D. Wildasin (1995). “Factor Mobility, Risk and Redistribution in the Welfare State”. Scandinavian Journal of Economics; V.97-#4, pp. 527-46.


D. Wildasin (1998). “Factor Mobility, Risk, Inequality, and Redistribution”. in D. Pines, E. Sadka, I. Zilcha, eds. Topics in Public Economics. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 314-339.


D. Wildasin (2000). “Labor-Market Integration, Investment in Risky Human Capital, and Fiscal Competition”. AER; V.90-#1, pp. 73-95.

 

(2) Empirical Research


D. North (1983). “Impacts of Legal, Illegal and Refugee Migration on US Social Service Programs”. In M. Kritz, ed. US Immigration and Refugee Policy. Lexington: DC Heath.


F. Blau (1984). “The Use of Transfer Payments by Immigrants”. ILR Review; V.37-#2, pp. 222-239.


J. Simon (1984). “Immigration, Taxes and Welfare in the US”. Population and Development Review; V.10-#1, pp. 55-69.


M. Tienda and L. Jensen (1986). “Immigration and Public Assistance Participation: Dispelling the Myth of Dependency”. Social Science Research; V.15-#?, pp. 372-400.


L. Jensen (1988). “Patterns of Immigration and Public Assistance Utilization, 1970-1980". International Migration Review; V.22-#?, pp. 51-83.


G. Borjas and S. Trejo (1991). “Immigrant Participation in the Welfare System”. ILR Review; V.44-#?, pp. 195-211.


S. Trejo (1992). “Immigrant Welfare Recipiency: Recent Trends and Future Implications”. Contemporary Policy Issues; V.10-#2, pp. 44-53.


G. Borjas and S. Trejo (1993). “National Origin and Immigrant Welfare Recipiency”. Journal of Public Economics; V.50-#3, pp. 325-344.


G. Borjas (1995). “Immigration and Welfare, 1970-1990". Research in Labor Economics; V.14-#?, pp. 251-280.


G. Borjas and L. Hilton (1996). “Immigration and the Welfare State: Immigrant Participation in Means-tested Entitlement Programs”. QJE, V.111-#2, pp.575-604.


G. Borjas and G. Sueyoshi (1997). “Ethnicity and Intergenerational Transmission of Welfare Dependency”. Research in Labor Economics; V.16-#?, pp. 271-295.


J. Simon and A. Akbari (1996). “Determinants of Welfare Payment Use by Immigrants and Natives in the United States and Canada”. in H. Duleep and P. Wunnava, eds. Immigrants and Immigration Policy: Individual Skills, Family Ties, and Group Identities. Greenwich: JAI Press, 1996, pp. 79-100.


F. Bean, J. VanHook, and J. Glick (1997). “Country of Origin, Type of Public Assistance, and Pattern of Welfare Recipiency among U.S. Immigrants and Natives”. Social Science Quarterly; V.78-#2, pp. 432-451.


J. VanHook, J. Glick, and F. Bean (1999). “Public assistance receipt among immigrants and natives: How the unit of analysis affects research findings”. Demography; V.36-#1, pp. 111-120.


B. Chiswick and M. Hurst (1998). “The Employment, Unemployment, and Unemployment Compensation Benefits of Immigrants”. Research in Employment Policy; V.2, pp.


P. Davies and Michael Greenwood (1998). “The Participation of Mexican-born Households in Means-tested U.S. Welfare Programs”. in Binational Study: Migration Between Mexico and the United States. Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Immigration Reform, pp. 1001-1048.


J. Currie (2000). “Do Children of Immigrants Make Differential Use of Public Health Insurance?”. in G. Borjas, ed. Issues in the Economics of Immigration. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.


A. Gustman and T. Steinmeier (2000). “Social Security Benefits of Immigrants and U.S. Born”. in G. Borjas, ed. Issues in the Economics of Immigration. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.


T. Espenshade (1998). “U.S. Immigration and the New Welfare State”. in D. Jacobson, ed. The Immigration Reader: America In a Multidisciplinary Perspective. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 231-250.


M. Baker and D. Benjamin (1995). “The Receipt of Transfer Payments by Immigrants in Canada”. Journal of Human Resources; V.30-#?, pp. 650-676.


A. de Silva (1997). “Immigrant Participation in the Unemployment Insurance System”. Canadian Public Policy; V.23-#4, pp. 375-396.


P. Siklos and W. Marr (1998). “The Unemployment Insurance Compensation Usage of Canada’s Immigrants in Selected Provinces, 1981–1988”. International Migration, V.36-#3, pp. 337-356.


P. Siklos and W. Marr (1998). “The Unemployment Insurance Compensation Experience of Immigrants in Canada, 1980-1988”. Journal of Population Economics; V.11-#1, pp. 127-147.


W. Marr and P. Siklos (1999). “Immigrant Class and the Use of Unemployment Insurance by Recent Immigrants to Canada: Evidence from a New Data Base, 1980-1995”. International Migration Review; V.33-#3, pp. 561-593.


M. Greenwood, et al. (1999). “The Influence of Social Programs in Source Countries on Various Classes of U.S. Immigration”. Journal of the American Statistical Association; V.94-#445, pp. 64-74.


F. Buckley (1996). “The Political Economy of Immigration Policy”. International Review of Law and Economics; V.16-#1, pp. 81-99.


G. Borjas (1999). “Immigration and Welfare Magnets”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.17-#4, Part 1, pp. 607-637.


A. Razin and E. Sadka (1999). “Migration and Pension with international capital mobility”. JPubE; V.74-#1, pp. 141-150.


A. Razin and E. Sadka (1998). “Migration and Pension”. NBER Working Paper; #6778.


J. Creedy and P. Taylor (1993). “Population Ageing and Social Expenditure in Australia”. Australian Economic Review; #103, pp. 56-68.


R. Ulrich (1994). “Foreigners and the Social Insurance System in Germany”. in Gunter Steinmann and Ralf Ulrich, eds., The Economics of Immigration in Germany. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, pp. 61-80.

 

c. Fiscal Effects of Immigration Policy


J. Simon (1984). “Immigrants, Taxes and Welfare in the United States”. Population and Development Review; V.10-#?, pp. 55-69.


T. Muller and T. Espenshade (1985). “The Fiscal Impact of Mexican Immigration on California’s State and Local Governments”. Chapter 5 of The Fourth Wave: California’s Newest Immigrants. Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press, pp. 125-144.


F. Blau (1986). “Immigration and the U.S. Taxpayer”. in S. Pozo, ed. 1986 Essays on Legal and Illegal Immigration. Kalamazoo: W.E. Upjohn Institute, pp. 89-110.


E. Rothman and T. Espenshade (1992). “Fiscal Impacts of Immigration to the United States”. Population Index; V.58-#3, pp. 381-415.


T. Espenshade and V. King (1994). “State and Local Fiscal Impacts of U.S. Immigrants: Evidence from New Jersey”. Population Research and Policy Review; V.13-#?, pp. 225-256.


R. Clark, J. Passel, W. Zimmerman, and M. Fix (1994). “Fiscal Impacts of Undocumented Immigrants”. Government Finance Review; V.11-#1, pp. 20-23.


Vernez, Georges and Kevin McCarthy (1996). “The Costs of Immigration to Taxpayers: Analytical and Policy Issues”. RAND Corporation Report: MR-705-FF/IF.


J. Simon (1996). “Public Expenditures on Immigrants to the United States, Past and Present”. Population and Development Review; V.22-#1, pp. 99-109.


D. Garvey and T. Espenshade (1997). “State and Local Fiscal Impacts of New Jersey’s Immigrant and Native Households”. in T. Espenshade, ed. Keys to Successful Immigration: Implications of the New Jersey Experience. Washington, DC: The Urban Institute Press, pp. 139-172.


Chapter 6 (1997). “Do Immigrants Impose a Net Fiscal Burden? Annual Estimates”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The New Americans. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 254-296.


Chapter 7 (1997). “The Future Fiscal Impacts of Current Immigrants”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The New Americans. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 297-362.


T. MaCurdy, T. Nechbya, and J. Bhattacharya (1998). “An Economic Framework for Assessing the Fiscal Impacts of Immigration”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 13-65.


D. Garvey and T. Espenshade (1998). “Fiscal Impacts of Immigrant and Native Households: A New Jersey Case Study”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 66-119.


M. Clune (1998). “The Fiscal Impacts of Immigration: A California Case Study”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 120-182.


R. Lee and T. Miller (1998). “The Current Fiscal Impact of Immigrants and Their Descendants: Beyond the Immigrant Household”. in J. Smith and B. Edmonston, eds. The Immigration Debate: Studies on the Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, DC: National Academy Press, pp. 183-205.


A. Auerbach and P. Oreopoulos (1999). “Analyzing the Fiscal Impact of US Immigration”. AER; V.89-#2, pp. 176-180.


A. Auerbach and P. Oreopoulos (2000). “The Fiscal Impace of U.S. Immigration: A Generational Accounting Perspective”. in J. Poterba, ed. Tax Policy and the Economy. V.14. Cambridge: MIT Press, forth.


K. Storesletten (2000). “Sustaining Fiscal Policy through Immigration”. JPE; V.108-#2, pp. 300-323.


H. Bonin, B. Raffelhüschen, and J. Wallser (2000). “Can Immigration Alleviate the Demographic Burder?”. FinanzArchiv; V.57-#1, pp. 1-21.


R. Lee and T. Miller (2000). “Immigration, Social Security, and Broader Fiscal Impacts”. AER; V.90-#2, pp. 350-354.


A. Akbari (1989). “The Benefits of Immigrants to Canada: Evidence on Tax and Public Services”. Canadian Public Policy; V.15-#?, pp. 424-435.


A. Börsch-Supan (1994). “Migration, Social Security Systems and Public Finance”. In H. Siebert, ed. Migraion: A Challenge for Europe. Tübingen: Mohr, pp. 119-142.


B. Felderer (1994). “Can Immigration Policy Help to Stabilize Social Security Systems?”. in H. Giersch, ed. Economic Aspects of International Migration. Berlin: Springer, pp. 197-226.


T. Espenshade (1994). “Can Immigration Slow U.S. Population Aging?”. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management; V.13-#4, pp. 759-768.

 

d. Guest Workers

 

(1) Theoretical Analysis


M. Krauss (1976). "The Economics of the 'Guest Worker' Problem: A Neo-Heckscher-Ohlin Approach". ScanJE; V.78-#?, pp. 469-476.


M. Krauss and W. Baumol (1979). "Guest Workers and Income-Transfer Programs Financed by Host Governments". KYKLOS; V.32-#1/2, pp. 36-46.


F.L. Rivera-Batiz (1983). "The Economics of the 'To and Fro' Migrant" Some Welfare-theoretical Considerations". ScanJE; V.85-#3, pp. 403-413.


W. Ethier (1985). "International Trade and Labor Migration". AER; V.75-#4, pp. 691-707.


P. Hatzipanayotou (1994). “Nontraded Goods, Capital Taxes, and Temporary Immigration in a Small Open Economy”. IEJ; V.8-#4, pp. 15-26.

 

(2) Empirical Research on Temporary Migration


M. Piore (1979). Birds of Passage: Migrant Labor and Industrial Society. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


R. Blitz (1977). "A Benefit-Cost Analysis of Foreign Workers in West Germany". EER; V.30-#?, pp. 479-502.


P. Martin and M. Miller (1980). “Guestworkers: Lessons from Western Europe”. ILR Review; V.33-#3, pp. 315-330.


J. Bhagwati, K. Schatz, and K. Wong (1984). "The West German Gastarbeiter System of Migration". EER; V.26-#?, pp. 277-294.


R. Craig (1971). The Bracero Program: Interest Groups and Foreign Policy. Austin: University of Texas Press.


L. Morgan and B. Gardner (1982). “Potential for a U.S. Guest-Worker Program in Agriculture: Lessons from the Braceros”. in B. Chiswick, ed. The Gateway: U.S. Immigration Issues and Policies. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 361-411.


K. Calavita (1992). Inside the State: The Bracero Program, Immigration, and the I.N.S. New York: Routledge.

 

e. Illegal Migration

 

(1) Formal Theory


S. Gerking and J. Mutti (1980). “Costs and Benefits of Illegal Immigration: Key Issues for Government Policy”. Social Science Quarterly; V.61-#1, pp. 71-85.


W. Ethier (1986). "Illegal Immigration". AER; V.76-#1, pp. 56-71.


E. Bond and T.J. Chen (1987). "The Welfare Effects of Illegal Immigration". JIE; V.23-#?, pp. 315-328.


S. Djajić (1987). "Illegal Aliens, Unemployment and Immigration Policy". JDevE; V.25-#?, pp. 235-249.


S. Djajić (1997). “Illegal Immigration and Resource Allocation”. IER; V.38-#1, pp. 97-117.


J. Gonzalez (1994). “Illegal Immigration in the Presence of Labor Unions”. International Economic Journal; V.8-#2, pp. 57-70.


C. Yoshida (1993). “The Global Welfare for Illegal Immigration: A Note”. Indian Economic Review; V.28-#?, pp. 111-115.


C. Yoshida (1998). “The Effects of Border Patrol on Illegal Immigration”. Seoul Journal of Economics; V.11-#1, pp. 61-74.


S. Bandyopadhyay and S. Bandyopadhyay (1998). “Illegal Immigration: A Supply Side Analysis”. Journal of Development Economics; V.57-#2, pp. 343-360.


S. Djajić (1999). “Dynamics of Immigration Control”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#1, pp. 45-61.


P. Levine (1999). “The Welfare Economics of Immigration Control”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#1, pp. 23-43.


G. Epstein, A.L. Hillman, and A. Weiss (1999). “Creating Illegal Immigrants”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#1, pp. 3-21.


H. Gaytán-Fregoso and S. Lahiri (2000). “Foreign aid and illegal immigration”. Journal Of Development Economics; V.63-#2, pp. 515-527.

 

(2) Labor Market Effects: Empirical


W.P. Frisbie (1975). “Illegal Migration from Mexico to the U.S.: A Longitudinal Analysis”. International Migration Review; V.9-#?, pp. 3-13.


G. Johnson (1980). “The Labor Market Effects of Immigration”. ILR Review; V.33-#3, pp. 331-341.


M. Wachter (1980). “The Labor Market and Illegal Immigration: The Outlook for the 1980s”. ILR Review; V.33-#3, pp.


J.B. Grossman (1984). “Illegal Immigrants and Domestic Employment”. ILR Review; V.37-#2, pp. 240-251.


B. Chiswick (1988). Illegal Aliens: Their Employment and Employers. Kalamazoo: W.E. Upjohn.


D. Massey (1987). “Do Undocumented Immigrants Earn Lower Wages than Legal Immigrants: New Evidence from Mexico”. International Migration Review; V.21-#?, pp. 236-274.


F. Bean, B. Lowell, and L. Taylor (1988). “Undocumented Mexican Immigrants and the Earnings of Other Workers in the US”. Demography; V.25-#1, pp. 35-49.


C.R. Winegarden and Lay Boon Khor (1991). “Undocumented Immigration and Unemployment of U.S. Youth and Minority Workers: Econometric Evidence”. Review of Economics and Statistics, V.73-#1, pp. 105-112.


C.R. Winegarden and L.B. Khor (1993). “Undocumented Immigration and Income Inequality in the Native-born Population of the US: Econometric evidence”. Applied Economics; V.25-#2, pp. 157-163.


T. Espenshade (1995). “Unauthorized Immigration to the United States”. Annual Review of Sociology; V.21, pp. 195-216.


F.L. Rivera-Batiz (1999). “Undocumented Workers in the Labor Market: An Analysis of the Earnings of Legal and Illegal Mexican Immigrants in the United States”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#1, pp. 91-116.


A. Venturini (1999). “Do Immigrants Working Illegally Reduce the Natives Legal Employment: Evidence from Italy”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#1, pp. 135-154.


A. Sarris and S. Zografakis (1999). “A Computable General Equilibrium Assessment of the Impact of Illegal Immigration on the Greek Economy”. Journal of Population Economics; V.12-#1, pp. 155-182.

 

(3) Effects of Enforcement Policies: Empirical


W. Fogel (1980). “US Immigration Policy and Unsanctioned Migrants”. ILR Review; V.33-#3, pp. 295-311. [Response by M. Piore, pp. 312-314]


B. Chiswick (1988). “Illegal Immigration and Immigration Control”. JEcPersp; V.2-#3, pp. 101-115.


J. Hill and J. Pearce (1987). “Enforcing Sanctions against Employers of Illegal Aliens”. Economic Review, Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, May, pp. 1-15.


J. Hill and J. Pearce (1990). "The Incidence of Sanctions Against Illegal Aliens". JPE; V.98-#1, pp. 28-44.


K. Donato, J. Durand, and D. Massey (1992). “Stemming the Tide? Assessing the Deterrent Effect of U.S. Immigration and Control”. Demography; V.29-#2, pp. 139-157.


S. Kossoudji (1992). “Playing Cat and Mouse at the U.S.-Mexican Border”. Demography; V.29-#2, pp. 159-180.


T. Espenshade (1994). “Does the Threat of Border Apprehension Deter Undocumented U.S. Immigration”. Population and Development Review; V.20-#4, pp. 871-891.


T. Espenshade, and D. Acevedo (1995). “Migrant Cohort Size, Enforcement Effort, and the Apprehension of Undocumented Aliens”. Population Research and Policy Review; V.14-#?, pp. 145-172.


D. Massey and A. Singer (1995). “New Estimates of Undocumented Mexican Migration and the Probability of Apprehension”. Demography; V.32-#?, pp. 203-213.


D. Cobb-Clark, C. Shiells and B.L. Lowell (1995). “Immigration Reform: The Effects of Employer Sanctions and Legalization on Wages”. Journal of Labor Economics; V.13-#3, pp. 472-498.


G. Hanson and A. Spilimbergo (1999). “Illegal Immigration, Border Enforcement, and Relative Wages: Evidence from Apprehensions at the U.S.-Mexico Border”. AER; V.89-#5, pp. 1337-1357


J. Heyman (1999). “Why Interdiction? Immigration Control at the United States-Mexico Border”. Regional Studies; V.33-#7, pp. 619-630.

.

A. Dávila and J. Pagán (1997). “The Effect of Selective INS Monitoring Strategies on the Industrial Employment Choice and Earnings of Recent Immigrants”. EcInq; V.35-#1, pp. 138-150.


J. Heyman (1995). “Putting Power in the Anthropology of Bureaucracy: The INS at the Mexico-US Border”. Current Anthropology; V.36-#?, pp. 201-277.


P. Andreas (1998/9). “The Escalation of U.S. Immigration Control in the Post-NAFTA Era”. Political Science Quarterly; V.113-#4, pp. 591-615.

 

5. Political Economy of Migration

 

a. Political Economy of Migration


Crosby, A. (1983). Ecological Imperialism: The Biological Expansion of Europe, 900-1900. Cambridge: CUP.


Memedovic, Olga, Arie Kuyvenhoeven, and Willm T.M. Molle, eds. (1998). Globalization of Labour Markets: Challenges, Adjustment, and Policy Response in the EU and LDCs. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.


Saskia Sassen (1999). Guests and Aliens. New York: The New Press.


Stalker, Peter (2000). Workers without Frontiers: The Impact of Globalization on International Migration. Boulder: Lynne Rienner Publishers.

 

b. Global Migration and Sovereignty


A. Zolberg (1992). “Labour Migration and International Economic Regimes”. in M. Kritz, L.L. Lim, and H. Zlotnik, eds. International Migration Systems. Oxford: Clarendon Press.


D. Kubat, ed. (1979). The Politics of Migration Policies. New York: Center for Migration Studies.


M. Heisler (1986). “Transnational Migration as a Small Window on the Diminished Autonomy of the Modern Democratic State”. Annals AAPSS; #485, pp. 151-166.


T. Hammar (1990). Democracy and the Nation State. Aliens, Denizens and Citizens in a World of International Migration. Aldershot: Avebury.


G. Freeman (1992). “Migration Policy and Politics in the Receiving States”. International Migration Review; V.26-#4, pp. 1144-1167.


C. Strikwerda and C. Guerin-Gonzales (1993). “Labor, Migration, and Politics”. In C. Guerin-Gonzales and C. Strikwerda, eds. The Politics of Immigrant Workers: Labor Activism and Migration in the World Economy since 1830. New York: Holmes and Meier, pp. 3-45.


W. Cornelius, P. Martin and J. Hollifield, eds. (1994). Controlling Immigration: A Global Perspective. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


G. Freeman (1994). “Can Liberal States Control Unwanted Migration?”. Annals AAPSS; #534, pp. 17-30.


G. Freeman (1995). “Modes of Immigration Politics in Liberal Democracies”. International Migration Review; V.29-#4, pp. 881-893.


T. Perlmutter (1996). “Bringing Parties Back In”. International Migration Review; V.30-#?, pp. 375-388.


G. Freeman (1996). “A Reply to Perlmutter”. International Migration Review; V.30-#?, pp. 389-393.


M. Weiner (1995). The Global Migration Crisis. New York: Harper Collins.


S. Sassen (1996). Losing Control? Sovereignty in an Age of Globalisation. New York: Columbia University Press.


D. Jacobson (1996). Rights Across Borders: Immigration and the Decline of Citizenship. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.


J. Money (1997). “No Vacancy: The Political Geography of Immigration Control in Advanced Industrial Countries”. IO; V.51-#4, pp. 685-720.


C. Joppke (1998). “Why Liberal States Accept Unwanted Immigration”. WP; V.50-#2, pp. 266-293.


B. Heisler (1992). “The Future of Immigrant Incorporation: Which Models? Which Concepts?”. International Migration Review; V.26-#2, pp. 623-645.


K. Fitzgerald (1996). The Face of the Nation: Immigration, the State and National Identity. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


C. Joppke, ed. (1998). Challenge to the Nation-State: Immigration in Western Europe and the United States. New York: Oxford University Press.


J. Hollifield (1998). “Migration, Trade, and the Nation-State: The Myth of Globalization”. UCLA Journal of International Law and Foreign Affairs; V.3-#2, pp. 595-636.


A. Zolberg (1999). “The Politics of Immigration Policy: An Externalist Perspective”. American Behavioral Scientist; V.42-#9, pp. 1276-1279.


A. Zolberg (1999). “Matters of State: Theorizing Immigration Policy”. in D. Massey, ed. Becoming American: America Becoming. New York: Russell Sage.


J. Money (1999). Fences and Neighbors: The Political Geography of Immigration Control. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


J. Hollifield and C. Brettell, eds. (2000). International Migration: Talking Across Disciplines. New York: Routledge.


C. Joppke (2000). Immigration and the Nation-State: The United States, Germany, and Great Britain. New York: Oxford University Press.


V. Guiraudon and G. Hahav (2000). “The State Sovereignty Debate Revisited: The Case of Migration Control”. Comparative Political Studies; V.?-#?, pp. 163-195.

 

c. Migration and Justice: National and International

 

(1) Overviews


Findlay, Ronald (1982). “International Distributive Justice”. Journal of International Economics; V.13-#1/2, pp. 1-14.


King, Timothy (1983). “Immigration from Developing Countries: Some Philosophical Issues”. Ethics; V.93-#3, pp. 525-536.


Gibney, Mark (1986). Strangers or Friends: Principles for a New Alien Admission Policy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.


Zolberg, Aristide (1987). “Keeping Them Out: Ethical Dilemmas of Immigration Policy”. in R. Myers, ed. International Ethics in the Nuclear Age. Washington, DC: University Press of America, pp. 262-297.


Carens, Joseph (1987). “Immigration, Welfare, and Justice”. in Warren Schwartz, ed. Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 1-17.


Coleman, Jules and Sarah Harding (1995). “Citizenship, the Demands of Justice, and the Moral Relevance of Political Boundaries”. in Warren Schwartz, ed. Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 18-62.


Nafziger, James A.R. (1983). “The General Admission of Aliens under International Law”. American Journal of International Law; V.77-#4, pp. 804-847.

 

(2) Utilitarians


Sidgwick, Henry (1891). The Elements of Politics. London: Macmillan. [esp. Chapter XVIII: “Principles of External Policy”, pp. 285-315.]


Lichtenberg, Judith (1981). “National Boundaries and Moral Boundaries: A Cosmopolitan View”. in Peter Brown and Henry Shue, eds. Boundaries : National Autonomy and Its Limits. Totowa, N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield, pp. 79-100.


Lichtenberg, Judith (1983). “Mexican Migration and U.S. Policy: A Guide for the Perplexed”. in Peter Brown and Henry Shue, eds. The Border That Joins : Mexican Migrants and U.S. Responsibility. Totowa, N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield, pp. 13-30.


Sykes, Alan O., “The Welfare Economics of Immigration Law: A Theoretical Survey with an Analysis of U.S. Policy”. in Warren Schwartz, ed. Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 158-200.


Hadfield, Gillian, “Just Borders: Normative Economics and Immigration Law”. in Warren Schwartz, ed. Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 201-211.

 

(3) Kantians/Deontologists

 

(a) Liberals (e.g. Rawlsians)


Nett, Roger (1971). “The Civil Right We are Not Ready For: The Right of Free Movement of People on the Face of the Earth“. Ethics; V.81-#3, pp. 212-227.


Ackerman, Bruce (1980). “Citizenship”. Chapter 3 of Social Justice in the Liberal State. New Haven: Yale University Press, pp. 69-103. [esp. pp. 88-96.]


Nickel, James (1983). “Human Rights and the Rights of Aliens”. in Peter Brown and Henry Shue, eds. The Border That Joins : Mexican Migrants and U.S. Responsibility. Totowa, N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield, pp. 31-45.


Carens, Joseph (1987). “Aliens and Citizens: The Case for Open Borders”. Review of Politics; V.49-#2, pp. 251-273.


Carens, Joseph (1988). “Migration and the Welfare State”. in Amy Guttman, ed. Democracy and the Welfare State. Princeton: PUP, pp. 207-230.


Carens, Joseph (1989). “Membership and Morality: Admission to Citizenship in Liberal Democratic States”. in W. Brubaker, ed. Immigration and the Politics of Citizenship in Europe and North America. Latham, Md.: University Press of America, pp. 31-49.


Dowty, Alan (1987). Closed Borders: The Contemporary Assault on Freedom of Movement. New Haven: Yale Universty Press.


Whelan, Frederick (1988). “Citizenship and Freedom of Movement: An Open Admission Policy”. in Mark Gibney, ed. Open Borders? Closed Societies?: The Ethical and Political Issues. Westport: Greenwood Press, pp. 3-39.


Carens, Joseph (1992). “Migration and Morality: A Liberal Egalitarian Perspective”. in Brian Barry and Robert Goodin, eds. (1992). Free Movement: Ethical Issues in the Transnational Migration of People and Money. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 25-47.


Woodward, James (1992). “Commentary: Liberalism and Migration”. in Brian Barry and Robert Goodin, eds. (1992). Free Movement: Ethical Issues in the Transnational Migration of People and Money. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 59-84.


Galloway, Donald (1993). “Liberalism, Globalism, and Immigration”. Queen’s Law Journal; V.18-#?, pp. 266-


Carens, Joseph (1994). “The Rights of Immigrants”. in J. Baker, ed. Group Rights. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, pp. 142-163.


Carens, Joseph (1996). “Realistic and Idealistic Approaches to the Ethics of Migration”. International Migration Review; V.30-#1, pp. 156-170.


Meilaender, Peter (1999). “Liberalism and Open Borders: The Argument of Joseph Carens”. International Migration Review; V.33-#4, pp. 1062-1081.


Carens, Joseph (1999). “Reconsidering Open Borders: A Reply to Meilaender”. International Migration Review; V.33-#4, pp. 1082-1097.


Schwartz, Warren, ed. (1995). Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP.

 

-Perry, Stephen, “Immigration, Justice, and Culture”. pp. 94-135.

 

-Seidman, Louis Michael, “Fear and Loathing at the Border”. pp. 136-146..

 

-Tushnet, Mark, “Immigration Policy in Liberal Political Theory”. pp. 147-157.

 

-Treblicock, Michael, “The Case for a Liberal Immigration Policy”. pp. 219-246.


Bhabha, Jacqueline (1998). “Enforcing the Human Rights of Citizens and Non-citizens in the Era of Maastricht: Some Reflections on the Importance of States”. Development and Change; V.29-#4, pp. 697-724.


Carens, Joseph (2000). Culture, Citizenship, and Community: Contextual Political Theory and Justice As Evenhandedness. New York: Oxford University Press.


Dworkin, Ronald (2000). Sovereign Virtue: The Theory and Practice of Equality. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

 

(b) Communitarians


Walzer, Michael (1981). “The Distribution of Membership”. in Peter Brown and Henry Shue, eds. Boundaries : National Autonomy and Its Limits. Totowa, N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield, pp. 1-35.


Walzer, Michael (1992). What It Means to Be an American: Essays on the American Experience. New York: Marsilio Publishers.


Walzer, Michael (1997). On Toleration. New Haven: Yale University Press.


Chaney, Elsa (1981). “Migrant Workers and National Boundaries: The Basis for Rights and Protections”. in Peter Brown and Henry Shue, eds. Boundaries : National Autonomy and Its Limits. Totowa, N.J.: Rowman and Littlefield, pp. 37-77.


Van Gunsteren, Herman (1988). “Admission to Citizenship”. Ethics; V.98-#4, pp. 731-741.


Habermas, Jürgen (1990). “Citizenship and National Identity”. Appendix II in (1996) Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 491-515


Bauböck, Rainer (1994). Transnational Citizenship: Membership and Rights in International Migration. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.


Bauböck, Rainer (1996). “Cultural Minority Rights for Immigrants”. International Migration Review; V.30-#1, pp. 203-250.


Hampton, Jean (1995). “Immigration, Identity, and Justice”. in Warren Schwartz, ed. Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP pp. 67-93.


Scaperlanda, Michael A. (1999). “Immigration Justice: Beyond Liberal Egalitarian and Communitarian Perspectives”. Review of Social Economy; V.57-#4, pp. 523-542.

 

(c) Libertarians, Contractarians, etc.


Hudson, James (1984). “The Ethics of Immigration Restriction”. Social Theory and Practice; V.10-#?, pp. 201-239.


Hudson, James (1986). “The Philosophy of Immigration”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.7-#1, pp. 51-62.


Steiner, Hillel (1992). “Libertarianism and the Transnational Migration of People”. in Brian Barry and Robert Goodin, eds. (1992). Free Movement: Ethical Issues in the Transnational Migration of People and Money. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 87-94.


Ebeling, Richard M. and Jacob G. Hornberger, eds. (1995). The Case for Free Trade and Open Immigration. Fairfax: Future of Freedom Foundation.


Simon, Julian (1998). “Are There Grounds for Limiting Immigration?”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.13-#2, pp. 137-152.


Hospers, John (1998). “A Libertarian Argument Against Open Borders”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.13-#2, pp. 153-165.


Block, Walter (1998). “A Libertarian Case for Free Immigration”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.13-#2, pp. 167-186.


de Soto, Jesús Herta (1998). “A Libertarian Theory of Free Immigration”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.13-#2, pp. 187-197.


Machan, Tibor (1998). “Immigration Into a Free Society”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.13-#2, pp. 199-204.


Hoppe, Hans-Hermann (1998). The Case for Free Trade and Restricted Immigration”. Journal of Libertarian Studies; V.13-#2, pp. 221-233.

 

(d) Liberal Immigration Mercantilists


Becker, Gary (1997). “Immigration”. in Gary Becker and Guity Nashat Becker, eds. The Economics of Life: From Baseball to Affirmative Action to Immigration, How Real-World Issues Affect Our Everyday Life. New York: McGraw-Hill, pp. 49-61.


Buchanan, James (1995). “A Two Country Parable”. in Warren Schwartz, ed. Justice in Immigration. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 63-66.


Borjas, George (1999). Heaven’s Gate. Princeton: PUP.

 

(4) Realists


Hendrickson, David (1992). “Migration in Law and Ethics: A Realist Perspective”. in Brian Barry and Robert Goodin, eds. (1992). Free Movement: Ethical Issues in the Transnational Migration of People and Money. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 213-231.


Goodin, Robert (1992). “Commentary: The Political Realism of Free Movement”. in Brian Barry and Robert Goodin, eds. (1992). Free Movement: Ethical Issues in the Transnational Migration of People and Money. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 248-264.


Weiner, Myron (1996). “Ethics, National Sovereignty and the Control of Immigration”. International Migration Review; V.30-#1, pp. 171-197.

 

D. FDI and Globalization of Production

 

1. Just How Global is Production?

 

a. Overviews


Feenstra, Robert (1998). “Integration of Trade and Disintegration of Production in the Global Economy”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.12-#4, pp. 31-50.


Caves, Richard (1983/1996) Multinational Enterprise and Economic Analysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Hood, N. and S. Young (1979) The Economics of the Multinational Enterprise. London: Longman.


Dunning, John (1983). “Changes in the Level and Structure of International Production: The Last 100 Years”. in M. Casson, ed. The Growth of International Business. London: Allen and Unwin, pp. 84-139.


Bergsten, C. Fred, Thomas Horst and Theodore Moran (1978) American Multinationals and American Interests. Washington D.C.: Brookings.


Julius, DeAnne (1990). Global Companies and Public Policy: The Growing Challenge of Foriegn Direct Investment. London: RIIA.


Dunning, John H., Multinational Enterprises and the Global Economy (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley, 1993)


Graham, Edward M. and Paul Krugman (1995). Foreign Direct Investment in the United States (3rd Edition). Washington, DC: IIE.


Dunning, John H., ed., Globalization, Trade, and Foreign Direct Investment (New York: Elsevier, 1998)


Lipsey, Robert (1998). “Galloping, Creeping, or Receding Internationalization”. International Trade Journal; V.12-#2, pp. 181-191.


Dunning, John (1998). “Globalization and the New Geography of Foreign Direct Investment”. Oxford Development Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 47-70.


R. Kozul-Wright and R. Rowthorn, eds. (1998). Transnational corporations and the global economy. New York: St. Martin's Press; for the United Nations University/World Institute for Development Economics Research.


Hood, Neil, and Stephen Young, eds., The Globalization of Multinational Enterprise Activity and Economic Development (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000)


UNCTAD (1993). World Investment Report 1993: Transnational Corporations and Integrated International Production. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (1994). World Investment Report 1994: Transnational Corporations, Employment and the Workplace. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (1995). World Investment Report 1995: Transnational Corporations and Competitiveness. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (1996). World Investment Report 1996: Investment, Trade and International Policy Arrangements. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (1997). World Investment Report 1997: Transnational Corporations, Market Structure and Competition Policy. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (1998). World Investment Report 1998: Trends and Determinants: Overview. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (1999). World Investment Report 1999: Foreign Direct Investment and the Challenge of Development. New York: United Nations.


UNCTAD (2000). World Investment Report 2000: Cross-border Mergers and Acquisitions and Development. New York: United Nations.

 

b. Multinationalization


J. Dunning (1981). “Explaining the International Direct Investment Position of Countries: Towards a Dynamic or Developmental Approach”; Weltirtschaftliches Archiv, V.117-#1, pp. ??.


R. Lipsey (1988). “Changing Patterns of International Investment in and by the US”. in M. Feldstein, ed. The United States in the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 475-545.


E. Ray (1991). “Foreign Takeovers and New Investments in the US”. Contemporary Policy Issues; V.9-#, pp. 59-71.


E. Ray (1991). “A Profile of Recent Foreign Investment in the US”. Annals, AAPSS; #515, pp. 50-65.


J. Leonard and R. McCulloch (1991). “Foreign-Owned Businesses in the US”. in J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade, and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 261-283.


J. Leonard and R. McCulloch (1991). “Foreign Owned Businesses in the US”. In J. Abowd and R. Freeman, eds. Immigration, Trade and the Labor Market. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 261-283.


K. Froot (1990). “Multinational Corporations, Exchange Rates and Direct Investment”. in W. Branson, J. Frenkel and M. Goldstein, eds. International Policy Coordination and Exchange Rate Fluctuations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


K. Froot and J. Stein (1991). “Exchange Rates and Foreign Direct Investment: An Imperfect Capital Markets Approach”. QJE; V.106-#4, pp. 1191-1217.


M. Klein and E. Rosengen (1992). “Foreign Direct Investment Outflow from the US: An Empirical Assessment”. In M. Klein and P. Welfens, eds. Multinationals in the New Europe and Global Trade. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, pp. 91-103.


R. Barrell and N. Pain (1997). “The Growth of Foreign Direct Investment in Europe”. National Institute Economic Review; #160, pp. 63-75.


R. Lipsey (2000). “Interpreting Developed Countries' Foreign Direct Investment”. NBER Working Paper; #7810.


M. Larudee and T. Koechlin (1999). “Wages, Productivity, and Foreign Direct Investment Flows”. Journal of Economic Issues; V.33-#2, pp. 419-426.

 

c. Outsourcing/Production Fragmentation


Lall, Sanjaya (1978). “The Pattern of Intra-Firm Exports by U.S. Multinationals”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics; V.40-#3, pp. 209-222.


Helleiner, G. K. and Real Lavergne (1979). “Intra-Firm and Industrial Exports to the United States”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics; V.41-#4, pp. 297-311.


J. Grunwald and K. Flamm (1985). The Global Factory: Foreign Assembly in International Trade. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Little, Jane Sneddon (1987). “Intra-firm Trade: An Update”. New England Economic Review; May/June, 46-51.


Casson, Mark, ed.(1992). International Business and Global Integration. Basingstoke: Macmillan.


Coughlin, Cletus and Thomas Watkins (1985). “The Impact of International Intra-firm Trade on Domestic Concentration Ratios”. Review of Industrial Organization; V.2-#3, pp. 232-249.


Greenaway, David (1987). “Intra-industry Trade, Intra-firm Trade and European Integration: Evidence, Gains and Policy Aspects”. Journal of Common Market Studies; V.26-#2, pp. 153-172.


Gilroy, Bernard Michael (1989). “Intra-firm Trade”. Journal of Economic Surveys; V.3-#4, pp. 325-343.


Zejan, Mario (1989). “Intra-firm Trade and Swedish Multinationals”. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv; V.125-#4, pp. 814-833.


Siddharthan, Natteri and Nagesh Kumar (1990). “The Determinants of Inter-industry Variations in the Proportion of Intra-firm Trade: The Behaviour of U.S. Multinationals”. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv; V.126-#3, pp. 581-591.


Sleuwaegen, Leo and Hideki Yamawaki, (1991). “Foreign Direct Investment and Intra-firm Trade: Evidence from Japan”. In Ad Koekkoek and L. B. M. Mennes, eds. International trade and global development: Essays in honour of Jagdish Bhagwati. New York: Routledge, pp. 143-161.


Bonturi, M. and K. Kukasaku (1993). “Globalization and Intra-firm Trade”. OECD Economic Studies, #20, pp. 145-159.


Encarnation, Dennis (1994). “Intra-firm Trade in North America and the European Community”. In L. Eden, ed. Multinationals in North America. Calgary: University of Calgary Press, pp. 309-334.


G. Gereffi and M. Korzeniewicz, eds. (1994). Commodity Chains and Global Capitalism. Westport: Praeger.


R. Whitley (1996). “Business Systems and Global Commodity Chains: Competing or Complementary Forms of Economic Organization”. Competition & Change; V.1-#?, pp. 411-425.


M. Borrus and J. Zysman (1997). “Globalization with Borders: The Rise of Wintelism as the Future of Global Competition”. Industry and Innovation; V.4-#2, pp. 141-166.


P. Dicken, P. Kelly, K. Olds, and H.W.-C. Yeung (1999). “Chains and Networks, Territories and Scales: Towards a Relational Framework for Analyzing the World Economy”. Ms: Faculty of Arts and Sciences, National University of Singapore.


Hanson, Gordon (1996). Localization Economies, Vertical Organization, and Trade”. AER; V.86-#5, pp. 1266-1278.


Lipsey, Robert, Magnus Blomstrom, and Eric Ramstetter (1998). “Internationalized Production in World Output”. In Robert Baldwin, Robert Lipsey, and J. David Richardson, eds. Geography and Ownership as Bases for Economic Accounting. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 83-135.


B. Anderton amd P. Brenton (1999). “Outsourcing and Low-Skilled Workers in the UK”. Bulletin of Economic Research; V.51-#4, pp. 267-285.


J. Davis (1999). “Is Trade Liberalization an Important Cause of Increasing U.S. Wage Inequality? The Interaction of Theory and Policy”. Review of Social Economy; V.57-#4, pp. 488-506.


D. Hummels, D. Rapoport, and K.-M. Yi (1998). “Vertical Specialization and the Changing Nature of World Trade”. FRBNY Economic Policy Review; June, pp. 79-99.


D. Hummels, J. Ishii, and K.-M. Yi (2001). “The Nature and Growth of Vertical Specialization in World Trade”. JIE; V.54-#1, pp. 75-96.


Gereffi, Gary (1999). “International Trade and Industrial Upgrading in the Apparel Commodity Chain”. Journal of International Economics; V.48-#1, pp. 37-70.


D. Swenson (2000). “Firm Outsourcing Decisions: Evidence from U.S. Foreign Trade Zones”. Economic Inquiry; V.38-#2, pp. 175-189.


Andersson, Thomas and Torbjorn Fredriksson (2000). “Distinction between Intermediate and Finished Products in Intra-firm Trade”. International Journal of Industrial Organization; V.18-#5, pp. 773-792.


Belderbos, René (2001). “Backward Vertical Linkages of Foreign Manufacturing Affiliates: Evidence from Japanese Multinationals”. World Economy; V.29-#1, pp. 189-208.


H. Görg (2000). “Fragmentation and Trade: US Inward Processing Trade in the EU”. WA; V.136-#3, pp. 403-421.


F. Ruane and H. Görg (2001). “Globalization and Fragmentation: Evidence for the Electronics Industry in Ireland”. in S.W. Arndt and H. Kierzkowski, eds., Fragmentation: New Production Patterns in the World Economy. Oxford: OUP, forth.


A. Yeats (2001). “Just How Big is Global Production Sharing?”. in S.W. Arndt and H. Kierzkowski, eds., Fragmentation: New Production Patterns in the World Economy. Oxford: OUP, forth.


G. Graziani (2001). “International Subcontracting in the Textile and Clothing Industry”. in S.W. Arndt and H. Kierzkowski, eds., Fragmentation: New Production Patterns in the World Economy. Oxford: OUP, forth.


H. Kierzkowski (2001). “Joining the Global Economy: Experience and Prospects of Transition Economies”. in S.W. Arndt and H. Kierzkowski, eds., Fragmentation: New Production Patterns in the World Economy. Oxford: OUP, forth.


D. Siegel and Z. Griliches (1992). “Purchased Services, Outsourcing, Computers, and Productivity in Manufacturing”. In Z. Griliches, ed. Output measurement in the service sectors. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 429-458.


C. Perry (1997). “Outsourcing and Union Power”. Journal of Labor Research; V.18-#4, pp. 521-534


Hackett Steven and Krishna Srinivasan (1998). “Do supplier switching costs differ across Japanese and US multinational firms?”. Japan And The World Economy; V.10-#1, pp. 13-42.


M. Quinlan (1998). “Labour Market Restructuring in Industrialised Societies: An Overview”. Economic and Labour Relations Review; V.9-#1, pp. 1-30.


B. Beamon (1998). “Supply Chain Design and Analysis: Models and Methods”. International Journal of Production Economics; V.55-#3, pp. 281-294.


Chen, Homin and Tain-Jy Chen (1998). “Network Linkages and Location Choice in Foreign Direct Investment”. Journal of International Business Studies; V.29-#3, pp. 445-467.

 

2. Labor Market Effects of FDI and Income Distribution

 

a. Overviews


BHM chapter 4.


Caves chapter 5.


F. Frobel, J. Heinrichs and O. Kreye (1980) The New International Division of Labor, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Parts I and II.


M. Tolchin and S. Tolchin (1988). Buying into America. New York: Quorum Books.


N. Glickman and D. Woodward (1989). The New Competitors: How Foreign Investors are Changing the U.S. Economy. New York: Basic Books.


E. Graham and P. Krugman (1989). Foreign Direct Investment in the United States. Washington, DC: Institute for International Economics.


S. Bowles (1983). “The Post-Keynesian Capital-Labor Stalemate”, Socialist Review, #65, pp. 45-72.


S. Bowles, D. Gordon and T. Weisskopf (1983) Beyond the Wasteland, New York: Anchor Press/Doubleday, Chapter 4.


Lall, Sanjaya (1995). “Employment and Foreign Investment: Policy Options for Developing Countries”. International Labour Review; V.134-#4/5, pp. 521-540.


Thygesen, Niels, Yutaka Kosai, and Robert Lawrence (1996). Globalization and Trilateral labor markets: Evidence and implications: A report to the Trilateral Commission. New York: Trilateral Commission.


Lee, Eddy (1996). “Globalization and Employment: Is Anxiety Justified?”. International Labour Review; V.135-#5, pp. 485-497.


Agarwal, Jamuna Prasad (1997). “Effect of Foreign Direct Investment on Employment in Home Countries”. Transnational Corporations; V.6-#2, pp. 1-28.


Gundlach, Erich and Peter Nunnenkamp (1997). “Globalization and Labour Markets in the Triad: Different Adjustment Patterns”. Transnational Corporations; V.6-#3, pp. 57-85.


J. Crotty, G. Epstein, and P. Kelly (1997). “Multinational Corporations, Capital Mobility and the Neo-Liberal Regime: Effects on Northern Workers and on Growth Prospects in the Developing World”. Seoul Journal of Economics; V.11-#4, pp. 297-340.


J. Crotty, G. Epstein, and P. Kelly (1998). “Multinational Corporations in the Neo-Liberal Regime”. in D. Baker, G. Epstein, and R. Pollin, eds. Globalization and Progressive Economic Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 117-143.

 

b. Theoretical Research


Koizumi, Tetsunori and Kenneth Kopecky (1980). “Foreign Direct Investment, Technology Transfer and Domestic Employment Effects”. JIE; V.10-#1, pp. 1-20.


R. Brecher and E. Choudhri (1996). “Liberalizing Multinational Investment: The Stolper-Samuelson Question Revisited”. in R. Feenstra, G. Grossman and D. Irwin, eds. The Political Economy of Trade Policy. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 77-88.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (1996). “Foreign Investment, Outsourcing and Relative Wages”. in R. Feenstra, G. Grossman and D. Irwin, eds. The Political Economy of Trade Policy. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 89-127.


J. Markusen and A. Venables (1999). “Multinational Production, Skilled Labor, and Real Wages”. in R. Baldwin and J. Francois, eds. Dynamic Issues in Commercial Policy Analysis. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 138-172.


J. Markusen and A. Venables (1997). “The Role of Multinational Firms in the Wage-Gap Debate”. RIE; V.5-#4, pp.435-451.


Lahiri, Sajal and Yoshiyasu Ono (1998). “Tax Policy on Foreign Direct Investment in the Presence of Cross-Hauling”. WA; v.134-#2, pp. 263-279.

 

c. Empirical Research

 

(1) In Industrial Countries

 

(a) Mostly Employment


T. Horst (1978). “The Impact of American Investments Abroad on US Exports, Imports and Employment”. in W. Dewald, ed. (1978). The Impact of International Trade and Investment on Employment. Washington, DC: US Department of Labor; pp. 139-151.


A. Chaudhuri (1983). “American Multinationals and American Employment”, in Kindleberger and Audretsch, pp. 263-277.


Little, Jane Sneddon (1986). “The Effects of Foreign Direct Investment on U.S. Employment during Recession and Structural Change”. New England Economic Review; Nov/Dec, pp. 40-48.


I. Kravis and R. Lipsey (1993). “The Effect of Multinational Firms' Operations on Their Domestic Employment”. NBER Working Paper, #2760.


M. Blomstrom, G. Fors, and R. Lipsey (1997). “Foreign Direct Investment and Employment: Home Country Experience in the United States and Sweden”. EJ; V.107-#445, pp. 1787-1797.


R. Lipsey (1999). “Foreign Production by U.S. Firms and Parent Firm Employment”. NBER Working Paper, #7357.


S.L. Brainard and D. Riker (1997). “Are Multinationals Exporting US Jobs?”. NBER Working Paper, #5958.


Driffield, Nigel (1999). “Indirect Employment Effects of Foreign Direct Investment into the UK”. Bulletin of Economic Research; V.51-#3, pp. 207-221.


Henrik Braconier and Karolina Ekholm (2000). “Swedish Multinationals and Competition from High- and Low-Wage Locations”. RIE, V.8-#3, pp.


C. M. Paul and D. Siegel (2000). ‘The Impacts of Technology, Trade and Outsourcing on Employment and Labour Composition”. Centre for Research on Globalisation and Labour Markets Working Paper, #00/10.


Blomström, Magnus and Ari Kokko (2000). “Outward Investment, Employment and Wages in Swedish Multinationals”. ms: Stockholm School of Economics.


M. Conyon, S. Girma, S. Thompson, and P. Wright (2001). “Do Hostile Mergers Destroy Jobs?”. Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization; V.


M. Conyon, S. Girma, S. Thompson, and P. Wright (2001). “The Impact of Mergers and Acquisitions on Company Employment in the UK”. EER; V.45-#

 

(b) Mostly Wages


R. Frank and R. Freeman (1978). “The Distributional Consequences of Direct Foreign Investment”. in W. Dewald, ed. (1978). The Impact of International Trade and Investment on Employment. Washington, DC: US Department of Labor; pp. 153-170.


R. Frank and R. Freeman (1978). Distributional Consequences of Direct Foreign Investment. New York: Academic Press.


Kahley, William (1990). “Foreign Investment: What Are the Benefits?”. Regional Science Perspectives; V.20-#1, pp. 152-193.


R. Lipsey (1994). “Foreign-owned Firms and US Wages”. NBER Working Paper, #4927.


R. Lipsey (1995). “Outward Direct Investment and the U.S. Economy”. in M. Feldstein, J. Hines, R. Hubbard, eds. The Effects of Taxation on Multi-national Corporations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 7-33.


Feliciano, Zadia and Robert Lipsey (1999). “Foreign Ownership and Wages in the United States, 1987 - 1992”. NBER Working Paper; #6923.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (1996). “Globalization, Outsourcing, and Wage Inequality”. AER; V.86-#2, pp. 240-245.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (1999). “The Impact of Outsourcing and High Technology Capital on Wages: Estimates for the US, 1979-1990”. QJE; V.114-#3, pp. 907-940.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (2000). “Offshore Assembly from the United States: Production Characteristics of the 9802 Program”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 85-122.


D. Riker and S.L. Brainard (1997). “U.S. Multinationals and Competition from Low Wage Countries”. NBER Working Paper, #5959.


B. Anderton and P. Brenton (1999). “Did Outsourcing to Low-wage Countries Hurt Less-skilled Workers in the UK?”. in P. Brenton and J. Pelkmans, eds. Global Trade and European Workers. London: Macmillan, pp. 147-166.


M. Slaughter (2000). “Production Transfer within Multinational Enterprises and American Wages”. JIE; V.50-#2, pp. 449-472.


Head, Keith and John Ries (2000). “Offshore Production and Skill Upgrading by Japanese Manufacturing Firms”. ms: University of British Columbia.


Bruno, Giovanni and Anna Falzoni (2000). “Multinational Corporations, Wages and Employment: Do Adjustment Costs Matter?”. CEPR Discussion Paper, #2471.


J. Hatzius (2000). “Foreign Direct Investment and Factor Demand Elasticities”. EER; V.44-#1, pp. 117-143.

 

(c) Inward Investment and Wages in Industrial Countries


M. Conyon, S. Girma, S. Thompson and P. Wright (1999). ‘The Impact of Foreign Acquisition on Wages and Productivity in the UK”. Centre for Research on Globalisation and Labour Markets Working Paper, #99/08.


Girma, Sourafel, David Greenaway, and Katherine Wakelin (2001). “Wages, Productivity and Foreign Ownership in UK Manufacturing”. Scottish Journal of Political Economy,


Taylor, Karl and Nigel Driffield (2000). “Wage Dispersion and the Role of Multinationals: Evidence from UK Panel Data”. ms: Cardiff Business School, University of Wales.


B. Blonigen and M. Slaughter (2000). “U.S. Skill Upgrading and Inward Foreign Direct Investment”. Review of Economics and Statistics; forthcoming.


H. Görg (2000). Multinational Companies and Indirect Employment: Measurement and Evidence”. Applied Economics; V.32-#14, pp. 1809-1818.


H. Görg and E. Strobl (2001). “Employment Growth in Irish Manufacturing: The Role of Foreign Multinational and Domestic Firms”. Ms:


H. Görg and F. Ruane (2001). “Multinational Companies and Linkages: Panel Data Evidence for the Irish Electronics Sector”. International Review of Economics and Business; V.

 

(2) Inward FDI in Developing Countries


V. Bornschier, C. Chase-Dunn and R. Rubinson (1978). “Cross-national Evidence on the Effects of Foreign Investment and Aid on Economic Growth and Inequality: A Survey of Findings and a Reanalysis”. American Journal of Sociology; V.84-#3, pp. 651-683.


V. Bornschier and T.H. Balmer-Cao (1979). “Income Inequality: A Cross-National Study of the Relationships Between MNC Penetration, Dimensions of Power Structure and Income Distribution,” American Sociological Review, V.44-#?, pp. 487-506.


Evans, Peter and Michael Timberlake (1980). “Dependence, Inequality, and the Growth of the Tertiary: A Comparative Analysis of Less Developed Countries”. American Sociological Review; V.45-#4, pp. 531-552.


D. Wimberley (1990). “Investment Dependence and Alternative Explanations of Third World Mortality: A Cross-National Study”. American Sociological Review, V.55-#1, pp. 75-91


Santiago, Carlos (1987). “The Impact of Foreign Direct Investment on Export Structure and Employment Generation”. World Development; V.15-#3, pp. 317-328.


B. Aitken, A. Harrison, and R. Lipsey (1997). “Wages and Foreign Ownership: A Comparative Study of Mexico, Venezuela, and the US”. JIE; V.40-#3/4, pp. 345-371.


R. Feenstra and G. Hanson (1998). “Foreign Direct Investment and Relative Wages: Evidence from Mexico’s Maquiladoras”. JIE; V.42-#3/4, pp. 371-393.


O'Sullivan, Patrick (1993). “An Assessment of Ireland's Export-Led Growth Strategy via Foreign Direct Investment: 1960-1980”. WA; V.129-#1, pp. 139-158.


Barry, Frank and John Bradley (1997). “FDI and Trade: The Irish Host-Country Experience”. EJ; V.107-#445, pp. 1798-1811.


P. Figini and H. Görg (1999). “Multinational Companies and Wage Inequality in the Host Country: the Case of Ireland”. WA; V.135-#4, pp. 594-612.


Faini, Riccardo, et al. (1999). “Importing Jobs and Exporting Firms? On the Wage and Employment Implications of Italian Trade and Foreign Direct Investment Flows”. Giornale degli Economisti e Annali di Economia; V.58-#1, pp. 95-135.

 

d. Corporate Response to Globalization


Livingstone, James McCardle, The Internationalization of Business (New York: St. Martin's Press, 1989)


Kim, Chai, Stu Westin, and Nikhilesh Dholakia, “Globalization of the Software Industry: Trends and Strategies,” Information & Management, 17 (November 1, 1989), 197-206


Shrage, Michael, “A Japanese Giant Rethinks Globalization: An Interview with Yoshihisa Tubuchi,” Harvard Business Review, 67 (July 1, 1989), 70


Rugman, Alan and Alain Verbeke, Global Corporate Strategy and Trade Policy (London: Routledge, 1990)


Lee, Dwight R. and Richard B. McKenzie, “Technology, the Coasian Firm, and the Globalization of Production,” Working Paper 147, Center for the Study of American Business, Washington University, St. Louis, July 1992


Wendt, Henry, Global Embrace: Corporate Challenges in a Transnational World (New York: HarperBusiness, 1993)


Daniels, John L. and N. Caroline Daniels, Global Vision: Building New Models for the Corporation of the Future (New York: McGraw Hill, 1993)


Graham, Edward M., “Beyond Borders: On the Globalization of Business,” Harvard Review, 15 (Summer 1993), 8-11


Howells, Jeremy and Michelle Wood, The Globalisation of Production and Technology (London: Belhaven, 1993)


Burt, David N., The American Keiretsu: A Strategic Weapon for Global Competitiveness (Homewood, Ill.: Business One Irwin, c1993)


Swanson, Carl L., ed. (1993). The Dilemma of Globalization: Emerging Strategic Concerns in International Business. Greenwich, Ct.: Jai Press.


Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst (eds.), Collaborating to Compete: Using Strategic Alliances and Acquisition in the Global Marketplace (New York: Wiley, 1993)


Mair, Andrew Honda's Global Local Corporation. (New York: St. Martin's Press, 1994)


Kogut, Bruce and N. Kulatilaka, “Operating Flexibility, Global Manufacturing, and the Option Value of a Multinational Network,” Management Science, 40 (1994), 123-139


Borrus, Michael and John Zysman, “Globalization with Borders: The Rise of Wintelism as the Future of Global Competition,” Industry and Innovation, 4 (1997), 141-167


Julius, DeAnn, “Globalization and Stakeholder Conflicts: A Corporate Perspective,” International Affairs, 73 (1997), 453-468.

 

e. Unions and Firms under FDI

 

(1) Theoretical Research


Bughin, Jacques and Stefano Vannini (1995). “Strategic Direct Investment under Unionized Oligopoly”. International Journal of Industrial Organization; V.13-#1, pp. 127-145.


Zhao, Laixun (1998). “The Impact of Foreign Direct Investment on Wages and Employment”. OEP; V.50-#2, pp. 284-301.


Zhao, Laixun (1995). “Cross-hauling Direct Foreign Investment and Unionized Oligopoly”. European Economic Review; V.39-#6, pp. 1237-1253.


Zhao, Laixun (1996). “The Complementarity between Endogenous Protection and Direct Foreign Investment”. Economics and Politics; v8, n1 (March 1996): 61-72

 

(2) Empirical Research


D. Kujawa (1979), “Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations in Multinational Corporations: A U.S. Public Policy Perspective”, Hawkins, The Economic Effects of Multinational Corporations, Greenwich: JAI Press, pp. 25-61.


P. Enderwick (1985) Multinational Business and Labor; New York: St. Martins.


F. Carmichael (1992). “Multinational Enterprise and Strikes: Theory and Evidence”. Scottish Journal of Political Economy; V.39-#1, pp. 52-68.

 

3. Political Economy of Global Production

 

a. Global Political Economy


Vernon, Raymond (1971). Sovereignty at Bay: The Multinational Spread of U.S. Enterprises. New York: Basic Books.


R. Barnet and R. Muller (1974). Global Reach: The Power of Multinational Corporations. New York: Simon and Schuster.


Gilpin, Robert (1975). U.S. Power and the Multinational Corporation, New York: Basic Books.


Barnet, Richard J., Global Dreams: Imperial Corporations and the New World Order (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1994)


Kozul-Wright, Richard (1995). “Transnational Corporations and the Nation State”. In Jonathan Michie and John Smith, eds. Managing the Global Economy. Oxford: OUP, pp.


Bernard, Mitchell and John Ravenhill, “Beyond Product Cycles and Flying Geese: Regionalization, Hierarchy, and the Industrialization of East Asia,” World Politics, 45 (January 1995), 179-210


Dunning, John H., ed., Governments, Globalization, and International Business (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997)


Dunning, John H., ed., Regions, Globalization, and Knowledge-Based Economy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, forthcoming August, 2000)


Graham, Edward M. (2000). Fighting the Wrong Enemy : Antiglobal Activists and Multinational Enterprises. Washington, DC: IIE.

 

b. Domestic Political-Economy of FDI: Host Countries

 

(1) LDC Hosts


O. Sunkel (1972), “Big Business and Dependencia”, Foreign Affairs, V.50-#?, pp. 517-531.


D. Jodice (1980) “Sources of Change in Third World Regimes for Foreign Direct Investment--1968-1976”; IO; V.34-#2, pp. 177-206.


P. Evans (1984). “Transnational Linkages and the Economic Role of the State: An Analysis of Developing and Industrialized Nations in the Post-World War II Period”. in P. Evans, D. Rueschmeyer and T. Skocpol, eds. Bringing the State Back In. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 192-226.


T. Moran (1974). The Politics of Dependence: Copper in Chile; Princeton: Princeton University Press.


T. Moran (1978), “Multinational Corporations and Dependency: A Dialogue for Dependentistas and Non-Dependentistas”, IO; V.32-#1, pp. 170-200.


P. Evans (1979), Dependent Development: The Alliance of Multinational, State and Local Capital in Brazil, Princeton: Princeton University Press.


D. Bennett and K. Sharpe (1979) “Agenda Setting and Bargaining Power: The Mexican State versus Transnational Automobile Corporations,” WP; V.32-#1, pp. 57- 89.


D. Bennett and K. Sharpe (1979) “Transnational Corporations and the Political Economy of Export Promotion,” IO; V.33-#2, pp. 177-201.


G. Gereffi (1983), The Pharmaceutical Industry and Dependency in the Third World, Princeton: Princeton University Press.


G. Gereffi and P. Evans (1981) “Transnational Corporations, Dependent Development, and State Policy in the Semi-Periphery: A Comparison of Brazil and Mexico”. Latin American Research Review; V.16-#3, pp. 31-64.


F. Coronil and J. Skurski (1982) “Reproducing Dependency: Auto-Industrial Policy and Petrodollar Circulation in Venezuela,” IO, V.36-#1, pp. 61-94.


R. Kaplinsky (1979) “Export-Oriented Growth: a Large International Firm in a Small Developing Country”; World Development, V.7-#8/9, pp. 825-834. (Kenyan case)


S. Langdon (1981). Multinational Corporations in the Political Economy of Kenya. London: Macmillan.


T. Biersteker (1986). Multinationals, The State, and Control of the Nigerian Economy. Princeton: Princeon Press.


J. Grieco (1982). “Between Dependency and Autonomy: India's Experience With the International Computer Industry”, IO; V.36-#3, pp. 609-632


S. Haggard and T. Cheng (1987). “State and Foreign Capital in the East Asian NICS”. in F. Deyo, ed. The Political Economy of New Asian Industrialism. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, pp. 84-135.


C. Huang (1989). “The State and Foreign Investment: The Cases of Taiwan and Singapore”. Comparative Political Studies; V.22-#1, pp. 93-121.


R. Herring, ed. (1983) Managing International Risk, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


J. Simon (1984) “A Theoretical Perspective on Political Risk”; Journal of International Business Studies, V.15-#?, pp. 123-143.


Blecker, Robert (1996). “The New Economic Integration: Structuralist Models of North-South Trade and Investment Liberalization”. Structural Change and Economic Dynamics; V.7-#3, pp. 321-345.

 

(2) Industrial Country Hosts


J.-J. Servan-Schreiber (1967). The American Challenge. New York: Atheneum.


Reich, Robert (1990). “Who Is Us?”. Harvard Business Review. (January-February 1990), 53-64


Kapstein, Ethan (1991). “We Are Us: The Myth of the Multi-National”. The National Interest, (Winter 1991), 55-62. [exchange in Spring 1992, pg. 105.]


Tyson, Laura D'Andrea (1991). “They Are Not Us: Why American Ownership Still Matters”. The American Prospect, (Winter 1991), 37-49. [Rejoinder by Reich in V.2-#4]


Kudrle, Robert (1991). “Good for the Gander? Foreign Direct Investment in the United States”. International Organization; V.45-#?, pp. 397-424.


Graham, Edward M. (1995). Global Corporations and National Governments. Washington, DC: IIE.

 

c. Domestic Political-Economy of FDI: Source Countries


S. Magee and L. Young (1983), “Multinationals, Tariffs and Capital Flows with Endogenous Politicians”, in Kindleberger and Audretsch, pp. 21-37.


C. Lipson (1985) “The Domestic Sources of U.S. Anti-Expropriation Policy”; Part II of Standing Guard: Protecting Foreign Capital in the 19th and 20th Centuries; Berkeley: University of California Press.


R. Pastor (1980) Congress and the Politics of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy, Berkeley: University of California Press; Part III.


J. Gowa (1984) “Subsidizing American Corporate Expansion Abroad: Pitfalls in the Analysis of Public and Private Power”; WP, V.?-#2, pp. 180-203.


R. Gilpin (1975) “The Political Economy of Foreign Investment,” in Gilpin (1975), U.S. Power and the Multinational Corporation, New York: Basic Books, pp. 44-78.

 

E. Globalization of Financial Markets

 

1. Just How Global are Financial Markets?

 

a. Overviews


Harberger, Arnold (1980). “Vignettes on the World Capital Market”. American Economic Review; V.70-#2, pp. 331-337.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1986). “Capital Mobility in the World Economy: Theory and Measurement”. Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy; #30, pp. 55-103.


Lucas, Robert E., Jr. (1990). “Why Doesn't Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries?”. American Economic Review; V.80-#2, pp. 92-96.


Golub, Stephen (1990). “International Capital Mobility: Net versus Gross Stocks and Flows”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.9-#?, pp. 424-439.


Frankel, Jeffrey (1991). “Quantifying Capital Mobility in the 1980s”. D. Bernheim and J. Shoven, eds. National Saving and Economic Performance. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 227-260. In [also in J. Frankel, On Exchange Rates. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 41-69.]


Mussa, Michael and Morris Goldstein (1993). “The Integration of World Capital Markets”. In Changing Capital Markets: Implications for Monetary Policy. Kansas City: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, pp. 245-313.


Mendoza, Enrique (1994). “The Robustness of Macroeconomic Indicators of Capital Mobility”. In L. Leiderman and A. Razin, eds. Capital Mobility: The Impact on Consumption, Investment and Growth. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR; pp. 83-111.


Montiel, Peter (1994). “Capital Mobility in Developing Countries: Some Measurement Issues and Empirical Estimates”. WBER; V.8-#3, pp. 311-350.


Eichengreen, Barry (1994). “History of the International Monetary System: Implications for Research on International Macroeconomics and Finance”. In F. van der Ploeg, ed. The Handbook of International Macroeconomics. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 153-191.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1995). “International Capital Mobility in the 1990s”. In P. Kenen, ed. Understanding Interdependence: The Macroeconomics of the Open Economy. Princeton: PUP, pp. 201-261.


Bayoumi, Tamim (1999). “Is There A World Capital Market?”. in H. Siebert, ed. Globalization and Labor. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck/Institut für Weltwirtschaft, pp. 65-86.


Verdier, Daniel (2001). “Capital Mobility and the Origins of Stock Markets”. International Organization; V.55-#2, pp.327-356.


Lothian, James (2002). “The internationalization of money and finance and the globalization of financial markets”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.21-#6, pp. 725-748.

 

b. International Parity Conditions

 

(1) Overviews


Cumby, Robert and Maurice Obstfeld (1984). “International Interest Rate and Price Linkages under Flexible Exchange Rates: A Review of Recent Evidence”. In J. Bilson and R. Marston, eds. Exchange Rate Theory and Practice. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 121-151.


Hodrick, Robert (1987). The Empirical Evidence on the Efficiency of Forward and Futures Markets. Chur: Harwood.


Baillie, Richard and Patrick McMahon (1989). The Foreign Exchange Market: Theory and Econometric Evidence. Cambridge: CUP.


De Vries, Casper (1994). “Stylized Facts of Nominal Exchange Rate Systems”. In F. van der Ploeg, ed. The Handbook of International Macroeconomics. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 348-389.


Taylor, Mark (1995). “The Economics of Exchange Rates”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.33-#1, pp. 13-47.

 

(2) PPP


Officer, Lawrence (1976). “The Purchasing-Power-Parity Theory of Exchange Rates: A Review Article”. IMF Staff Papers; V.23-#?, pp. 1-60.


Breuer, Janice (1994). “An Assessment of the Evidence on Purchasing Power Parity”. In John Williamson, ed. Estimating Equilibrium Exchange Rates. Washington, DC: IIE, pp. 245-277.


Froot, Kenneth and Kenneth Rogoff (1995). “Perspectives on PPP and Long-run Real Exchange Rates”. In G. Grossman and K. Rogoff, eds. Handbook of International Economics, Vol. III. Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 1647-1688.


Rogoff, Kenneth (1996). “The Purchasing Power Parity Puzzle”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.34-#?, pp. 647-668.


Lucio Sarno and Mark P. Taylor (2002). “Purchasing Power Parity and the Real Exchange Rate”. IMF Staff Papers; V.49-#1, pp. 65-105.


Taylor, Alan and Mark Taylor (2004). “The Purchasing Power Parity Debate”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.18-#4, pp. 135-158.


Balassa, Bela (1964). “The Purchasing-Power Parity Doctrine: A Reappraisal”. Journal of Political Economy; V.7# , pp. 584-596.


Samuelson, Paul (1964). “Theoretical Notes on Trade Problems”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.46-#?, pp. 145-154.


Frenkel, Jacob (1978). “Purchasing Power Parity: Doctrinal Perspective and Evidence from the 1920s”. Journal of International Economics; V.8-#?, pp. 169-191.


Genberg, Hans (1978). “Purchasing Power Parity under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates”. Journal of International Economics; V.8-#?, pp. 247-276.


Artus, Jacques (1978). “Methods of Assessing the Long-Run Equilibrium Value of an Exchange Rate”. Journal of International Economics; V.8-#?, pp. 277-299.


Krugman, Paul (1978). “Purchasing Power Parity and Exchange Rates: Another Look at the Evidence”. Journal of International Economics; V.8-#?, pp. 397-407.


Frenkel, Jacob (1981). “The Collapse of Purchasing Power Parities During the 1970s”. European Economic Review; V.16-#?, pp. 217237.


Magee, Stephen (19??). “Contracting and Spurious Deviations from Purchasing-Power Parity”. Pp. 67-74.


Ohno, Kenichi (1990). “Estimating Yen/Dollar and Mark/Dollar Purchasing Power Parities”. IMF Staff Papers; V.37-#3, pp. 700-725.


Adler, Michael and Bruce Lehman (1983). “Deviations from PPP in the Long Run”. Journal of Finance; V.38-#?, pp. 1471-1487.


Hakkio, Craig (1986). “Does the Exchange Rate Follow a Random Walk? A Monte Carlo Study of Four Tests for a Random Walk”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.5-#?, pp. 221-229.


Baillie, Richard and David Selover (1987). “Cointegration and Model of Exchange Rate Determination”. International Journal of Forecasting; V.3-#?, pp. 43-51.


Enders, Walter (1988). “ARIMA and Cointegration Tests of Purchasing Power Parity”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.70-#?, pp. 504-508.


Corbae, Dean and Sam Ouliaris (1988). “Cointegration Tests of Purchasing Power Parity”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.70-#?, pp. 508-511.


Mark, Nelson (1990). “Real and Nominal Exchange Rates in the Long Run: An Empirical Investigation”. Journal of International Economics; V.28-#1/2, pp. 115-136


Kim, Yoonbai (1990). “Purchasing Power Parity in the Long Run: A Cointegration Approach”. Journal of Money Credit and Banking; V.22-#4, pp. 491-503.


Baillie, Richard and Rowena Pecchenino (1991). “The Search for Equilibrium Relationships in International Finance: The Case of the Monetary Model”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.10-#?, pp. 582-593.


Beach, Elsworth, Nancy Kruse, and Noel Uri (1993). “The Doctrine of Purchasing Power Parity Re-examined”. Journal of Economic Studies; V.20-#3, pp. 3-23.


Cheung, Yin-Wong and Kon S. Lai (1994). “Mean Reversion in Real Exchange Rates”. Economics Letters; V.46-#?, pp. 251-256.


Frankel, Jeffrey and Andrew Rose (1996). “A Panel Project on Purchasing Power Parity: Mean Reversion within and Between Countries”. Journal of International Economics; V.40-#?, pp. 209-224.


Jorion, Philippe and Richard Sweeney (1996). “Mean Reversion in Real Exchange Rates: Evidence and Implications for Forecasting”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#4, pp. 535-550.


MacDonald, Ronald (1996). “Panel Unit Root Tests and Real Exchange Rates”. Economics Letters; V.50-#1, pp. 7-11.


Lothian, James (1997). “Multi-country Evidence on the Behavior of Purchasing Power Parity under the Current Float”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.16-#1, pp. 19-35.


Wu, Yangru (1996). “Are Real Exchange Rates Nonstationary? Evidence from a Panel-Data Test”. Journal of Money Credit and Banking; V.28-#1, pp. 54-63.


Oh, Keun-Yeob (1996). “Purchasing Power Parity and Unit Root Tests using Panel Data”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#3, pp. 405-418.


Wu, Yangru (1997). “The Trend Behavior of Real Exchange Rates: Evidence from OECD Countries”. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv; V.133-#2, pp. 282-296.


Meier, Carsten-Patrick (1997). “Assessing Convergence to Purchasing Power Parity: A Panel Study for Ten OECD Countries”. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv; V.133-#2, pp. 297-311.


Parsley, David and Shang-Jin Wei (1996). “Convergence to the Law of One Price Without Trade Barriers or Currency Fluctuations”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.?-#?, pp. 1211-1236


Engel, Charles, Michael Hendrickson, and John Rogers (1997). “Intranational, Intracontinental, and Intraplanetary PPP”. Journal of the Japanese and International Economies; V.11-#?, pp. 480-501.


Coakley, Jerry and Ana María Fuertes (1997). “New Panel Unit Root Tests of PPP”. Economics Letters; V.57-#1, pp. 17-22.


Maddala, G. S. and Shaowen Wu (1999). “A Comparative Study of Unit Root Tests with Panel Data and a New Simple Test”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics; V.61-special issue, 631-652.


Maddala, G.S. (1999). “On the Use of Panel Data Methods with Cross-Country Data”. Annales d'Economie et de Statistique; #55/56, pp. 429-448.


Papell, David (1997). “Searching for Stationarity: Purchasing Power Parity under the Current Float”. Journal of International Economics; V.43-#3/4, pp. 313-332.


O’Connell, Paul. (1998). “The Overvaluation of Purchasing Power Parity”. Journal of International Economics; V.44-#1, pp. 1-19.


Sarno, Lucio and Mark Taylor (1998). “Real Exchange Rates under the Recent Float: Unequivocal Evidence for Mean Reversion”. Economic Letters; V.60-#?, pp. 131-137.


Taylor, Mark and Lucio Sarno (1998). “The Behavior of Real Exchange Rates During the Post Bretton Woods Period”. Journal of International Economics; V.46-#?, pp. 281-312.


Boyd, Derick and Ron Smith (1999). “Testing for Purchasing Power Parity: Econometric Issues and an Application to Developing Countries”. Manchester School; V.67-#3, pp. 287-303.


Baum, Christopher, John Barkoulas, and Mustafa Caglayan (1999). “Long Memory or Structural Breaks: Can Either Explain Nonstationary Real Exchange Rates under the Current Float?”. Journal of International Financial Markets, Institutions and Money; V.9-#4, pp. 359-376.


Canzoneri, Matthew, Robert E. Cumby, Behzad Diba (1999). “Relative Labor Productivity and the Real Exchange Rate In The Long Run: Evidence for a Panel of OECD Countries”. Journal of International Economics; V.47-#2, pp. 245-266.


Cheng, Benjamin (1999). “Beyond the Purchasing Power Parity: Testing for Cointegration and Causality between Exchange Rates, Prices, and Interest Rates”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.18-#6, pp. 911-924.


Pedroni, Peter (1999). “Critical Values for Cointegration Tests in Heterogeneous Panels with Multiple Regressors”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics; V.61-Special Issue, pp. 653-70.


Pedroni, Peter (2000). “Fully Modified OLS for Heterogeneous Cointegrated Panels”. Advances in Econometrics; #15, pp. 93-130.


Pedroni, Peter (2001). “Purchasing Power Parity Tests in Cointegrated Panels”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.83-#4, pp. 727-731.


Breuer, Janice, Robert McNown, and Myles Wallace (2001). “Misleading Inferences from Panel Unit-Root Tests with an Illustration from Purchasing Power Parity”. Review of International Economics; V.9-#3, pp. 482-493.


Engel, Charles (2000). “Long-run PPP May Not Hold After All”. Journal of International Economics; V.57-#?, pp. 243-273.


Cheung, Yin-Wong and Kon S. Lai (2000). “On the Purchasing Power Parity Puzzle”. Journal of International Economics; V.52-#2, pp. 321-330.


Caner, M. and Lutz Kilian (2001). “Size Distortions of Tests of the Null Hypothesis of Stationarity: Evidence and Implications for the PPP Debate”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.20-#5, pp. 639-657.


Murray, Christian and David Papell (2002). “The Purchasing Power Parity Persistence Paradigm”. Journal of International Economics; V.56-#1, pp. 1-19.


Papell, David (2002). “The great appreciation, the great depreciation, and the purchasing power parity hypothesis”. Journal of International Economics; V.57-#1, pp. 51-82.


Helmut Herwartz and Hans-Eggert Reimers (2002). “Testing the Purchasing Power Parity in Pooled Systems of Error Correction Models”. Japan and the World Economy; V.14-#1, pp. 45-62.


Luintel Kul (2002). “Heterogeneous Panel Unit Root Tests and Purchasing Power Parity”. Manchester School; V.69-#s1, pp. 42-56.


Chiu, Ru-Lin (2002). “Testing Purchasing Power Parity in Panel Data”. International Review of Economics and Finance; V.11-#4, pp. 349-362.


Breuer, Janice, Robert McNown, and Myles Wallace (2002). “Series–specific Unit Root Tests with Panel Data”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, V.64-#5, pp. 527-546.


Bleaney, Michael and Steve Leybourne (2003). “Real Exchange Rate Dynamics Under The Current Float: A Re-Examination”. The Manchester School, V.71-#2, pp. 156-171.


Cashin, Paul and C. John McDermott (2003). “An Unbiased Appraisal of Purchasing Power Parity”. IMF Staff Papers; V.50-#3, pp. 321-351.


Apte, Prakash, Piet Sercu and Raman Uppal (2004). “The Exchange Rate and Purchasing Power Parity: Extending the Theory and Tests”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.23-#4, pp. 553-571.


Lothian, James and Mark Taylor (1996). “Real Exchange Rate Behavior: The Recent Float from the Perspective of the Last Two Centuries”. Journal of Political Economy; V.104-#?, pp. 488-509.


Cuddington, John and Hong Liang (2000). “Purchasing Power Parity Over Two Centuries?”. Journal of International Money Finance; V.19-#5, pp. 751-755. [Response by Lothian and Taylor, pp. 759-764.]


Peel, David and Ioannis Venetis (2003). “Purchasing Power Parity of Two Centuries: Trends and Nonlinearity”. Applied Economics; V.35-#5, pp. 609-617.


Taylor, Alan (2002). “A Century of Purchasing-Power Parity”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.84-#1, pp. 139-150.


Caporale, Guglielmo, Nikitas Pittis, and Panayiotis Sakellis (2003). “Testing for PPP: The Eratic Behavior of Unit Root Tests”. Economics Letters; V.80-#?, pp. 277-284.

 

(3) Interest Parity


Officer, Lawrence and Thomas Willett (1970). “The Covered-Arbitrage Schedule: A Critical Survey of Recent Developments”. Journal of Money Credit and Banking; V.2-#2, pp. 247-257.


Baillie, Richard (1989). “Econometric Tests of Rationality and Market Efficiency”. Econometric Reviews; V.8-#2, pp. 151-186.


MacDonald, Ronald and Mark Taylor (1990). “International Parity Conditions”. Anthony Courakis and Mark Taylor, eds. Private Behaviour and Government Policy in Interdependent Economies. Oxford: OUP, Pp. 18-52.


Lewis, Karen (1995). “Puzzles in International Financial Markets”. In G. Grossman and K. Rogoff, eds. Handbook of International Economics, Vol. III. Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 1913-1971.


Engel, Charles (1996). “The Forward Discount Anomaly and the Risk Premium: A Survey of Recent Evidence”. Journal of Empirical Finance; V.3-#?, pp. 123-192.


Stein, Jerome and Giovanna Paladino (1997). “Recent Developments in International Finance: A Guide to Research”. Journal of Banking and Finance; V.21-#11/12, pp. 1685-1720.


Branson, William (1969). “The Minimum Covered Interest Differential Needed for International Arbitrage Activity”. Journal of Political Economy; V.77-#6, pp. 1028-1035.


Prachowny, Martin (1970). “A Note on Interest Parity and the Supply of Arbitrage Funds”. Journal of Political Economy; V.78-#3, pp. 540-545.


Frenkel, Jacob (1973). “Elasticities and the Interest Parity Theory”. Journal of Political Economy; V.81-#3, pp. 741-747.


Aliber, Robert (1973). “The Interest Parity Theorem”. Journal of Political Economy; V.81-#6, pp. 1451-1459.


Frenkel, Jacob and Richard Levich (1975). “Covered Interest Arbitrage: Unexploited Profits?”. Journal of Political Economy; V.83-#2, pp. 325-338.


Frenkel, Jacob and Richard Levich (1977). “Transaction Costs and Interest Arbitrage: Tranquil versus Turbulent Periods”. Journal of Political Economy; V.85-#6, pp. 1209-1226.


McCormick, Frank (1979). “Covered Interest Arbitrage: Unexploited Profits? Comment”. Journal of Political Economy; V.87-#2, pp. 411-417. [Reply, pp. 418-422.


Levi, Maurice (1977). “Taxation and ‘Abnormal’ International Capital Flows”. Journal of Political Economy; V.85-#3, pp. 635-646.


Deardorff, Alan (1979). “One-Way Arbitrage and Its Implications for the Foreign Exchange Markets”. Journal of Political Economy; V.87-#2, pp. 351-364.


Levich, Richard (1979). “The Efficiency of Markets for Foreign Exchange”. In Jacob Frenkel and Rudiger Dornbusch, eds. International Economic Policy: Theory and Evidence. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins, pp.


Levich, Richard (19??). “Tests of Forecasting Models and Market Efficiency in the International Money Market”. Pp. 129-158.


Frenkel, Jacob and Michael Mussa (1980). “The Efficiency of Foreign Exchange Markets and Measures of Turbulence”. American Economic Review; V.70-#2, pp. 374-381.


Hakkio, Craig (1981). “Expectations and the Forward Exchange Rate”. International Economic Review; V.22-#?, pp. 663-678.


Meese, Richard and Kenneth Signleton (1982). “On Unit Roots and the Empirical Modeling of Exchange Rates”. Journal of Finance; V.37-#4, pp. 1029-1035.


Baillie, Richard, R. Lippens, and Patrick McMahon (1983). “Testing Rational Expectations and Efficiency in the Foreign Exchange Market”. Econometrica; V.51-#?, pp. 553-563.


Domowitz, Ian and Craig Hakkio (1985). “Conditional Variance and the Risk Premium in the Foreign Exchange Market”. Journal of International Economics; V.18-#?, pp. 47-66.


Froot, Kenneth and Jeffrey Frankel (1985). “Forward Discount Bias: Is It An Exchange Risk Premium?”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.104-#1, pp. 139-161.


Taylor, Mark (1987). “Covered Interest Parity: A High-frequency, High-quality Data Study”. Economica; V.54-#?, pp. 429-438.


Taylor, Mark (1989). “Covered Interest Arbitrage and Market Turbulence”. Economic Journal; V.99-#396, pp. 376-391.


Taylor, Mark (1989). “Vector Autoregressive Tests of Uncovered Interest Rate Parity with Allowance for Conditional Heteroscedasticity”. Scottish Journal of Political Economy; V.36-#3, pp. 238-252.


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (1989). “Common Stochastic Trends in a System of Exchange Rates”. Journal of Finance; V.44-#1, pp. 167-181.


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (1994). “The Long-memory of the Forward Premium”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#?, pp. 565-571.


Corbae, Dean, Kian-Guan Lin and Sam Ouliaris (1992). “On Cointegration and Tests of Forward Market Unbiasedness”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.74-#?, pp. 728-732.


Goodhart, Charles, Patrick McMahon, and Yerima Ngama (1992). “Does the Forward Premium/Discount Help to Predict the Future Change in the Exchange Rate?”. Scottish Journal of Political Economy; V.39-#2, pp. 129-140.


Goodhart, Charles, Patrick McMahon, and Yerima Ngama (1993). “Testing for Unit Roots with Very High Frequency Spot Exchange Rate Data”. Journal of Macroeconomics; V.15-#3, pp. 423–438.


Goodhart, Charles, Patrick McMahon, and Yerima Ngama (1997). “Why Does the Spot-Forward Discount Fail to Predict Changes in Future Spot Rates”. International Journal of Finance and Economics; V.2-#2, pp. 121-129.


Ngama, Yerima (1994). “Testing for the Presence of Time-Varying Risk Premium Using a Mean-Conditional-Variance Optimization Model”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics; V.56-#2, pp. 189-208.


Johansen, Soren and Juselius, Katerina (1992). “Testing Structural Hypotheses in a Multivariate Cointegration Analysis of the PPP and the UIP for the UK”. Journal of Econometrics; V.53-#?, pp. 211-244.


Goodwin, Barry and Thomas Grennes (1994). “Real Interest Rate Equalization and the Integration of International Financial Markets”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.13-#?, pp. 107-124.


Gagnon, Joseph and Mark Unferth (1995). “Is There a World Real Interest Rate?”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.14-#6, pp. 845-855.


Frachot, Antoine (1996). “A Reexamination of the Uncovered Interest Rate Parity Hypothesis”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#3, pp. 419-437.


Marston, Richard (1997). “Tests of Three Parity Conditions: Distinguishing Risk Premia and Systematic Forecast Errors”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.16-#2, pp. Pages 285-303.


Yangru, Wu and Zhang Hua (1997). “Forward Premiums as Unbiased Predictors of Future Currency Depreciation: A Non-Parametric Analysis”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.16-#4, pp. 609-623.


Moosa, Imad and Razzaque Bhatti (1997). International Parity Conditions: Theory, Econometric Testing and Empirical Evidence. New York: St. Martins.


Huisman, Ronald, Kees Koedijdk, Clemens Kool, and Francois Nissen (1998). “Extreme Support for Uncovered Interest Parity”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#1, pp. 211-228.


Luintel, K.B. and K. Paudyal (1998). “Common Stochastic Trends between Forward and Spot Exchange Rates”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#1, pp. 279-297.


Wu, Jyh-Lin and Show-Lin Chen (1998). “A Re-examination of Real Interest Rate Parity”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.31-#4, pp. 837-851.


Balke, Nathan and Mark Wohar (1998). “Nonlinear Dynamics and Covered Interest Rate Parity”. Empirical Economics; V.23-#4, pp. 535-559.


Lothian, James and Yusif Simaan (1998). “International Financial Relations under the Current Float: Evidence from Panel Data”. Open Economies Review; V.9-#4, pp. 293-313.


Anker, Peter (1999). “Uncovered Interest Parity, Monetary Policy and Time-Varying Risk Premia”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.18-#6, pp. 835-851.


Kim, Soyoung and Nouriel Roubini (2000). “Exchange Rate Anomalies in the Industrial Countries: A Solution with a Structural VAR Approach”. Journal of Monetary Economics; V.45-#3, pp. 561-586.


Zivot, Eric (2000). “Cointegration and Forward and Spot Exchange Rate Regressions”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#6, pp. 785-812.


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (2000). “The Forward Premium Anomaly Is Not as Bad as You Think”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#4, pp. 471-488.


Wu, Jyh-Lin and Stilianos Fountas (2000). “Real Interest Rate Parity under Regime Shifts and Implications for Monetary Policy”. Manchester School; V.68-#6, pp. 685-700.


Ronald MacDonald and Jun Nagayasu (2000). “The Long-Run Relationship Between Real Exchange Rates and Real Interest Rate Differentials: A Panel Study”. IMF Staff Papers; V.47-#1, pp. 116-128.


MacDonald, Ronald and Michael Moore (2001). “The Spot-Forward Relationship Revisited: An ERM Perspective”. Journal of International Financial Markets, Institutions & Money; V.11-#1, pp. 29-52.


Flood, Robert and Andrew Rose (2002). “Uncovered Interest Parity in Crisis”. IMF Staff Papers; V.49-#2, pp. 252-266.

 

(4) Cointegration and Predictability


Meese, Richard and Kenneth Rogoff (1983). “Empirical Exchange Rate Models of the Seventies: Do They Fit Out of Sample?”. Journal of International Economics; V.14-#1/2, pp. 3-24.


Meese, Richard and Kenneth Rogoff (1983). “The Out of Sample Failure of Empirical Exchange Rate Models: Sampling Error or Misspecification”. In Jacob Frenkel, ed. Exchange Rates and International Macroeconomics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 67-105.


Diebold, Francis and James Nason (1990). “Nonparametric Exchange Rate Prediction?”. Journal of International Economics; V.28-#3/4, pp. 315-322.


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (1989). “Common Trends in a System of Exchange Rates”. Journal of Finance; V.44-#?, pp. 167-181.


Hakkio, Craig and Mark Rush (1989). “Market Efficiency and Cointegration: An Application to the Sterling and Deutschemark Exchange Markets”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.8-#1, pp. 75-88.


Sephton, Peter and Hans Larsen (1991). “Tests of Exchange Market Efficiency: Fragile Evidence from Cointegration Tests”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.10-#6, pp. 561-570.


Hakkio, Craig and Mark Rush (1991). “Cointegration: How Short is the Long Run?”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.10-#?, pp. 571-581.


Dwyer, Gerald and Myles Wallace (1992). “Cointegration and Market Efficiency”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.11-#4, pp. 318-327.


Diebold, Francis, Javier Gardeazabal, and Kamil Yilmaz (1994). “On Cointegration and Exchange Rate Dynamics”. Journal of Finance; V.49-#2, pp. 727-735.


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (1994). “Cointegration, Fractional Cointegration and Exchange Rate Dynamics”. Journal of Finance; V.49-#2, pp. 737-745


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (1994). “The long memory of the forward premium”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.13-#5, pp. 565-571.


Crowder, William (1994). “Foreign Exchange Efficiency and Common Stochastic Trends”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.13-#5, pp.


Engel, Charles (1996). “A Note on Cointegration and International Capital Market Efficiency”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#4, pp. 657-660. [Response by Crowder, pp. 661-664.]


Baillie, Richard and Tim Bollerslev (1994). “The Long Memory of the Forward Premium”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.13-#5, pp. 565-571.


Chinn, Menzie and Richard Meese (1995). “Banking on Currency Forecasts: How Predictable is the Change in Money”. Journal of International Economics; V.38-#1, pp. 53-69.


Mark, Nelson (1995). “Exchange Rates and Fundamentals: Evidence on Long-Horizon Predictability”. American Economic Review; V.85-#1, pp. 201-218.


Chen, Jian and Nelson Mark (1996). “Alternative Long-Horizon Exchange Rate Predictors”. International Journal of Finance and Economics; V.1-#4, pp. 229-250.


Ligeralde, Antonio (1997). “Covariance Matrix Estimators and Tests of Market Efficiency”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.16-#2, pp. 323-343.


Caporale, G. and N. Pittis (1998). “Cointegration and Predictability of Asset Prices”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#3, pp. 441-453.


Wu, Jyh-Lin and Show-Lin Chen (1998). “Foreign Exchange Market Efficiency Revisited”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#5, pp. 831-838.


Berkowitz, Jeremy and Lorenzo Giorgianni (2001). “Long-Horizon Exchange Rate Predictability”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.83-#1, pp. 81-91.


Kilian, Lutz (1999). “Exchange Rates and Monetary Fundamentals: What Do We Learn from Long-Horizon Regressions?”. Journal of Applied Econometrics; V.14-#5, pp. 491-510.


Shively, Philip (2000). “Stationary Time-Varying Risk Premia in Forward Foreign Exchange Rates”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#2, pp. 273-288.


Mark, Nelson and Donggyu Sul (2001). “Nominal Exchange Rates and Monetary Fundamentals: Evidence from a Small Post-Bretton Woods Panel”. Journal of International Economics; V.53-#1, pp. 29-52.


Faust, Jon, John Rogers and Jonathan Wright (2003). “Exchange Rate Forecasting: The Errors We’ve Really Made”. Journal of International Economics; V.60-#1, pp. 35-59.


Clarida, Richard, Lucio Sarno, Mark Taylor and Giorgio Valente (2003). “The out-of-sample success of term structure models as exchange rate predictors: a step beyond”. Journal of International Economics; V.60-#1, pp. 61-83.


Kilian, Lutz and Mark Taylor (2003). “Why is it so difficult to beat the random walk forecast of exchange rates?”. Journal of International Economics; V.60-#1, pp. 85-107

 

c. Portfolio Diversification


Lewis, Karen (1999). “Trying to Explain Home Bias in Equities and Consumption”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.37-#2, pp. 571-608.


French, Kenneth And James Poterba (1991). “Investor diversification and international equity markets”. American Economic Review; V.81-#2, pp. 222-226


Glassman, Debra and Leigh Riddick (1994). “International Diversification: New Evidence on Market Segmentation”. International Review of Economics and Finance; V.3-#1, pp. 73-92.


Glassman, Debra and Leigh Riddick (1994). “A New Method of Testing Models of Portfolio Diversification: An Application to International Portfolio Choice”. Journal of International Financial Markets, Institutions & Money; V.4-#1/2, pp. 27-47.


Glassman, Debra and Leigh Riddick (1996). “Why Empirical International Portfolio Models Fail: Evidence that Model Misspecification Creates Home Asset Bias”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#2, pp. 275-312.


Tesar, Linda and Ingrid Werner (1995). “Home Bias and High Turnover”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.14-#4, pp. 467-492 .


Baxter, Marianne and Urban Jermann (1997). “The International Diversification Puzzle Is Worse Than You Think”. American Economic Review; V.87-#1, pp. 170-180.


Baxter, Marianne, Urban Jermann, and Robert King (1998). “Nontraded Goods, Nontraded Factors, and International Non-diversification”. Journal of International Economics; V.44-#2, pp. 211-229.


Shawky, Hany, Rolf Kuenzel, and Azmi Mikhail (1997). “International Portfolio Diversification: A Synthesis and an Update”. Journal of International Financial Markets, Institutions and Money; V.7-#4, pp. 303-327.


Gokkent, Giyas (1999). “Simultaneous Home Bias and Cross-Holding of Assets under Information Asymmetry”. Economia Internazionale; V.52-#1, pp. 15-44.


Aizenman, Joshua (1999). “International Portfolio Diversification with Generalized Expected Utility Preferences”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.32-#4, pp. 995-1008.


Rowland, Patrick (1999). “Transaction Costs and International Portfolio Diversification”. Journal of International Economics; V.49-#1, pp. 145-70.


Errunza, Vihang, Ked Hogan, and Mao-Wei Hung (1999). “Can the Gains from International Diversification Be Achieved without Trading Abroad?”. Journal of Finance; V.54-#6, pp. 2075-2107.


Hasan, Iftekhar and Yusif Simaan (2000). “A Rational Explanation for Home Country Bias”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#3, pp. 331-361.


Palacios-Huerta, Ignacio (2001). “The human capital of stockholders and the international diversification puzzle”. Journal of International Economics; V.54-#2, pp. 309-331.


Warnock, Francis (2002). “Home bias and high turnover reconsidered”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.21-#6, pp. 795-805

 

d. Consumption Risk Sharing


Brennan, Michael and Bruno Solnik (1989). “International Risk Sharing and Capital Mobility”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.8-#3, pp. 359-373.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1992). “International Risk Sharing and Capital Mobility: Another Look”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.11-#1, pp. 115-21. [Response by Brennan and Solnik, pp. 122-23.]


Atkeson, Andrew and Tamim Bayoumi (1993). “Do Private Capital Markets Insure Regional Risk? Evidence from the Unites States and Europe”. Open Economies Review; V.4-#?, pp. 303-324.


Atkeson, Andrew and Tamim Bayoumi (1993). “Private Capital Markets and Adjustment in a Currency Union: Evidence from the United States”. In Paul Masson and Mark Taylor, eds. Policy Issues in the Operation of Currency Unions. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 75-95.


Tesar, Linda (1993). “International Risk Sharing and Non-traded Goods”. Journal of International Economics; V.35-#1/2, pp. 69-89.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1994). “Are Industrial Country Consumption Risks Globally Diversified”. In L. Leiderman and A. Razin, eds. Capital Mobility: The Impact on Consumption, Investment and Growth. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 13-44.


van Wincoop, Eric (1994). “Welfare Gains from International Risksharing”. Journal of Monetary Economics; V.34-#2, pp. 175-200.


Tesar, Linda (1995). “Evaluating the Gains from International Risksharing”. Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy; V.42, pp. 95-143.


Head, Allen (1995). “Country Size, Aggregate Fluctuations, and International Risk Sharing”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.28-#4b, pp. 1096-1119.


Lewis, Karen (1996). “What Can Explain the Apparent Lack of International Consumption Risk Sharing?”. Journal of Political Economy; v.104-#2, PP. 267-297.


Heaton, John and Deborah Lucas (1996). “Evaluating the Effects of Incomplete Markets on Risk Sharing and Asset Pricing”. Journal of Political Economy; V.104-#3, pp. 443-487.


Canova, Fabio and Morten Ravn (1996). “International Consumption Risk Sharing”. International Economic Review; V.37-#3, pp. 573-601.


Asdrubali, Pierfederico, Bent Sorensen, and Oved Yosha (1996). “Channels of Interstate Risk Sharing”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.111-#4, pp. 1081-1110.


Sorensen, Bent and Oved Yosha (1998). “International Risk Sharing and European Monetary Unification”. Journal of International Economics; V.45-#2, pp. 211-238.


Arreaza, Adriana, Bent Sorenson, and Oved Yosha (1999). “Consumption Smoothing through Fiscal Policy in OECD and EU Countries”. In James Poterba, and Jurgen von Hagen, eds. Fiscal institutions and fiscal performance. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 59-80.


Pakko, Michael (1997). “International Risk Sharing and Low Cross-Country Consumption Correlations: Are They Really Inconsistent?”. Review of International Economics; V.5-#3, pp. 386-400.


Bayoumi, Tamim and Michael Klein (1997). “A Provincial View of Economic Integration”. IMF Staff Papers; V.44-#4, pp. 534-556.


Crucini, Mario (1999). “On International and National Dimensions of Risk Sharing”. Review of Economics and Statistics; V.81-#1, pp. 73-84.


Lewis, Karen (2000). “Why Do Stocks and Consumption Imply Such Different Gains from International Risk Sharing?”. Journal of International Economics; V.52-#1, pp. 1-35.


Olivei, Giovanni (2000). “Consumption Risk-Sharing across G-7 Countries”. Federal Reserve Bank of Boston New England Economic Review, March/April, 3-14.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1994). “Risk-Taking, Global Diversification, and Growth”. American Economic Review; V.84-#5, pp. 1310-1329.


Devereux, Michael and Gregor Smith (1994). “International Risk Sharing and Economic Growth”. International Economic Review; V.35-#3, pp. 535-550.

 

e. Saving-Investment Correlations: Feldstein-Horioka


Coakley, Jerry, Farida Kulasi, and Ron Smith (1998). “The Feldstein-Horioka Puzzle and Capital Mobility: A Survey”. International Journal of Finance and Economics; V.3-#2, pp. 169-188.


Feldstein, Martin and Charles Horioka (1980). “Domestic Saving and International Capital Flows”. Economic Journal; V.90-#358, pp. 314-329.


Feldstein, Martin (1983). “Domestic Saving and International Capital Movements in the Long Run and the Short Run”. European Economic Review; V.21-#?, pp. 129-151.


Murphy, Robert (1984). “Capital Mobility and the Relationship Between Saving and Investment in OECD Countries”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.3-#3, pp. 327-342.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1989). “How Integrated Are World Capital Markets? Some New Tests”. In G. Calvo, R. Findlay, P. Kouri, and J.B. de Macedo, eds. Debt, Stabilization and Development: Essays in Memory of Carlos Díaz-Alejandro. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 134-155.


M. Dooley, J. Frankel and D. Mathieson (1987). “International Capital Mobility: What Do Saving-Investment Correlations Tell Us”. IMF Staff Papers; V.34-#3, pp. 503-530.


Bayoumi, Tamim (1990). “Saving-Investment Correlations: Immobile Capital, Government Policy, or Endogenous Behavior”. IMF Staff Papers; V.37-#2, pp. 360-387.


Golub, Stephen (1990). “International Capital Mobility: Net versus Gross Stocks and Flows”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.9-#4, pp. 424-439.


Feldstein, Martin and Philippe Bacchetta (1991). “National Saving and International Investment”. in B.D. Bernheim and J. Shoven, eds. National Saving and Economic Performance. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 201-220


Tesar, Linda (1991). “Savings, Investment and International Capital Flows”. Journal of International Economics; V.31-#1/2, pp. 55-78.


Baxter, M. and M. Crucini (1993). “Explaining Saving-Investment Correlations”. American Economic Review; V.83-#3, pp. 416-436.


Tesar, Linda (1993). “International Risk-Sharing and Non-traded Goods”. Journal of International Economics; V.35-#1/2, pp. 69-89.


Amirkhalkhali, Saleh and Atul Dar (1993). “Testing for Capital Mobility: A Random Coefficients Approach”. Empirical Economics; V.18-#3, pp. 523-541.


Coakley, Jerry, Farida Hasan and Ron Smith (1999). “Saving, Investment, and Capital Mobility in LDCs”. Review of International Economics; V.7-#7, pp. 632-640.


Coakley, Jerry, Farida Kulasi and Ron Smith (1996). “Current Account Solvency and the Feldstein-Horioka Puzzle”. Economic Journal; V.106-#436, pp. 620-627.


Hogendorn, Christiaan (1998). “Capital Mobility in Historical Perspective”. Journal of Policy Modeling; V.20-#2, pp. 141-161.


Sarno, Lucio and Mark Taylor (1998). “Savings-Investment Correlations: Transitory versus Permanent”. Manchester School; V.66-supplement, pp. 17-38.


Sarno, Lucio and Mark Taylor (1998). “Exchange Controls, International Capital Flows and Saving-Investment Correlations in the UK: An Empirical Investigation”. WA; V.134-#1, pp. 69-98.


Hussein, Khaled (1998). “International Capital Mobility in OECD Countries: The Feldstein-Horioka 'Puzzle' Revisited”. Economics Letters; V.59-#2, pp. 237-242.


Krol, R. (1996). “International capital mobility: evidence from panel data”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#?, pp. 467-474.


Jansen, W. Jos (2000). “International capital mobility: evidence from panel data”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#4, pp. 507-511


Ho, Tsung-wu (2002). “The Feldstein--Horioka Puzzle Revisited”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.21-#4, pp. 555-564.


Jansen, W. Jos (1998). “Interpreting Saving-Investment Correlations”. Open Economies Review; V.9-#3, pp. 205-217.


Shibata, Akihisa and Mototsugu Shintani (1998). “Capital Mobility in the World Economy: An Alternative Test”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#5, pp. 741-756.


Okina, Kunio, Masaaki Shirakawa, and Shigenori Shiratsuka (1999). “Financial Market Globalization: Present and Future”. Monetary and Economic Studies; V.17-#3, pp. 1-40.


Sachsida, Adolfo and Marcelo Abi-Ramia Caetano (2000). “The Feldstein-Horioka Puzzle Revisited”. Economics Letters; V.68-#1, pp. 85-88.


Coiteux, Martin and Simon Olivier, Simon (2000). “The Saving Retention Coefficient in the Long Run and in the Short Run: Evidence from Panel Data”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.19-#4, pp. 535-548.


Kim, Sunghyun Henry (2001). “The Saving-Investment Correlation Puzzle Is Still A Puzzle”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.20-#7, pp. 1017-1034.


Ho, Tsung-wu (2002). “A Panel Cointegration Approach to the Investment-Saving Correlation”. Empirical Economics; V.27-#1, pp. 91-100.


Sinha, Tapen and Dipendra Sinha (2004). “The Mother of All Puzzles Would Not Go Away”. Economics Letters; V.82-#2, pp. 259-267.


Hoffmann, Mathias (2004). “International Capital Mobility in the Long-run and the Short-run: Can We Still Learn from Saving-Investment Data”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.23-#1, pp. 113-131.


Taylor, Alan (1996). “International Capital Mobility in History: Purchasing-Power Parity in the Long Run”. NBER Working Paper; #5742


Taylor, Alan (1998). “Argentina and the World Capital Market: Saving, Investment, and International Capital Mobility in the Twentieth Century”. Journal of Development Economics; V.57-#1, pp. 147-184.


Obstfeld, Maurice and Alan Taylor (1998). “The Great Depression as a Watershed: International Capital Mobility over the Long-run”. In. M. Bordo, C. Goldin, and E. White, eds. The Defining Moment: The Great Depression and the American Economy ion the Twentieth Century. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 353-402.


Jones, Matthew and Maurice Obstfeld (2001). “Saving, Investment, and Gold: A Reassessment of Historical Current Account Data”. In G. Calvo, R. Dornbusch, and M. Obstfeld, eds. Money, Capital Mobility, and Trade: Essays in Honor of Robert Mundell. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 303-363.


Taylor, Alan (2002). “A Century of Current Account Dynamics”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.21-#6, pp. 699-724.

 

f. Consumption Non-Correlation


Backus, David, Patrick Kehoe, and Finn Kydland (1992). “International Real Business Cycles”. Journal of Political Economy; V.100-#4, pp. 745-775.


Backus, David and Patrick Kehoe (1992). “International Evidence of the Historical Properties of Business Cycles”. American Economic Review; V.82-#4, pp. 864-888.


Backus, David, Patrick Kehoe, and Finn Kydland (1995). “International Business Cycles: Theory and Evidence”. In T. Cooley, ed. Frontiers of Business Cycle Research. Princeton: PUP, pp. 331-356.


Backus, David and Gregor Smith (1993). “Consumption and Real Exchange Rates in Dynamic Economies with Non-traded Goods”. Journal of International Economics; V.35-#3/4, pp. 297-316.


Stockman, Alan and Linda Tesar (1995). “Tastes and Technology ina Two-Country Model of the Business Cycle: Explaining International Comovements”. American Economic Review; V.85-#1, pp. 168-185.


Kollmann, Robert (1995). “Consumption, Real Exchange Rates and the Structure of International Asset Markets”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.14-#2, pp. 191-211.


Kollmann, Robert (1995). “The Correlation of Productivity Growth across Regions and Industries in the United States”. Economics Letters; V.47-#3/4, pp. 437-443.


Kollmann, Robert (1996). “Incomplete Asset Markets and the Cross-Country Consumption Correlation Puzzle”. Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control; V.20-#5, pp. 945-961.


Marcet, Albert and Kenneth Singleton (1999). “Equilibrium Asset Prices and Savings of Heterogeneous Agents in the Presence of Incomplete Markets and Portfolio Constraints”. Macroeconomic Dynamics; V.3-#2, pp. 243-277.


Park, Hyung-Soo (1999). “International Business Cycle and Transmission Mechanism--No More Puzzle”. Bank of Korea Economic Papers; V.2-#2, pp. 165-209.


Kollmann, Robert (2001). “Explaining International Comovements of Output and Asset Returns: The Role of Money and Nominal Rigidities”.Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control; V.25-#10, pp. 1547-1583.


Kollmann, Robert (2001). “The Exchange Rate in a Dynamic-Optimizing Business Cycle Model with Nominal Rigidities: A Quantitative Investigation”. Journal of International Economics; V.55-#2, pp. 243-262.


Chari, V.V., Patrick Kehoe, and Ellen McGrattan (2000). “Sticky Price Models of the Business Cycle: The Persistence Problem”. Econometrica; V.68-#5, pp. 1151-1179.


Alvarez, Fernando, Andrew Atkeson, and Patrick Kehoe (2002). “Money, Interest Rates, and Exchange Rates with Endogenously Segmented Asset Markets”. Journal of Political Economy; V.110-#1, pp. 73-112.


Chari, V. V., Patrick Kehoe, and Ellen McGrattan (2002). “Can Sticky Price Models Generate Volatile and Persistent Real Exchange Rates?”. Review of Economic Studies; V.69-#3, pp. 533-563.


Kehoe, Patrick and Fabrizio Perri (2002). “International Business Cycles with Endogenous Incomplete Markets”. Econometrica; V.70-#3, pp. 907-928.


Heathcote, and Fabrizio Perri (2004). “Financial Globalization and Real Regionalization”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 207-243.


Xiao, Wei (2004). “Can Indeterminacy Resolve the Cross-Country Correlation Puzzle?”. Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control; V.28-#12, pp. 2341-2366.

 

2. Financial market globalization and crisis

 

a. First-Generation Models


Salant, Stephen and Dale Henderson (1978). “Market Anticipation of Government Policies and the Price of Gold”. Journal of Political Economy; V.86-#4, pp. 627-648.


Krugman, Paul (1979). “A Model of Balance of Payments Crises”. Journal of Money, Credit and Banking; V.11-#?, pp. 311-325.


Salant, Stephen (1983). “The Vulnerability of Price Stabilization Schemes to Speculative Attack”. Journal of Political Economy; V.91-#1, pp. 1-38.


Flood, Robert and Peter Garber (1984). “Collapsing Exchange Rate Regimes: Some Linear Examplse”. Journal of International Economics; V.17-#?, pp. 1-13.


Flood, Robert and Peter Garber (1984). “Gold Monetization and Gold Discipline”. Journal of Political Economy; V.92-#1, pp. 90-107.


Grilli, V. (1986). “Buying and Selling Attacks on Fixed Exchange Rate Systems”. Journal of International Economics; V.20-#?, pp. 143-156.


Dornbusch, Rudiger (1987). “Collapsing Exchange Rate Regimes”. Journal of Development Economics; V.27-#?, pp. 71-83.


Buiter, Willem (1987). “Borrowing to Defend the Exchange Rate and the Timing and Magnitude of Speculative Attacks”. Journal of International Economics; V.23-#?, pp. 221-239.


Blackburn, Keith (1988). “Collapsing Exchange Rate Regimes and Exchange Rate Dynamics: Some Further Examples”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.7-#?, pp. 373-385.


Wilman, A. (1987). “Speculative Attack on the Currency with Uncertain Monetary Policy Reactions”. Economics Letters; V.25-#?, pp. 75-78.


Wilman, A. (1988). “The Collapse of the Fixed Exchange Rate Regime with Sticky Wages and Imperfect Substitutability between Domestic and Foreign Bonds”. European Economic Review; V.32-#?, pp. 1817-1838.


Wilman, A. (1989). “Devaluation Expectation and Speculative Attacks on the Currency”. Scandinavian Journal of Economics; V.91-#1, pp. 97-116.


Goldberg, Linda (1991). “Collapsing Exchange Rate Regimes: Shocks and Biases”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.10-#?, pp. 252-263.


Gros, Daniel (1992). “Capital Controls and Foreign Exchange Market Crises in the EMS”. European Economic Review; V.36-#?, pp. 1533-1544.


Connolly, M. and D. Taylor (1984). “The Exact Timing of the Collapse of an Exchange Rate Regime and Its Impact on the Relative Price of Traded Goods”. Journal of Money, Credit and Banking; 16-#2, pp. 194-207.


Savastano, M. (1992). “Collapse of a Crawling Peg Regime in the Presence of a Government Budget Constraint”. IMF Staff Papers; V.39-#1, pp. 79-100.

 

b. Second-Generation Models


Obstfeld, Maurice (1994). “The Logic of Currency Crises”. Cahiers Economiques et Monetaires (Banque de France); V.43, pp. 189-213.


Obstfeld, Maurice (1996). “Models of Currency Crises with Self Fulfilling Features”. European Economic Review; V.40-#3/5, pp. 1037-1047.


Calvo, Guillermo (1998). “Capital Flows and Capital-Market Crises: The Simple Economics of Sudden Stops”. Journal of Applied Economics; V.1-#1, pp. 35-54.


Krugman, Paul (1996). “Are Currency Crises Self-Fulfilling?”. NBER Macroeconomics Annual–1996. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 345-407.


Isard, P. (1994). “Realignment Expectations, Forward Rate Bias and Intervention in an Optimizing Model of Exchange Rate Adjustment”. IMF Staff Papers; V.41-#?, pp. 435-459.


Stansfield, E. and A. Sutherland (1995). “Realignment Expectations and Government Credibility”. Oxford Economic Papers; V.47-#?, pp. 211-228.


Ozkan, F.G. and A. Sutherland (1995). “Policy Measures to Avoid a Currency Crisis”. Economic Journal; V.105-#?, pp. 510-519.


Eichengreen, Barry, Andrew Rose, and Charles Wyplosz (1995). “Exchange Market Mayhem: The Antecedents and Aftermath of Speculative Attacks”. Economic Policy; #21, pp. 249-312.


Eichengreen, Barry, Andrew Rose, and Charles Wyplosz (1996). “Speculative Attacks on Pegged Exchange Rates: An Empirical Exploration with Special Reference to the European Monetary System”. In M. Canzoneri, W. Ethier, and V. Grilli, eds. The New Transatlantic Economy; Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 191-228.


Eichengreen, Barry, Andrew Rose, and Charles Wyplosz (1996). “Contagious Currency Crises: First Tests”. Scandinavian Journal of Economics; V.98-#4, pp. 463-484.


Eichengreen, Barry, Andrew Rose, and Charles Wyplosz (1999). “Contagious Currency Crises: Channels of Conveyance”. In Takatoshi Ito and Anne Krueger, eds. Changes in Exchange Rates in Rapidly Developing Countries: Theory, Practice and Policy Issues. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 29-51.


Flood, Robert and Nancy Marion (1997). “Policy Implications of ‘Second Generation’ Crisis Models”. IMF Staff Papers; V.44-#3, pp. 383-390.


Ozkan, F.G. and A. Sutherland (1998). “A Currency Crisis Model with an Optimizing Policymaker”. Journal of International Economics; V.44-#2, pp. 339-364.


Cole, Harold and Timothy Kehoe (1996). “A Self-Fulfilling Model of Mexico’s 1994-1995 Debt Crisis”. Journal of International Economics; V.41-#3/4, pp. 309-330.


Cole, Harold and Timothy Kehoe (1997). “Reviving Reputation Models of International Debt”. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review; V.21-#1, pp. 21-30.


Cole, Harold and Timothy Kehoe (2000). “Self-Fulfilling Debt Crisis”. Review of Economic Studies; V.67-#1, pp. 91-116.


Jeanne, Olivier and Paul Masson (2000). “Currency Crises, Sunspots, and Markov-Switching Regimes”. Journal of International Economics; V.50-#2, pp. 327-350.


Jeanne, Olivier (2000). “Currency Crises: A Perspective on Recent Theoretical Developments”. Princeton Special Papers in International Economics; #20.


Kasa, Kenneth (2004). “Learning, Large Deviations, and Recurrent Currency Crises”. International Economic Review; V.45-#1, pp. 141-173.


Morris, Stephen and Hyun Song Shin (1998). “Unique Equilibrium in a Model of Self-Fulfilling Attacks”. American Economic Review; V.88-#3, pp. 587-597. {comment by Frank Heinemann, V.90-#1, pp. 316-318.]


Morris, Stephen and Hyun Song Shin (1999). “A Theory of the Onset of Currency Attacks”. in P. Agénor, M. Miller, D. Vines and A. Weber, eds. Asian Financial Crisis: Causes, Contagion and Consequences. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 230-255.


Morris, Stephen and Hyun Song Shin (2001). “Rethinking Multiple Equilibria in Macroeconomic Modeling”. NBER Macroeconomics Annual–2000. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 139-161.


Morris, Stephen and Hyun Song Shin (2002). “The Social Value of Public Information”. American Economic Review, V.92-#5, pp. 1521-1534.


Corsetti, Giancarlo, Amil Dasgupta, Stephen Morris, and Hyun Song Shin (2004). “Does One Soros Make a Difference? The Role of a Large Trader in Currency Crises”. Review of Economic Studies; V.71-#1, pp. 87-113.


Morris, Stephen and Hyun Song Shin (2004). “Coordination Risk and the Price of Debt”. European Economic Review; V.48-#?, pp;. 133-153.


Morris, Stephen and Hyun Song Shin (2003). “Catalytic Finance: When Does it Work”. Cowles Foundation Discussion Paper, #


Sbracia, Massimo and Andrea Zaghini (2001). “Expectations and Information in Second Generation Currency Crisis Models”. Economic Modelling; V.18-#2, pp. 203-222.


Metz, Christina (2002). “Public and Private Information in Self-Fulfilling Currency Crises”. Zeitschrift fur Nationalokonomie; V.76-#1, pp. 65-85.


Chan, Kenneth and Y. Stephen Chiu (2002). “The Role of (Non-)Transparency in a Currency Crisis Model”. European Economic Review; V.46-#2,pp. 397-416.


Hellwig, Christian (2002). “Public Information, Private Information and the Multiplicity of Equilibrium in Coordination Games”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.107-#2, pp. 191-222.


Fukao, Kyoji (2003). “Coordination Failures under Incomplete Information and Global Games”. Hitotsubashi Journal of Economics; V.44-#1, pp. 59-73.


Heinemann, Frank and Gerhard Illing (2002). “Speculative Attacks: Unique Equilibrium and Transparency”. Journal of International Economics; V.58-#2, pp. 429-450.


Heinemann, Frank (2003). “Exchange Rate Attack As A Coordination Game: Theory and Experimental Evidence”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.18-#4, pp. 462-478.


Chamley, Christophe (2003). “Dynamic Speculative Attack”. American Economic Review; 93-#3, pp. 603-621.


Chari, V.V. and Patrick Kehoe (2003). “Hot Money”. Journal of Political Economy; V.111-#6, pp. 1262-1292.


Chari, V.V. and Patrick Kehoe (2004). “Financial Crises as Herds: Overturning the Critics”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 128-150.


Kasa, Kenneth (2004). “Learning, Large Deviations, and Currency Crises”. International Economic Review; V.45-#1, pp. 141-173.


Goldstein, Itay and Ady Pauzner (2004). “Contagion of Self-fulfilling Financial Crises Due to Diversification of Investment Portfolios”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 151-183.


Guimaraes, Bernardo and Stephen Morris (2004). “Risk and Wealth in a Model of Self-Fulfilling Currency Attacks”. Ms: Cowles Foundation.


Rochet, Jean-Charles and Xavier Vives (2004). “Coordination Failures and the Lender of Last Resort: Was Bagheot Right After All?”. Journal of the European Economic Association; forth.


Tarashev, Nikola (2003). “Currency Curses and the Informational Role of Interest Rates”. BIS Working Papers; #135.


Tarashev, Nikola (2004). “Speculative Attacks and the Informational Role of Prices”. Ms: Bank for International Settlements.


Jeanne, Olivier (1997). “Are Currency Crises Self-fulfilling”. Journal of International Economics; V.43-#3/4, pp. 263-286.

 

c. Third-Generation Models


Velasco, Andreas (1987). “Financial and Balance of Payments Crises”. Journal of Development Economics; V.27-#?, pp. 263-283.


Detragiache, Enrica (1996). “Rational Liquidity Crises in the Sovereign Debt Market: In Search of a Theory”. IMF Staff Papers; V.43-3, pp. 545-570.


Miller, Victoria (1996). “Speculative Attacks with Endogenously Induced Commercial Bank Crises”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.15-#3, pp. 383-403.


Miller, Victoria (1998). “Domestic Bank Runs and Speculative Attacks on Foreign Currencies”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.17-#2, pp. 331-338.


Miller, Victoria (1998). “The Double-Drain with a Cross-Border Twist: More on the Relationship between Banking and Currency Crises”. American Economic Review; V.88-#2, pp.


Miller, Victoria (2000). “Central Bank Reactions to Banking Crises in Fixed Exchange Rate Regimes”. Journal of Development Economics; V.63-#?, pp. 451-472.


McKinnon, Ronald and Huw Pill (1996). “Credible Liberalizations and International Capital Flows: The ‘Overborrowing Syndrome’”. In T. Ito and A. Krueger, eds. Financial Deregulation and Integration in East Asia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.


McKinnon, Ronald and Huw Pill (1997). “Credible Economic Liberalizations and Overborrowing”. American Economic Review; V.97-#2, pp. 189-193.


McKinnon, Ronald and Huw Pill (1998). “International Overborrowing: A Decomposition of Credit and Currency Risks”. World Development; V.26-#7, pp. 1267-1282.


McKinnon, Ronald and Huw Pill (1998). “The Overborrowing Syndrome: Are East Asian Economies Different?”. in Reuven Glick, ed. Managing Capital Flows and Exchange Rates: Perspectives from the Pacific Basin. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 322-355.


McKinnon, Ronald and Huw Pill (1999). “Exchange Rate Regimes for Emerging Markets: Moral Hazard and International Overborrowing”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.15-#3, pp. 19-38.


Masson, Paul (1999). “Contagion in Macroeconomic Models with Multiple Equilibria”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.18-#4, pp. 589-602.


Chang, Roberto, and Andres Velasco (2000). “Liquidity Crises in Emerging Markets: Theory and Policy”. NBER Macroeconomics Annual–1999. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 11-78.


Chang, Roberto, and Andres Velasco (2000). “Financial Fragility and the Exchange Rate Regime”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.92-#1, pp. 1-34.


Chang, Roberto, and Andres Velasco (2000). “Banks, Debt Maturity and Financial Crises”. Journal of International Economics; V.51-#1, pp. 169-194.


Chang, Roberto, and Andres Velasco (2001). “A Model of Financial Crises in Emerging Markets”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.116-#2, pp. 489-517.


Chang, Roberto, and Andres Velasco (2001). “Fostering Financial Stability: A New Case for Flexible Exchange Rates”. In Guillermo Calvo, Rudi Dornbusch, and Maurice Obstfeld, eds. Money, Capital Mobility, and Trade. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 123-141.


Caballero, Ricardo and Arvind Krishnamurthy (2001). “International and Domestic Collateral Constraints in a Model of Emerging Market Crises”. Journal of Monetary Economics; V.48-#3, pp. 513-548.


Caballero, Ricardo and Arvind Krishnamurthy (2002). “A Dual Liquidity Model for Emerging Markets”. American Economic Review; V.92-#2, pp. 33-37.


Caballero, Ricardo and Arvind Krishnamurthy (2004). “Smoothing Sudden Stops”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 104-127.


Krugman, Paul (1998). “What Happened to Asia?”. reprinted in Gregor Irwin and David Vines, eds. (2001). Financial Market Integration and International Financial Flows. Cheltenham: Elgar, pp. 209-218.


Krugman, Paul (1999). “Balance Sheets, the Transfer Problem, and Financial Crises”. In Peter Isard, Assaf Razin, and Andrew Rose, eds. International Finance and Financial Crises: Essays in Honor of Robert P. Flood, Jr. Washington, DC: IMF, 31-44.


Corsetti, Giancarlo, Paolo Pesenti, and Nouriel Roubini (1999). “What Caused the Asian Currency and Financial Crisis?”. Japan and the World Economy; V.11-#3, pp. 305-373.


Corsetti, Giancarlo, Paolo Pesenti, and Nouriel Roubini (2001). “Fundamental Determinants of the Asian Crisis: The Role of Financial Fragility and External Imbalances”. In T. Ito and A. Krueger, eds. Regional and Global Capital Flows: Macroeconomic Causes and Consequences. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 11-41.


Aghion, Philippe, Philippe Bacchetta, and Abhijit Banerjee (1999). “Capital Markets and the Instability of Open Economies”. In Pierre-Philippe Agenor, Marcus Miller, D. Vines and A. Weber, eds. The Asian Financial Crisis: Causes, Contagion and Consequences. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 167-190.


Aghion, Philippe, Philippe Bacchetta, and Abhijit Banerjee (2001). “Currency Crises and Monetary Policy in an Economy with Credit Constraints”. European Economic Review; V.45-#7, pp. 1121-1150.


Aghion, Philippe, Philippe Bacchetta, and Abhijit Banerjee (2004). “A Corporate Balance Sheet Approach to Currency Crises”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 6-30.


Burnside, Craig, Martin Eichenbaum and Sergio Rebelo (2000). “Understanding the Korean and Thai Currency Crises”. Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago Economic Perspectives; V.24-#3, pp. 45-60.


Burnside, Craig, Martin Eichenbaum and Sergio Rebelo (2001). “Prospective Deficits and the Asian Currency Crisis”. Journal of Political Economy; V.109-#6, pp. 1155-1197.


Burnside, Craig, Martin Eichenbaum and Sergio Rebelo (2001). “Hedging and Financial Fragility of in Fixed Exchange Rate Regimes”. European Economic Review; V.45-#7, pp. 1151-1193.


Burnside, Craig, Martin Eichenbaum and Sergio Rebelo (2004). “Government Guarantees and Self-Fulfilling Speculative Attacks”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 31-63.


Christiano, Lawrence, Christopher Gust, and Jorge Roldos (2004). “Monetary Policy in a Financial Crisis”. Journal of Economic Theory; V.119-#1, pp. 64-103.


Geanakoplos, John and Felix Kubler (1999). “Currencies, Incomplete Markets and Crises”. Ms: Yale University.


Jeanne, Olivier (2000). “Foreign Currency Debt and the Global Financial Architecture”. European Economic Review; V.44-#4/6, pp. 719-727.


Calvo, Guillermo (1998). “Varieties of Capital-Market Crises”. In G. Calvo and M. King, eds. The Debt Burden and Its Consequences for Monetary Policy. New York: St. Martins, pp. 181-202.


Calvo, Guillermo (2000). “Balance of Payments Crises in Emerging Markets: Large Capital Inflows and Sovereign Governments”. In Paul Krugman, ed. Currency Crises. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 71-97.


Calvo, Guillermo and Enrique Mendoza (2000). “Capital-Markets Crises and Economic Collapse in Emerging Markets: An Informational-Frictions Approach”. American Economic Review; V.90-#2, pp. 59-64.


Calvo, Guillermo and Enrique Mendoza (2000). “Rational Contagion and the Globalization of Securities Markets”. Journal of International Economics; V.51-#1, pp. 79-113.


Detragiache, Enrica (2001). “Bank Fragility and International Capital Mobility”. Review of International Economics; V.9-#4, pp. 673-687.


Edison, Hali, Ponsak Luangaram, and Marcus Miller (2000). “Asset Bubbles, Leverage and ‘Lifeboats’: Elements of the East Asian Crisis”. Economic Journal; V.110-#460.


Miller, Marcus and Lei Zhang (2000). “Creditor Panic, Asset Bubbles and Sharks: Three Views of the Asian Crisis”. Uri Dadush, Dipak Dasgupta and Marc Uzan, eds. Private Capital Flows in the Age of Globalization: The Aftermath of the Asian Crisis. Cheltenham: Elgar, pp. 222-240.

 

d. Empirical Work on Financial Globalization and Crisis


Calvo, Guillermo, Leonardo Leiderman, and Carmen Reinhart (1993). “Capital Inflows and Real Exchange Rate Appreciation in Latin America: The Role of External Factors”. IMF Staff Papers; V.40-#1, pp. 108-151.


Calvo, Guillermo, Leonardo Leiderman, and Carmen Reinhart (1994). “The Capital Inflows Problem: Concepts and Issues”. Contemporary Economic Policy; V.12-#3, pp. 54-66.


Calvo, Guillermo, Leonardo Leiderman, and Carmen Reinhart (1995). “Capital Inflows to Latin America with Reference to the Asian Experience”. In S. Edwards, ed. Capital Controls, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy in the World Economy. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 339-382.


Calvo, Guillermo, Leonardo Leiderman, and Carmen Reinhart (1996). “Inflows of Capital to Developing Countries in the 1990s”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.10-#2, pp. 123-139.


Dornbusch, Rudiger, Ilan Goldfajn, and Rodrigo Valdes (1995). “Currency Crises and Collapses”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #2, pp. 219-270.


Frankel, Jeffrey and Andrew Rose (1996). “Currency Crashes in Emerging Markets: An Empirical Treatment”. Journal of International Economics; V.41-#3/4, pp. 351-366.


Calvo, Guillermo and Enrique Mendoza (1996). “Petty Crime and Cruel Punishment: Lessons from the Mexican Debacle”. American Economic Review; V.86-#2, pp. 170-75.


Calvo, Guillermo and Enrique Mendoza (1996). “Mexico's Balance-of-Payments Crisis: A Chronicle of a Death Foretold”. Journal of International Economics; V.41-#3/4, pp. 235-264.


Calvo, Guillermo (1996). “Capital Flows and Macroeconomic Management: Tequila Lessons”. International Journal of Finance and Economics; V.1-#3, pp. 207-223.


Sachs, Jeffrey, Aaron Tornell, and Andres Velasco (1996). “The Mexican Peso Crisis: Sudden Death or Death Fortold”. Journal of International Economics; V.41-#3/4, pp. 265-283.


Sachs, Jeffrey, Aaron Tornell, and Andres Velasco (1996). “Financial Crises in Emerging Markets: The Lessons from 1995”. BPEA; #1, pp. 147-215.


Sachs, Jeffrey, Aaron Tornell, and Andres Velasco (1996). “The Collapse of the Mexican Peso: What Have We Learned?”. Economic Policy; #22, pp.15-56.


Radelet, Steven and Jeffrey Sachs (1998). “The East Asian Financial Crisis: Diagnosis, Remedies, Prospect”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #1, pp. 1-74.


Radelet, Steven and Jeffrey Sachs (2000). “The Onset of the East Asian Financial Crisis”. In Paul Krugman, ed. Currency Crises. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 105-153.


Calvo, Guillermo (1998). “The Unforgiving ‘Market’ and the Tequilazo”. In J. Fanelli and R. Medhora, eds. Financial Reform in Developing Countries. New York: St. Martins, pp. 220-244.


Kaminsky, Graciela, Saul Lizondo and Carmen Reinhart (1998). “Leading Indicators of Currency Crises”. IMF Staff Papers; V.45-#1, pp. 1-48.


Kaminsky, Graciela and Carmen Reinhart (1998). “Financial Crises in Asia and Latin America: Then and Now”. American Economic Review; V.88-#2, pp. 444-48.


Kaminsky, Graciela and Carmen Reinhart (1999). “The Twin Crises: The Causes of Banking and Balance-of-Payments Problems”. American Economic Review; V.89-#3, pp. 473-500.


Kaminsky, Graciela and Carmen Reinhart (2000). “On Crises, Contagion, and Confusion”. Journal of International Economics; V.51-#1, pp. 145-168.


Wade, Robert (1998). “From ‘Miracle’ to ‘Cronyism’: Explaining the Great Asian Slump”. Cambridge Journal of Economics; V.22-#?, pp. 693-706.


Wade, Robert and Frank Veneroso (1998). “The Asian Crisis: The High Debt Model versus the Wall Street-Treasury-IMF Complex”. New Left Review; #228, pp. 3-23.


Wade, Robert and Frank Veneroso (1998). “The Gathering World Slump and the Battle Over Capital Controls”. New Left Review; #231, pp. 13-42.


Demirguc-Kunt, Asli and Enrica Detragiache (1998). “The Determinants of Banking Crises in Developing and Developed Countries”. IMF Staff Papers; V.45-#1, pp. 81-109.


Demirguc-Kunt, Asli and Enrica Detragiache (1998). “Financial Liberalization and Financial Fragility”. Annual World Bank Conference on Development Economics; pp. 303-331.


Furman, Jason and Joseph Stiglitz (1999). “Economic Crises: Evidence and Insights from East Asia”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #2, pp. 1-135.


Stiglitz, Joseph (2000). “Capital Market Liberalization, Economic Growth, and Instability”. World Development; V.28-#6, pp. 1075-1086.


Summers, Larry (2000). “International Financial Crises: Causes, Prevention, and Cures”. American Economic Review; V.90-#2, pp. 1-16.


Eichengreen, Barry and Andrew Rose (2001). “Staying Afloat When the Wind Shifts: External Factors and Emerging-Market Banking Crises”. In G. Calvo, R. Dornbusch, and M. Obstfeld, eds. Money, Capital Mobility, and Trade: Essays in Honor of Robert Mundell. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 170-205.


Baig, Taimur and Ilan Goldfajn (1999). “Financial Market Contagion in the East Asian Crisis”. IMF Staff Papers; V.46-#2, pp. 167-195.


Corsetti, Giancarlo, Paolo Pesenti, and Nouriel Roubini (1999). “The Asian Crisis: An Overview of the Empirical Evidence and Policy Debate”. in P. Agénor, M. Miller, D. Vines and A. Weber, eds. Asian Financial Crisis: Causes, Contagion and Consequences. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 127-163.


Masson, Paul (1999). “Contagion: Monsoonal Effects, Spillovers and Jumps Between Multiple Equilibria”. In Pierre-Philippe Agenor, Marcus Miller, D. Vines and A. Weber, eds. The Asian Financial Crisis: Causes, Contagion and Consequences. Cambridge: CUP, pp.


Calvo, Guillermo and Carmen Reinhart (2001). “Bank Lending and Contagion: Evidence from the Asian Crisis”. In T. Ito and A. Krueger, eds. Regional and Global Capital Flows: Macroeconomic Causes and Consequences. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 73-99.


Van Rijckeghem, Caroline and Beatrice Weder (2001). “Sources of Contagion: Is It Finance or Trade?”. Journal of International Economics; V.54-#2, pp. 293-308.


Bordo, Michael and Barry Eichengreen (1999). “Is Our Current International Financial Environment Unusually Crisis Prone?”. in D. Gruen and L. Gower, eds. Capital Flows and the International Financial System. Sydney: Reserve Bank of Australia, pp. 18-74. [http://www.rba.gov.au/PublicationsAndResearch/Conferences/1999/index.html]


Bordo, Michael, Barry Eichengreen, Daniela Klingebiel, Maria Soledad Martinez-Peria (2001). “Is the Crisis Problem Growing More Severe?”. Economic Policy; V.16-#32, pp. 51-82.


Caramazza, Francesco, Lucca Ricci and Ranil Salgado (2004). “International Financial Contagion in Currency Crises”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.23-#1, pp. 51-70.


Drazen, Allen (2000). “Political Contagion in Currency Crises”. In P. Krugman, ed. Currency Crises. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 47-67.


Krugman, Paul, ed. (2000). Currency Crises. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


Edwards, Sebastian, ed. (2000). Capital Flows and the Emerging Economies: Theory, Evidence and Controversies. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


Edwards, Sebastian and Jeffrey Frankel, eds. (2002). Preventing Currency Crises in Emerging Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


Feldstein, Martin, ed. (2003). Economic and Financial Crises in Emerging Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.

 

3. Domestic Response to Financial Globalization:

 

a. Exchange Rate Regimes

 

(1) Analytical Arguments


Artus, Jacques and John Young (1979). “Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates: A Renewal of the Debate”. IMF Staff Papers; V.26-#4, pp. 654-698.


Krueger, Anne (1983). “Alternative Exchange Rate Systems”. Chapter 6 of Exchange Rate Determination. Cambridge: CUP.


Kenen, Peter (1985). “Macroeconomic Theory and Policy: How the Closed Economy Was Opened”. In R. Jones and P. Kenen, eds. Handbook of International Economics–V.II. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 625-677.


Marston, Richard (1985). “Stabilization Policies in Open Economies”. In R. Jones and P. Kenen, eds. Handbook of International Economics–V.II. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 859-916.


Garber, Peter and Lars E.O. Svensson (1995). “The Operation and Collapse of Fixed Exchange Rate Regimes”. In G. Grossman and K. Rogoff, eds. Handbook of International Economics–V. III. Amsterdam: North-Holland, pp. 1865-1911.


Friedman, Milton (1953). “The Case for Flexible Exchange Rates”. In Friedman, ed. Essays in Positive Economics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 157-203.


Haberler, Gottfried (1954). Currency Convertibility. Washington, DC: American Enterprise Institute.


Johnson, Harry G. (1970). “The Case for Flexible Exchange Rates, 1969”. In George Halm, ed. Approaches to Greater Flexibility of Exchange Rates: The Bürgenstock Papers. Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 91-111.


Williamson, John (1983). “The Case for Managed Exchange Rates”. Chapter 3 of The Exchange Rate System. Washington, DC: IIE, pp. 37-62.


McCulloch, Rachel (1983). “Unexpected Real Consequences of Floating Exchange Rates”. Princeton Essays in International Finance; #153.


Dunn, Robert (1983). “The Many Disappointments of Flexible Exchange Rates”. Princeton Essays in International Finance, #154.


Frenkel, Jacob and Morris Goldstein (1986). “A Guide to Target Zones”. IMF Staff Papers; V.33-#4, pp. 633-673.


McKinnon, Ronald (1988). “Monetary and Exchange Rate Policies for International Financial Stability: A Proposal”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.2-#1 , pp. 83-103.


Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1995). “The Mirage of Fixed Exchange Rates”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.9-#4, pp. 73-96.


Eichengreen, Barry (1995). “The Endogeneity of Exchange-Rate Regimes”. In Peter Kenen, ed. Understanding Interdependence: The Macroeconomics of the Open Economy. Princeton: PUP, pp. 3-33.


McKinnon, Ronald and Huw Pill (1999). “Exchange-Rate Regimes for Emerging Markets: Moral Hazard and International Overborrowing”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.15-#3, pp. 19-38.


Fischer, Stanley (2001). “Exchange Rate Regimes: Is the Bipolar View Correct?”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.15-#2, pp. 3-24.


Williamson, John (2002). “The Evolution of Thought on Intermediate Exchange Rate Regimes”. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science; #579, pp. 73-86.


DeGrauwe, Paul and Mariana Grimaldi (2002). “Exchange Rate Regimes and Financial Vulnerability”. EIB Papers; V.7-#2, pp. 33-48.


Levy-Yeyati, Eduardo and Federico Sturzenegger (2003). “To Float or to Fix: Evidence on the Impact of Exchange Rate Regimes on Growth”. American Economic Review; V.93-#4, pp. 1173-1193.

 

(2) The Trilema


Mundell, Robert (1963). “Capital Mobility and Stabilization under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates”. Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science; V.29-#4, pp. 475-485.


Rose, Andrew (1996). “Explaining Exchange Rate Volatility: An Empirical Analysis of the ‘Holy Trinity’ of Monetary Independence, Fixed Exchange Rates, and Capital Mobility”. Journal of International Money an Finance; V.15-#6, pp. 925-945.


Bordo, Michael and Ronald McDonald (1997). “The Inter-War Gold Exchange Standard: Credibility and Monetary Independence”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.22-#1, pp. 1-33.


Obstfeld, Maurice and Alan Taylor (1998). “The Great Depression as a Watershed: International Capital Mobility over the Long Run”. In Michael Bordo, Claudia Goldin, and E.N. White, eds. The Defining Moment: The Great Depression and the American Economy in the Twentieth Century. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp.


Shambaugh, Jay (2004). “The Effects of Fixed Exchange Rates on Monetary Policy”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.119-#1, pp. 301-352.


Obstfeld, Maurice, Jay Shambaugh and Alan Taylor (2004). “Monetary Sovereignty, Exchange Rates, and Capital Controls: The Trilemma in the Interwar Period”. IMF Staff Papers; V.51-Special Issue, pp. 75-108.


Obstfeld, Maurice, Jay Shambaugh and Alan Taylor (2004). “The Trilemma in History: Tradeoffs Among Exchange Rates, Monetary Policies and Capital Mobility”. NBER Working Paper; #10396.


Frankel, Jeffrey, Sergio Schmukler and Luis Severén (2004). “Global Transmission of Interest Rates: Monetary Independence and Currency Regime”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.23-#5, pp. 701-733.

 

(3) Descriptive Accounts


McKinnon, Ronald (1993). “The Rules of the Game: International Money in Historical Perspective”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.31-#1, pp. 1-44. [Also in McKinnon, 1996]


McKinnon, Ronald (1996). The Rules of the Game: International Money and Exchange Rates. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Eichengreen, Barry (1996). Globalizing Capital: A History of the International Monetary System. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

 

b. Capital Controls and Other Responses


Neely, Christoper (1999). “An Introduction to Capital Controls”. Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, Review; V.81-#6, pp. 13-30.


Edwards, Sebastian (1999). “How Effective are Capital Controls?”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.13-#4, pp. 65-84.


Herring, Richard and Robert Litan (1995). Financial Regulation in the Global Economy. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Dooley, Michael (1996). “A Survey of Literature on Controls over International Capital Transactions”. IMF Staff Papers; V.43-#4, pp. 639-687.


Dooley, Michael (1996). “Capital Controls and Emerging Markets”. International Journal of Finance and Economics; V.1-#3, pp. 197-205.


Cooper, Richard (1999). “Should Capital Controls Be Banished?”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #1, pp. 89-141.


Eichengreen, Barry (2001). “Capital Account Liberalization: What Do Cross-Country Studies Tell Us?”. World Bank Economic Review; V.15-#3, pp. 341-365.


Tobin, James (1978). “A Proposal for International Monetary Reform”. Eastern Economic Journal, V.4-#3/4, pp. 153-159.


Tornell, Aaron (1990). “Real vs. Financial Investment: Can Tobin Taxes Eliminate the Irreversibility Constraint”. Journal of Development Economics; V.32-#?, pp. 419-444.


Eichengreen, Barry, James Tobin, and Charles Wyplosz (1995). “Two Cases for Sand in the Wheels of International Finance”. EJ; V.105-#428, pp. 162-172.


Garber, Peter and Mark Taylor (1995). “Sand in the Wheels of Foreign Exchange Markets: A Sceptical Note”. EJ; V.105-#428, pp. 173-180.


Davidson, Paul (1997). “Are Grains of Sand in the Wheels of International Finance Sufficient to Do the Job Boulders Are Often Required?”. Economic Journal; V.107-#442, pp. 671-686.


Felix, David (1996). “Financial Globalization versus Free Trade: The Case for the Tobin Tax”. UNCTAD Review; pp. 63-103.


Eichengreen, Barry and Charles Wyplosz (1996). “Taxing International Financial Transactions to Enhance the Operation of the International Monetary System”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 15-39.


Frankel, Jeffrey (1996). “How Well Do Foreign Exchange Markets Work: Might a Tobin Tax Help?”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 41-81.


Dooley, Michael (1996). “The Tobin Tax: Good Theory, Weak Evidence, Questionable Policy”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 83-106.


Kenen, Peter (1996). “The Feasibility of Taxing Foreign Exchange Transactions”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 109-28.


Garber, Peter (1996). “Issues of Enforcement and Evasion in a Tax on Foreign Exchange Transactions”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 129-42.


Griffith-Jones, Stephany (1996). “Institutional Arrangements for a Tax on International Currency Transactions”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 143-58.


Eichengreen, Barry (1996). “The Tobin Tax: What Have We Learned?”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 273-287.


Agosin, Manuel and Ricardo Ffrench-Davis (1996). “Managing Capital Inflows in Latin America”. in M. ul Haq, I. Kaul, and I. Grunberg, eds. The Tobin tax: Coping with financial volatility. Oxford: OUP, pp. 161-191.


Felix, David (1997). “Financial Globalization and the Tobin Tax”. In Guttmann, Robert, ed. Reforming money and finance: Toward a new monetary regime. Armonk: Sharpe, pp. 203-205.


Raffer, Kunibert (1998). “The Tobin Tax: Reviving a Discussion”. World Development; V.26-#3, pp. 529-538.


Palley, Thomas (1999). “Speculation and Tobin Taxes: Why Sand in the Wheels Can Increase Economic Efficiency”. Zeitschrift fur Nationalokonomie; V.69-#2, pp. 113-126.


Reinhart, Vincent (2000). “How the Machinery of International Finance Runs with Sand in Its Wheels”. Review of International Economics; V.8-#1, pp. 74-85.


Wyplosz, Charles (1986). “Capital Controls and the Real Exchange Rate”. Economica; V.57-#1, pp. 15-28.


Wyplosz, Charles (1986). “Capital Controls and Balance of Payments Crises”. Journal of International Money and Finance; V.5-#?, pp. 167-179.


Dornbusch, Rudiger (1986). “Special Exchange Rates for Capital Account Transactions”. World Bank Economic Review; V.1-#1, pp. 1-33.


Mathieson, Donald and Liliana Rojas-Suarez (1994). “Capital Controls and Capital Account Liberalisation in Industrial Countries”. In L. Leiderman and A. Razin, eds. Capital Mobility: The Impact on Consumption, Investment and Growth. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR; pp.329-347.


Claessens, Stijn, Michael Dooley and Andrew Warner (1995). “Portfolio Flows: Hot or Cold?”. World Bank Economic Review; V.9-#1, pp. 153-174.


Shafer, Jeffrey (1995). “Experience with Controls on International Capital Movements in OECD Countries: Solution or Problem for Monetary Policy?”. in S. Edwards, ed. Capital Controls, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy in the World Economy. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 119-156.


Guitián, Manuel (1995). “Capital Account Liberalization: Bringing Policy in Line with Reality”. in S. Edwards, ed. Capital Controls, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy in the World Economy. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 71-90.


Hanson, James (1995). “Opening the Capital Account: Costs, Benefits, and Sequencing”. in S. Edwards, ed. Capital Controls, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy in the World Economy. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 383-429.


Crotty, James and Gerald Epstein (1996). “In Defense of Capital Controls”. Socialist Register, pp. 118-149.


Lewis, Karen (1997). “Are Countries with Official International Restrictions ‘Liquidity Constrained’?”. European Economic Review; V.41-#6, pp. 1079-1109.


Quinn, Dennis (1997). “The Correlates of Change in International Financial Regulation”. American Political Science Review; V.91-#3, pp. 531-551.


Tamirisa, Natalia (1998). “Exchange and Capital Controls as Barriers to Trade”. IMF Staff Papers; V.46-#1, pp. 69-88.


Bhagwati, Jagdish (1998) “The Capital Myth: The Difference Between Trade in Widgets and Dollars”. Foreign Affairs; V.77-#3, pp. 7-12.


Krugman, Paul (1998). “Saving Asia: It’s Time to Get Radical”. Fortune; 7 September, pp. 75-80.


Eichengreen, Barry (2000). “Taming Capital Flows”. World Development; V.28-#6, pp. 1105-1116.


Edison, Hali, Michael Klein, Luca Ricci, and Torsten Sløk (2004). “Capital Account Liberalization and Economic Performance: Survey and Synthesis”. IMF Staff Papers; V.51-#2, pp. 220-256.


Espstein, G. and J. Schor (1992). “Structural Determinants and Economic Effects of Capital Controls in OECD Countries”. In T. Banuri and J. Schor, eds. Financial Openness and National Autonomy: Opportunities and Constraints. Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 136-161.


Alesina, Alberto, Vittorio Grilli, and Gian Maria Milesi-Ferretti (1994). “The Political Economy of Capital Controls”. In L. Leiderman and A. Razin, eds. Capital Mobility: The Impact on Consumption, Investment and Growth. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR; pp. 289-321.


Grilli, Vittorio and Gian Maria Milesi-Ferretti (1995). “Economic Effects and Structural Determinants of Capital Controls”. IMF Staff Papers; V.42-#?, pp. 54-88.


Milesi-Ferretti, Gian Maria (1998). “Why Capital Controls? Theory and Evidence”. In S. Eijffinger and H. Huizinga, eds. Positive Political Economy: Theory and Evidence. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 217-247.

 

4. Global Governance Issues


Hirsch, Fred and Michael Doyle, and Edward Morse (1977). Alternatives to Monetary Disorder. New York: McGraw Hill.


Putnam, Robert and Nicholas Bayne (1987). Hanging Together: Cooperation and Conflict in the Seven Power Summits. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.


Funabashi, Yoichi (1989). Managing the Dollar: From the Plaza to the Louvre. Washington, DC: IIE.


Eichengreen, Barry (1995). International Monetary Arrangements for the 21st Century. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Sachs, Jeffrey (1998). “The IMF and the Asian Flu”. The American Prospect; V.9-#37, pp.


Tobin, James and Gustav Ranis (1998). “Flawed Fund: The IMF’s Misplaced Priorities”. The New Republic Online.


Krugman, Paul (1998). “The Confidence Game: How Washington Worsened Asia’s Crash”. The New Republic Online.


Feldstein, Martin (1998). “Refocusing the IMF”. Foreign Affairs; V.77-#2, pp. 20-33.


Fischer, Stanley (1998). “In Defense of the IMF: Specialized Tools for a Specialized Task”. Foreign Affairs; V.77-#4, pp. 103-106.


Fischer, Stanley (1999). “Reforming the International Financial System”. Economic Journal; V.109-#459, pp. 557-576.


Fischer, Stanley (1999). “On the Need for an International Lender of Last Resort”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.13-#4, pp. 85-104.


Rogoff, Kenneth (1999). “International Institutions for Reducing Global Financial Instability”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.13-#4, pp. 21-42.


Blinder, Alan (1999). “Eight Steps to a New Financial Order”. Foreign Affairs; V.78-#5, pp. 50-63.


Mussa, Michael (1999). “Reforming the International Financial Architecture: Limiting Moral Hazard and Containing Real Hazard”. in D. Gruen and L. Gower, eds. Capital Flows and the International Financial System. Sydney: Reserve Bank of Australia, pp. 216-236. [http://www.rba.gov.au/PublicationsAndResearch/Conferences/1999/index.html]


Ocampo, Jose Antonio (1999). “International Financial Reform: The Broad Agenda”. CEPAL Review; #69, pp. 7-30.


Eichengreen, Barry (1999). Toward a New Financial Architecture: A Practical Post-Asia Agenda. Washington, DC: IIE.


Citrin, Daniel and Stanley Fischer (2000). “Strengthening the International Financial System: Key Issues”. World Development; V.28-#6, pp. 1133-1142.


Stiglitz, Joseph (1999). “More Instruments and Broader Goals: Moving toward the Post-Washington Consensus”. Revista de Economia Politica; V.19-#1, pp. 94-120.


Stiglitz, Joseph (2000). “The Insider: What I Learned at the World Economic Crisis”. The New Republic Online.


Wade, Robert (2001). “Showdown at the World Bank”. New Left Review; #7 (new series), pp. 124-137.


Dooley, Michael and Jeffrey Frankel, eds. (2003). Managing Currency Crises in Emerging Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


Stiglitz, Joseph (2004). “Capital Market Liberalization, Globalization and the IMF”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.20-#1, pp. 51-71.


Wolf, Martin (2004). “Globalization and Global Economic Governance”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.20-#1, pp. 72-84.

 

5. Political Economy of Global Finance

 

a. Historical Overviews

 

(1) General


Triffin, Robert (1964). “The Evolution of the International Monetary System: Historical Reappraisal and Future Perspectives”. Princeton Studies in International Finance, #12.


Dam, Kenneth (1982). The Rules of the Game: Reform and Evolution in the International Monetary System. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


Eichengreen, Barry (1989). “Hegemonic Stability Theories of the International Monetary System”. In R. Cooper, B. Eichengreen, G. Holtham, R. Putnam, and R. Henning, eds. Can Nations Agree? Issues in International Cooperation. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 255-298.


Bordo, Michael and Barry Eichengreen (2001). “The Rise and Fall of a Barbarous Relic: The Role of Gold in the International Monetary System”. In G. Calvo, R. Dornbusch, and M. Obstfeld, eds. Money, Capital Mobility, and Trade. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 53-121.

 

(2) The Gold Standard


Eichengreen, Barry, ed. (1985). The Gold Standard in Theory and History. New York: Methuen.


de Cecco, Marcello (1974). Money and Empire: The International Gold Standard, 1890-1914. Oxford: Blackwell.


Bordo, Michael (1981). “The Classical Gold Standard: Some Lessons for Today”. Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review; #63, pp. 2-17.


Bordo, Michael and Anna Schwartz, eds. (1984). A Retrospective on the Classical Gold Standard. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


Bordo, Michael and Finn Kydland (1995). “The Gold Standard as a Rule: An Essay in Exploration”. Explorations in Economic History; V.32-#?, pp. 423-465.


Gallarotti, Giulio (1995). The Anatomy of an International Monetary Regime: The Classic Gold Standard. New York: Oxford University Press.


Bayoumi, Tamim and Barry Eichengreen (1996). “The Stability of the Gold Standard and the Evolution of the International Monetary System”. In T. Bayoumi, B. Eichengreen, and M. Taylor, eds. Modern Perspectives on the Gold Standard. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 165-188.


Obstfeld, Maurice and Alan Taylor (2003). “Sovereign Risk, Credibility, and the Gold Standard”. Economic Journal; V.113-#487, pp. 241-275.

 

(3) The Interwar Years


Eichengreen, Barry (1992). Golden Fetters: The Gold Standard and the Great Depression. Oxford: OUP.


Rowland, Benjamin, ed. (1976). Balance of Power or Hegemony: The Interwar Monetary System. New York: NYU Press.


Eichengreen, Barry (1990). Elusive Stability: Essays in the History of International Finance, 1919-1939. Cambridge: CUP.


Eichengreen, Barry and Marc Uzan (1993). “The World Economic Conference as an Instance of Failed Cooperation”. In P. Evans, H. Jacobson, and R. Putnam, eds. Double-Edged Diplomacy. Berkeley: University of California Press, pp. 171-206.


Simmons, Beth (1994). Who Adjusts? Domestic Sources of Foreign Economic Policy During the Interwar Years, 1923-1939. Princeton: PUP.


Eichengreen, Barry and Beth Simmons (1995). “International Economics and Domestic Politics: Notes from the 20's”. In Charles Feinstein, ed. Banking, Currency, and Finance in Europe Between the Wars. Oxford: OUP, pp. 131-147.


Simmons, Beth (1996). “Rulers of the Game: Central Bank Independence during the Interwar Years”. International Organization; V.50-#3, pp. 407-443.

 

(4) The Bretton Woods System


Gardner, Richard (1956). Sterling-Dollar Diplomacy in Current Perspective. New York: Columbia University Press.


Strange, Susan (1976). International Monetary Relations. Oxford: OUP/RIIA.


Solomon, Robert (1982). The International Monetary System, 1945-1981: An Insider’s View. New York: Harper and Row.


Bordo, Michael and Barry Eichengreen, eds. (1993). A Retrospective on the Bretton Woods System: Lessons for International Monetary Reform. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER.


Eichengreen, Barry (1993). Reconstructing Europe’s Trade and Payments: The European Payments Union. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.


James, Harold (1996). International Monetary Cooperation Since Bretton Woods. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

b. Contemporary Issues

 

(1) Domestic Political Economy


Block, Fred (1977). The Origins of International Economic Disorder: A Study of U.S. International Monetary Policy from World War II to the Present. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Odell, John (1982). U.S. International Monetary Policy: Markets, Power, and Ideas as Sources of Change. Princeton: PUP.


Gowa, Joanne (1983). Closing the Gold Window. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Frieden, Jeffry (1987). Banking on the World: The Politics of American International Finance. New York: Harper and Row.


Destler, I.M. and C. Randall Henning (1989). Dollar Politics: Exchange Rate Policymaking in the U.S. Washington, DC: IIE.


Henning, C. Randall (1994). Currencies and Politics in the United States, Germany and Japan. Washington, DC: IIE.


Sobel, Andrew (1994). Domestic Choices, International Markets: Dismantling National Barriers and Liberalizing Security Markets. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.


Quinn, Dennis (1997). “The Correlates of Change in International Financial Regulation”. American Political Science Review; V.91-#?, pp. 531-551.


Quinn, Dennis and Carla Inclan (1997). “The Origins of Financial Openness”. American Journal of Political Science; V.41-#?, pp. 771-813.


William Bernhard and David Leblang (1999). “Democratic Institutions and Exchange-rate Commitments”. International Organization; V.53-#1, pp. 71-97.


Sobel, Andrew (1999). State Institutions, Private Incentives, Global Capital. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.


Schamis, Hector and Christopher Way (2003). “Political Cycles and Exchange-Rate-Based Stabilization”. World Politics; V.56-#1, pp. 43-78.


Shambaugh, George (2004). “The Power of Money: Global Capital and Policy Choices in Developing Countries”. American Journal of Political Science; V.48-#2, pp. 281-295.

 

(2) International Political Economy


Lamfalussy, Alexandre (1989). “Globalization of Financial Markets: International Supervisory and Regulatory Issues”. Economic Review (Kansas City); #74, pp. 3-8.


Aglietta, Michel, Anton Brender, and Virginie Coudert (1990). Globalisation Financière: l'aventure obligée. Paris: Economica.


Volcker, Paul and Toyoo Gyohten (1992). Changing Fortunes: The World’s Money and the Threat to American Leadership. New York: Times Books.


Kaufman, Henry, Robert M. Dunn, Jr., and Moeen A. Qureshi (1992). Global Capital Markets in the New World Order. Washington, D.C.: National Planning Association.


O'Brien, Richard (1992). Global Financial Integration: The End of Geography. New York: Council on Foreign Relations Press.


Kapstein, Ethan (1994). Governing the Global Economy: International Finance and the State. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.


Helleiner, Eric (1994). The Re-Emergence of Global Finance: From Bretton Woods to the 1990s. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Cerny, Philip (1994). “The Dynamics of Financial Globalization: Technology, Market Structure, and Policy Response”. Policy Sciences; V.27-#?, pp. 319-342.


Cerny, Philip, ed. (1995). Finance and World Politics. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.


Kirshner, Jonathan (1995). Currency and Coercion: The Political Economy of International Monetary Power. Princeton: PUP.


James, Harold (1996). International Monetary Cooperation Since Bretton Woods. Oxford: OUP.


Kobrin, Stephen (1997). “Electronic Cash and the End of National Markets”. Foreign Affairs; V.107-#?


Group of Thirty (1997). Global Institutions, National Supervision and Systematic Risk. Washington, D.C.: Group of Thirty.


Cohen, Benjamin (1996). “Phoenix Risen: The Resurrection of Global Finance,” World Politics, V.48-#?, pp. 268-296.


Cohen, Benjamin (1998). The Geography of Money. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Cohen, Benjamin (1998). “Money in a Globalized World: From Monopoly to Oligopoly,” Oxford Development Studies; V.26-#?, pp. 111-126.


Helleiner, Eric (1998). “Electronic Money: A Challenge to the Sovereign State”. Journal of International Affairs; V.51-#2, pp.387-410.


Solomon, Robert (1999). Money On the Move: The Revolution in International Finance Since 1980. Princeton: PUP.


Solomon, Robert (1999). The Transformation of the World Economy. New York: Palgrave.


Beth A. Simmons (2001). “The International Politics of Harmonization: The Case of Capital Market Regulation”. International Organization; V.55-#3, pp. 589-620.

 

F. High-Technology, Infomatics, Post-Industrialism and Globalization

 

1. Globalization and High-Technology

 

a. How Global are Technology Spillovers?

 

(1) Domestic Interindustry and Intraindustry Spillovers


-Z. Grilliches and F. Lichtenberg (1984). “Interindustry Technology Flows and Productivity Growth: A Reexamination”. REStat; V.61-#?, pp. 324-329.


-A. Jaffe (1986). “Technological Opportunity and Spillovers of R&D: Evidence from Firms’ Patents, Profits, and Market Value”. AER; V.76-#?, pp. 984-1001.


-J. Benhabib and B. Jovanovic (1991). "Externalities and Growth Accounting". AER; V.81-#1, pp. 83-113.


R. Hall (1986). “Market Structure and Macroeconomic Fluctuations”. BPEA; #2, pp. 285-322.


R. Hall (1988). “The Relations Between Price and Marginal Cost in US Industry”. JPE; V.96-#5, pp. 921-947.


R. Hall (1990). “Invariance Properties of Solow’s Productivity Residual”. in P. Diamond, ed. Growth/Productivity/Unemployment. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 71-112.


R. Caballero and R. Lyons (1989). “The Role of Externalities in US Manufacturing”. NBER Working Paper, #3033.


R. Caballero and R. Lyons (1990). “Internal and External Economies in European Industries”. EER; V.34-#4, pp. 805-830.


R. Caballero and R. Lyons (1992). “External Effects in US Procyclical Productivity”. JMonE; V.29-#2, pp. 209-226.


R. Caballero and A. Jaffe (1993). “How High are the Giant’s Shoulders: An Empirical Assessment of Knowledge Spillovers and Creative Destruction in a Model of Economic Growth”. NBER Macroeconomic Annual--1993. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 15-86.


E. Bartelsman, R. Caballero, and R. Lyons (1995). “Customer- and Supplier-driven Externalities”. AER; V.75-#4, pp. 1075-1084.


S. Basu and J. Fernald (1995). “Are Apparent Productive Spillovers a Figment of Specification Error”. JMonE, V.36-#1, pp. 165-188.


S. Basu (forth). “Procyclical Productivity: Increasing Returns or Cyclical Utilization?”. QJE; V.?


C. Burnside, M. Eichenbaum, and S. Rebelo (1995). “Capital Utilization and Returns to Scale”. NBER Macroeconomics Annual--1995. Cambridge: MIT Press/NBER, pp. 67-110.


C. Burnside, M. Eichenbaum, and S. Rebelo (1995). “Sectoral Solow Residuals”. NBER Working Paper, #5286.


C. Burnside (1996). “Production Function Regressions, Returns to Scale, and Externalities”. JMonE; V.37-#2, pp. 177-201.


Z. Grilliches (1992). “The Search for R&D Spillovers”. ScanJE; V.94-#supplement, pp. 29-47.


A. Jaffe, M. Trajtenberg and R. Henderson (1993). “Geogrpahic Localization of Knowledge Spillovers as Evidenced by Patent Citations”. QJE; V.63-#?, pp.. 577-598.


Z. Acs, D. Audretsch, and M. Feldman (1994). “R&D Spillovers and Innovative Activity”. Managerial and Decision Economics; V.15-#?, pp. 131-138.


N. Bania, R. Eberts, and M. Fogarty (forth.). “Universities and the Startup of New Firms: Can We Generalize from Route 128 and Silicon Valley”. REStat; V.?


L. Zucker, M. Darby, and J. Armstrong (1994). “Intellectual Capital and the Firm: The Technology of Geographically Localized Knowledge Spillovers”. NBER Working Paper, #4946.

 

(2) International Spillovers


W. Park (1995). “International R&D Spillovers and OECD Economic Growth”. Economic Inquiry; V.33-#4, pp. 571-591.


D. Coe and E. Helpman (1995). “International R&D Spillovers”. EER; V.39-#?, pp. 859-887.


D. Coe, E. Helpman, and A. Hoffmaister (1997). “North-South R&D Spillovers”. Economic Journal; V.107-#440, pp. 134-49.


T. Bayoumi, D. Coe and E. Helpman (1999). “R&D Spillovers and Global Growth”. JIE; V.47-#2, pp. 399-428.


J. Eaton and S. Kortum (1996). “Trade in Ideas: Patenting and Productivity in the OECD”. JIE; V.40-#3/4, pp. 249-278.


J. Eaton and S. Kortum (1997). “Engines of Growth: Domestic and Foreign Sources of Innovation”. Japan and the World Economy; V.9-#2, pp. 235-259.


J. Eaton and A. Tamura (1996). “Japanese and US Exports and Investment as Conduits for Growth”. in T. Ito and A. Krueger, eds.. Financial Deregulation and Integration in East Asia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 51-72.


R. Brecher, E. Choudhri, and L. Schembri (1996). “International Spillovers of Knowledge and Sectoral Productivity Growth: Some Evidence for Canada and the US”. JIE; V.40-#3/4, pp. 299-321.


J. Bernstein (1996). “International R&D Spillovers between Industries in Canada and the United States, Social Rates of Return and Productivity Growth”. CJE; V.29-#0(special issue, Part 2 ). pp. S463-467.


J. Bernstein and X. Yan (1996). “Canadian-Japanese R&D Spillovers and Productivity Growth”. Applied Economics Letters; V.3-#12, pp. 763-767.


J. Bernstein and X. Yan (1997). “International R&D Spillovers between Canadian and Japanese Industries”. CJE; V.30-#2, pp. 276-294.


J. Bernstein and P. Mohnen (1998). “International R&D Spillivers between US and Japanese R&D Intensive Sectors”. JIE; V.44-#2, pp. 315-338.


J. Bernstein (1998). “Factor Intensities, Rates of Return, and International R&D Spillovers: The Case of Canadian and U.S. Industries”. Annales d'Economie et de Statistique; #49/50 pp. 5415-64.


L. Branstetter (1996). “Are Knowledge Spillovers International or Intranational in Scope? Microeconomic Evidence from the U.S. and Japan”. NBER Working Paper, #5800.


F. Sjöholm (1996). “International Transfer of Knowledge: The Role of International Trade and Geographic Proximity”. WA; V.132-#1, pp. 97-114.


H.-J. Engelbrecht (1997). “International R&D Spillovers among OECD Economies”. Applied Economics Letters; V.4-#5, pp. 315-319.


H.-J. Engelbrecht (1997). “International R&D Spillovers, Human Capital and Productivity in OECD Economies: An Empirical Investigation”. EER; V.41-#8, pp. 1479-1488.


W. Keller (1998). “Are International R&D Spillovers Trade-Related? Analyzing Spillovers Among Randomly Matched Trade Partners”. EER, V.42-#8, pp. 1469-1481.


F. Lichtenberg and B. van Pottelsberghe de la Potterie (1998). “International R&D Spillovers: A Comment”. EER, V.42-#8, pp. 1483-1491.


H. Braconier and F. Sjoholm (1998). “National and International Spillovers from R&D: Comparing a Neoclassical and an Endogenous Growth Approach”. WA; V.134-#4, pp. 638-663.


D. Frantzen (1998). “R&D Efforts, International Technology Spillovers and the Evolution of Productivity in Industrial Countries”. Applied Economics; V.30-#11, pp. 1459-1469.


C. Kao, B. Chen, M.-H. Chiang (1999). “International R&D Spillovers Revisited: An Application of Estimation and Inference in Panel Cointegration”. Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics; V.61-#4(supplement), pp. 691-709.


W. Hejazi and A.E. Safarian (1999). “Trade, Foreign Direct Investment, and R&D Spillovers”. Journal of International Business Studies; V.30-#3, pp. 491-511.

 

b. What are the Labor Market Effects of Technological Change?



 

(1) Theory–Technology Change in Open Economies, GE


R. Findlay and H. Grubert (1959). “Factor Intensities, Technological Progress, and the Terms of Trade”. OEP; V.11-#?, pp. 111-121.


P. Doeringer (1967). “Factor Prices and Technological Change”. EcInq; V.?-#?, pp. 111-121.


J. Borkakoti (1980). “Generalized Findlay-Grubert Theorems”. QJE; V.95-#4, pp. 587-611.


J.P. Neary (1981). “On the Short-Run Effects of Technological Progress”. OEP; V.33-#2, pp. 224-233.


R. Jones (1965). “The Structure of Simple General Equilibrium Models”. JPE; V.73-#6, pp. 557-572.


R. Jones (1965). “‘Neutral’ Technological Change and the Isoquant Map”. AER; V.55-#4, pp. 848-855.


R. Jones (1966). “Comments on Technical Progress”. Philippine Economic Journal; V.5-#2, pp. 313-332.


R. Jones (1970). “The Role of Technology in the Theory of International Trade”. in R. Vernon, ed. The Technology Factor in International Trade. New York: Columbia/NBER, pp. 72-92.


W.E. Diewert (1987). “The Effects of an Innovation: A Trade Theory Approach”. CJE; V.20-#4, pp. 694-714.


R. Jones (1996). “International Trade, Real Wages, and Technical Progress: The Specific Factors Model”. International Review of Economics and Finance; V.5-#2, pp. 113-124.


R. Jones (1997). “Trade, Technology, and Income Distribution”. Indian Economic Review; V.32-#2, pp. 129-140.


R. Findlay and R. Jones (2000). “Factor Bias and Technical Progress”. EcLets; V.68-#3, pp. 303-308.


R. Jones (2000). “Technical Progress, Price Adjustments and Wages”. RIE; V.8-#3, pp. 497-503.


J. Haskel and M. Slaughter (1999). “Technological Change as a Driving Force of Rising Income Inequality”. in H. Siebert, ed. Globalization and Labor. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck/Institut für Weltwirtschaft, pp. 157-175.


J. Haskel (2000), “The Trade and Labour Approaches to Wage Inequality”. RIE; V.8-#3, pp.


J.P. Neary (2000). “Competition, Trade and Wages”. ms: University College Dublin.


T. Verdier (2000). “Trade Induced Technical Bias And Wage Inequalities: A Theory Of Defensive Innovations”. CEPR Discussion Paper, #2401.

 

(2) Empirical Research


L.M. Blackburn and D. Bloom (1987). “Earnings and Income Inequality in the US”. Population and Development Review; V.13-#?, pp. 575-609.


A. Bartel and F. Lichetnberg (1987). “The Comparative Advantage of Educated Workers in Implementing New Technology”. REStat; V.69-#1, pp. 1-11.


A. Krueger (1993). “How Computers Have Changed the Wage Structure: Evidence from Microdata, 1984-1989”. QJE; V.108-#1, pp. 33-60.


K. Murphy and F. Welch (1993). “Industrial Change and the Rising Importance of Skills”. in S. Danziger and P. Gottschalk, eds. Uneven Tides: Rising Inequality in America. New York: Russell Sage, pp. 101-132.


E. Berman, J. Bound, and Z. Griliches (1994). “Changes in the Demand for Skilled Labor within U.S. Manufacturing: Evidence from the Annual Survey of Manufactures”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.109-#2, pp. 367-397.


M. Doms, T. Dunne, and K. Troske (1997). “Workers, Wages, and Technology”. QJE; V.112-#1, pp. 253-290.


T. Dunne, H. Haltiwanger, and K. Troske (1997). “Technology and Jobs: Secular Changes and Cyclical Dynamics”. Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy; #46, pp. 107-178.


J. DiNardo and J.-S. Pischke (1997). “The Returns to Computer Use Revisited: Have Pencils Changed the Wage Structure Too?”. QJE; V.112-#1, pp. 291-303.


P. Gregg and A. Manning (1997). “Skill-Biased Technical Change, Unemployment and Wage Inequality”. EER; V.41-#6, pp. 1173-1200.


C. Goldin and L. Katz (1998). “The Origins of Technology-Skill Complementarity”. QJE; V.113-#3, pp. 693-732,


D. Acemoglu (1998). “Why Do New Technologies Complement Skills? Directed Technology Change and Wage Inequality”. QJE; V.113-#4, pp. 1055-1089.


D. Autor, L. Katz, and A. Krueger (1998). “Computing Inequality: Have Computers Changed the Market?”. QJE; V.113-#4, pp. 1169-1213 .


Stephen Machin and John Van Reenen (1998). “Technology and Changes in Skill Structure: Evidence from Seven OECD Countries”. QJE; V.113-#4, pp. 1215-1244 .


E. Berman, J. Bound and S. Machin (1998). “Implications of Skill-Biased Technological Change: International Evidence”. QJE; V.113-#4, pp. 1245-1279.


L. Mishel and J. Bernstein (1998). “Technology and the Wage Structure: Has Technology’s Impact Accelerated Since the 1970s?”. Research in Labor Economics; V.17, pp. 305-355.


H. Lloyd-Ellis (1999). “Endogenous Technological Change and Wage Inequality”. AER; V.89-#1, pp. 47-77.


F. Caselli (1999). “Technological Revolutions”. AER; V.89-#1, pp. 78-102.


D. Acemoglu (1999). “Changes in Unemployment and Wage Inequality: An Alternative Theory and Some Evidence”. AER; V.89-#5, pp. 1259-1278.


Per Krusell, Lee E. Ohanian, Jose-Victor Rios-Rull, and Giovanni Violante (2000). “Capital-Skill Complementarity and Inequality: A Macroeconomic Analysis”. Econometrica; V.68-#5, pp. 1029-1053.


R. Lawrence (2000). “Does a Kick in the Pants Get You Going or Does It Just Hurt? The Impact of International Competition on Change in U.S. Manufacturing”. in R. Feenstra, ed. The Impact of International Trade on Wages. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 197-219.

 

c. Political Economy of Global High Technology


Deutsch, Karl (1959). “The Impact of Science and Technology on International Politics”. Daedalus; V.88-#4, pp. 669-85.


Lowi, Theodore (1981). “The Political Implications of Information Technology”. in Tom Forester, ed., The Microelectronics Revolution. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 453-472.


Wriston, Walter (1988). “Technology and Sovereignty”. Foreign Affairs; V.67-#2, pp. 63-75.


Gillespie, Andrew and Kevin Robins (1989). “Geographical Inequalities: The Spatial Bias of the New Communications Technologies”. Journal of Communications; V.39-#3, pp. 7-18.


Jussawalla, Meheroo, Tadayuki Okuma, and Toshihiro Araki, eds. (1989). Information Technology and Global Interdependence. Westport, Ct.: Greenwood Press.


Henderson, Jeffrey (1989). The Globalisation of High Technology Production: Society, Space, and Semiconductors in the Restructuring of the Modern World. London: Routledge.


Petrella, Riccardo (1992). “International, Multinationalization and Globalization of R&D: Toward a New Division of Labor in Science and Technology?”. Knowledge and Policy; V.5-#1, pp. 3-25.


Westney, D. Eleanor (1992). The Globalization of Technology and the Internationalization of R&D. Cambridge: MIT Japan Program.


Wriston, Walter (1992). The Twilight of Sovereignty: How the Information Revolution Is Transforming Our World. New York: Scribner.


Nelson, Richard, ed. (1993). National Innovation Systems. Cambridge: Blackwell.


Storper, Michael (1992). “The Limits to Globalization: Technology Districts and International Trade”. Economic Geography; V.86-#?, pp. 60-93.


Bradley, Stephen P., Jerry A. Hausmann, and Richard L. Nolan, eds. (1993). Globalization, Technology, and Competition: The Fusion of Computers and Telecommunications in the 1990s. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.


Schechter, Henry (1993). The Global Economic Mismatch: High Technology and Low Pay. Westport, Ct.: Praeger.


Wallerstein Mitchell B., Mary Ellen Mogee, and Roberta A. Schoen (1993). Global Dimensions of Intellectual Property Rights in Science and Technology. Washington, D.C.: National Academy Press.


Saxenian, Annalee (1994). Regional Networks: Industrial Adaptation in Silicon Valley and Route 128. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.


Simon, Denis Fred (1993). “The International Technology Market: Globalization, Regionalization and the Pacific Rim”. Business and the Contemporary World; V.5-#?, pp. 50-66.


Ostry, Sylvia and Richard R. Nelson (1995). Techno-Nationalism and Techno-Globalism: Conflict and Cooperation. Washington, D.C.: Brookings.


Nye, Joseph S. Jr. and Willam Owens (1996). “America’s Information Edge,” Foreign Affairs; V.75-#2, pp. 20-37.


Kedzie, Christopher (1997). “A Brave New World or a New World Order?” in Sara Kiesler, ed., Culture of the Internet. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Ehrlbaum Associates.


Wriston, Walter (1997). “Bits, Bytes, and Diplomacy”. Foreign Affairs; V.76-#5, pp. 172-182


Foster, Will, Anthony Rutkowski, and Seymour Goodman (1997). “Who Governs the Internet?”. Communications of the ACM; V.40-#8, pp. 15-20.


Rochlin, Gene (1997). Trapped in the Net: The Unanticipated Consequences of Computerization. Princeton: PUP.


Cleaver, Harry, Jr. (1998). “The Zapatista Effect: The Internet and the Rise of an Alternative Political Fabric”. Journal of International Affairs; V.51-#2, pp. 621-640.


Simon, Craig (1998). “Internet Governance Goes Global”. in Vendulka Kubálková, Nicholas Onuf, and Paul Kowert, eds., International Relations in a Constructed World. New York: M.E. Sharpe, pp. 147-169.


Kobrin, Stephen (1998). “ Back to the Future: Neomedievalism and the Postmodern Digital World Economy”. Journal of International Affairs; V.51-#2, pp. 362-386.


Rothkopf, David (1998). “Cyberpolitik: The Changing Nature of Power in the Information Age”. Journal of International Affairs; V.51-#2, pp. 325-360.


Keohane, Robert and Joseph S. Nye, Jr. (1998). “Power and Interdependence in the Information Age”. Foreign Affairs; V.77-#5, pp. 81-94..


Borsook, Paulina (2000). Cyberselfish: A Critical Romp Through the Terribly Libertarian Culture of High-Tech. New York: Public Affairs Books.

 

2. Globalization and Post-Industrialism


Bell, Daniel (1973). The Coming of Post-Industrial Society. New York: Basic Books.


Block, Fred (1990). Postindustrial Possibilities. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Harvey, David (1990). The Condition of Postmodernity: An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural

Change. Oxford: Blackwell.


Harvey, David (1999). Limits to Capital. New York: Verso.


Giddens, Anthony (1990). The Consequences of Modernity. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


Giddens, Anthony (2000). Runaway World: How Globalization is Reshaping Our Lives. New York: Routledge.


Castells, Manuel (1996). The Information Age: Economy, Society, and Culture: The Rise of the Network Society. Oxford: Blackwell.


Castells, Manuel (1997). The Information Age: Economy, Society, and Culture: The Power of Identity. Oxford: Blackwell.


Castells, Manuel (1998). The Information Age: Economy, Society, and Culture: End of Millennium. Oxford: Blackwell.


Lash, Scott and John Urry (1994). Economies of Signs and Spaces. London: Sage.


Boyarin, Jonathan, ed. (1994). Remapping Memory: The Politics of Time Space. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


Bauman, Zygmunt (2000). Liquid Modernity. Cambridge: Polity.


III. Macro Consequences of Globalization

 

A. Globalization, Development and Inequality

 

1. Globalization, Growth and Economic Convergence


Gerschenkron, Alexander (1952). “Economic Backwardness in Historical Perspective”. in B. Hoselitz, ed. The Progress of Underdeveloped Areas. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 3-29.


Easterlin, Richard (1981). "Why Isn't the Whole World Developed?" Journal of Economic History; V.41-#1, pp. 1-20.


Berry, Albert, François Bourguignon, and Christian Morrisson (1983). “Changes in the World Distribution of Income between 1950 and 1977”. Economic Journal; V.93-#?, pp. 331-350.


Kravis, Irving and Robert Lipsey (1984). "The Diffusion of Economic Growth in the World Economy, 1950-1980". in J. Kendrick, ed. International Comparisons of Productivity and Causes of the Slowdown. Cambridge: Ballinger.


Yotopoulos, Pan (1989). “Distributions of Real Income: Within Countries and By World Income Classes”. Review of Income and Wealth; V.35-#?, pp. 357-376.


Maddison, Angus (1987). "Growth and Slowdown in Advanced Capitalist Economies". JEL; V25-#?, pp. 649-698.


Maddison, Angus (1989). The World Economy in the 20th Century. Paris: OECD.


Maddison, Angus (1991). Dynamic Forces in Capitalist Development. New York: Oxford University Press.


Maddison, Angus (1995). Monitoring the World Economy. Paris: OECD.


Peacock, Walter, Greg Hoover, and Charles Killian (1988). “Divergence and Convergence in International Development: A Decomposition Analysis of Inequality in the World Economy”. American Sociological Review; V.53-#?, pp. 838-852.


Ram, Rati (1989). “Level of Development and Income Inequality: An Extension of the Kuznets Hypothesis to the World Economy”. KYKLOS; V.42-#?, pp. 73-85.


Abramovitz, Moses (1989). Thinking About Economic Growth. Cambridge: CUP.


Mowery, David and Nathan Rosenberg (1989). Technology and the Pursuit of Economic Growth. Cambridge: CUP.


Landes, David (1990). “Why are We So Rich and They So Poor”. AER; V.80-#2, pp. 1-13.


Sheehy, Edmund (1996). “The Growing Gap between Rich and Poor Countries: A Proposed Explanation”. World Development; V.24-#?, pp. 1379-1384.


Gottschalk, Peter and Timothy Smeeding (1997). “Cross-National Comparisons of Earnings and Income Inequality”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.35-#?, pp. 633-687.


Korzeniewicz, Roberto and Timothy Moran (1997). “World Economic Trends in the Distribution of Income”. American Journal of Sociology; V.102-#4, pp 1000-1039.


Pritchett, Lant (1997). “Divergence, Big Time”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.11-#3, pp. 3-17.


Jones, Charles (1997). “On the Evolution of the World Income Distribution”. Journal of Economic Perspectives; V.11-#3, pp. 19-36.


Gupta, Satya Dev and Nanda K. Choudry, eds. (1997). Dynamics of Globalization and Development. Boston: Kluwer Academic.


de la Fuente, Angel (1997). “The Empirics of Growth and Convergence: A Selective Review”. Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control; V.21-#1, pp. 23-73.


Schultz, T. Paul (1998). “Inequality in the Distribution of Personal Income in the World: How It Is Changing and Why”. Journal of Population Economics; V.11-#?, pp. 307-344.


Bertola, Giuseppe (1999). “Convergence: An Overview”. in R. Baldwin, D. Cohen, A. Sapir, and A. Venables, eds. Market Integration, Regionalism and the Global Economy. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 275-295.


Firebaugh, Glenn (1999). “Empirics of World Income Inequality”. American Journal of Sociology; V.104-#?, pp. 1597-1630. [comment and response, AJS, V.106-#1, 2000, pp. 209-221.]


Durlauf, Stephen and Danny Quah (1998). “The New Empirics of Economic Growth”. NBER Working Paper, #6422.


Higgott, Richard and Nicola Phillips (2000). “Challenging triumphalism and convergence: the limits of global liberalization in Asia and Latin America”. Review of International Studies; V.26-#3, pp. 359-379.


Park, Donghyun (2001). “Recent trends in the global distribution of income”. Journal of Policy Modeling; V.23-#5, pp. 497-501.


Wade, Robert (2001). “The Rising Inequality of World Income Distribution”. Finance and Development; V.38-#4, pp. 37-39.


Wade, Robert (2003). “What Strategies are Viable for Developing Countries Today? The World Trade Organization and the Shrinking of ‘Development Space’”. Review of International Political Economy; V.10-#4, pp. 621-644.


Milanovic, Branko and Shlomo Yitzhaki (2002). “Decomposing World Income Distribution: Does the World Have a Middle Class?”. Review of Income and Wealth; V.48-#2, pp. 155-178.


Milanovic, Branko (2002). “True World Income Distribution, 1988 and 1993: First Calculation Based on Household Surveys Alone”. Economic Journal; V.112-#476, pp. 51-92.


Sala-i-Martin, Xavier (2002). “The Disturbing ‘Rise’ of Global Income Inequality”. NBER Working Paper, #8904.


Sala-i-Martin, Xavier (2002). “The World Income Distribution (Estimated from Individual Country Distributions)”. NBER Working Paper; #8933.


Capeau, Bart and Andre Decoster (2003). “The Rise and Fall of World Inequality: Big Issue or Apparent Controversy”. Tidschrift voor Economie en Management; V.48-#4, pp. 547-572.

 

2. Growth and Inequality


Kuznets, Simon (1955). “Economic Growth and Income Inequality”. American Economic Review; V.45-#1, pp. 1-28.


Lucas, Robert (1988). “On the Mechanics of Economic Development”. Journal of Monetary Economics; V.22-#1, pp. 3-42.


Alesina. Alberto and Roberto Perotti (1994). “The Political Economy of Growth: A Critical Survey of the Recent Literature”. World Bank Economic Review; V.8-#3, pp. 351-371.


Ravallion, Martin (1995). “Growth and Poverty: Evidence for the Developing World”. Economic Letters; V.48-3/4, pp. 411-417.


Clarke, George (1995). “More Evidence on Income Distribution and Growth”. Journal of Development Economics; V.47-#2, pp. 403-427.


Ravallion, Martin (1997). “Good and Bad Growth: The Human Development Reports”. World Development; V.25-#5, pp. 631-638.


Benabou, Roland (1996). “Inequality and Growth”. NBER Macroeconomics Annual. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 11-74.


Aghion, Philippe (1998). “Inequality and Economic Growth”. In Philippe Aghion and Jeffrey Williamson (1998). Growth, Inequality and Globalization: Theory, History, Policy. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 5-102.


Nielsen, François (1994). “Income Inequality & Industrial Development: Dualism Revisited”. American Sociological Review; V.59-#?, pp.654-677.


Nielsen, François and Arthur Alderson (1995). “Income Inequality, Development, & Dualism: Results from an Unbalanced Cross-National Panel”. American Sociological Review; V.60-#?, pp. 674-701.


Alderson, Arthur and François Nielsen (1999). “Inequality, Development, & Dependence: A Reconsideration”. American Sociological Review; V.64-#?, pp. 606-631.


Ranis, Gustav and Frances Stewart (1999). “The Asian Crisis and Human Development”. IDS Bulletin; V.30-#1, pp. 108-119.


Tilly, Charles (1999). Durable Inequality. Berkeley: University of California Press.


World Bank (2000). World Development Report 2000/2001: Attacking Poverty. Oxford: OUP.

 

3. Globalization and Inequality


Bourguignon, François and Christian Morrisson (1989). External Trade and Income Distribution. Paris: OECD.


Bourguignon, François and Christian Morrisson (1990). “Income Distribution, Development and Foreign Trade: A Cross-Sectional Analysis”. European Economic Review; V.34-#6, pp. 1113-1132.


Bourguignon, François and Christian Morrisson (2002). “Inequality Among World Citizens: 1820-1992”. American Economic Review; V.92-#4, pp. 727-742.


Wood, Adrian (1994). North-South Trade, Employment, and Inequality: Changing Fortunes in a Skill-Driven World. Oxford: Clarendon Press.


Tooze, Roger and Craig Murphy (1996). “The Epistemology of Poverty and the Poverty of Epistemology in IPE”. Millennium; V.25-#3, pp. 681-707.


Ghai, Dharam P. (1997). Economic Globalization, Institutional Change and Human Security. Geneva: U.N. Research Institute for Social Development.


Chossudovsky, Michel (1997). The Globalisation of Poverty: Impacts of IMF and World Bank Reforms. Halifax: Fernwood.


Thomas, Caroline and Peter Wilkin, eds. (1997). Globalization and the South. New York: St. Martin's Press.


Rodrik, Dani (1998). “Globalization, Social Conflict, and Economic Growth”. (Prebisch Lecture), World Economy; V.21-#2, pp. 143-158.


Williamson, Jeffrey (1998). “Globalization and the Labor Market: Using History to Inform Policy”. In Philippe Aghion and Jeffrey Williamson (1998). Growth, Inequality and Globalization: Theory, History, Policy. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 105-200.


Ghose, Ajit (2001). “Trade Liberalization, Employment and Global Inequality”. International Labor Review; V.139-#3, pp. 281-305.


Alderson, Arthur S. and François Nielsen (2002) “Globalization and the Great U-Turn: Income Inequality Trends in 16 OECD Countries”. American Journal of Sociology; V.107-#5, pp.


Reuveny, Rafael and Quan Li (2003). “Economic Openness, Democracy and Income Inequality: An Empirical Analysis”. Comparative Political Studies; V.36-#5, pp. 575-601.


Sutcliffe, Bob (2004). “World Inequality and Globalization”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.20-#1, pp. 15-37.


Dowrick, Steve and Jane Golley (2004). “Trade Openness and Growth: Who Benefits?”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.20-#1, pp. 38-56.


Ghose, Ajit (2004). “Global Inequality and International Trade”. Cambridge Journal of Economics; V.28-#2, pp. 229-252.


Wade, Robert (2004). “Is Globalization Reducing Poverty and Inequality?”. World Development; V.32-#4, pp. 567-589.


Winters, L. Alan, Neil McCulloch, and Andrew McKay (2004). “Trade Liberalization and Poverty: The Evidence So Far”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.42-#1, pp. 72-115.


Firebaugh, Glenn and Brian Goesling (2004). “Accounting for the Recent Decline in Global Income Inequality”. American Journal of Sociology; V.110-#2, pp. 283-312.


Fieldhouse, D.K. (1999). The West and the Third World. Oxford: Blackwell.


Hurrell, Andrew and Ngaire Woods, eds. (1999). Inequality, Globalization, and World Politics. Oxford: OUP.

 

B. Environmental Globalization

 

1. Links between Globalization and the Environment

 

a. General Analyses


Leonard, H. Jeffrey (1988). Pollution and the Struggle for World Product. Cambridge: CUP.


Mander, Jerry and Edward Goldsmith, eds. (1996). The Case Against the Global Economy: and for a turn toward the local. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books.


Karliner, Joshua (1997). The Corporate Planet: Ecology and Politics in the Age of Globalization. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books.


Athanasiou, Tom (1998). Divided Planet: The Ecology of Rich and Poor. Athens: University of Georgia Press.


Brown, Lester, ed. (1998). The World Watch Reader on Global Environmental Issues. New York: Norton.


Desai, Uday, ed. (1998). Ecological Policy and Politics in Developing Countries: Economic Growth, Democracy, and Environment. Albany: State University of New York Press.


Goldfarb, Theodore, ed. (1999). Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Environmental Issues. New York: McGraw Hill.


French, Hilary (2000). Vanishing Borders: Protecting the Planet in the Age of Globalization. New York: Norton.

 

b. Trade and the Environment


R. D'Arge (1974). "International Trade, Domestic Income, and Environmental Controls: Some Empirical Estimates". in A. Kneese, ed. Managing the Environment: International Economic Cooperation for Pollution Control. New York: Praeger, pp. 289-315.


Walter, Ingo (1982). "Environmentally Induced Industrial Relocation to Developing Countries". in S. Rubin and T. Graham, eds. Environment and Trade. pp. 67-101.


Kalt, Joseph (1988). "The Impact of Domestic Environmental Regulatory Policies on US International Competitiveness". in A.M. Spence and H.A. Hazard, eds. International Competitiveness. Cambridge: Ballinger, pp. 221-262.


J. Tobey (1990). "The Effects of Domestic Environmental Policies on Patterns of World Trade: An Empirical Test". Kyklos; V.43-#2, pp. 191-209.


Grossman, Gene and Alan Krueger (1993). "Environmental Impacts of a North American Free Trade Area". in P. Garber, ed. The Mexico-US Free Trade Agreement. Cambridge: MIT, pp. 13-56.


Whalley, John (1991). "The Interface Between Environmental and Trade Policies". EJ; V.101-#?, pp. 100-189.


Low, Patrick and Andrew Yeats (1992). "Do `Dirty` Industries Migrate?". in P. Low, ed. International Trade and the Environment. Washington, DC: World Bank.


Dean, Judith (1992). “Trade and the Environment: A Survey of the Literature”. in P. Low, ed. International Trade and the Environment. Washington, DC: World Bank, pp. 15-28.


R.E.B. Lucas, D. Wheeler and H. Hettige (1992). "Economic Development, Environmental Regulation and the International Migration of Toxic Industrial Pollution: 1960-1988". in P. Low, ed. International Trade and the Environment. Washington, DC: World Bank.


Dean, Judith (1992). "Environmentally Induced Trade Restraints and Developing Country Welfare". ms: Johns Hopkins SAIS.


Kirton, John (2000). “Trade and Environmental Quality”. In A. Deardorff and R. Stern, eds. Social Dimensions of US Trade Policies. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 129-158


Schulze, Gunther and Heinrich W. Ursprung, eds. (2001). International Environmental Economics: A Survey of the Issues. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

c. Historical Perspectives


McNeill, William (1976). Plagues and People. Garden City: Anchor Press.


Crosby, Alfred (1983). Ecological Imperialism: The Biological Expansion of Europe, 900-1900. Cambridge: CUP.


Karlen, Arno (1996). Man and Microbes: Disease and Plagues in History and Modern Times. New York: Touchstone.


Diamond, Jared (1999). Guns, Germs, and Steel: The Fates of Human Societies. New York: Nortion.


Watts, Sheldon (1999). Epidemics and History: Disease, Power and Imperialism. New Haven: Yale University Press.

 

2. Political Economy of Environmental Globalization


Zacher, Mark and Michael M’Gonigle (1981). Pollution Politics and International Law. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Young, Oran (1982). Resource Regimes: Natural Resources and Social Institutions. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Schwartzman, Stephen (1986). Bankrolling Disasters: International Development Banks and the Global Environment. San Francisco: Sierra Club.


Young, Oran (1989). International Cooperation: Building Regimes for Natural Resources and the Environment. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Ostrom, Elinor (1990). Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action. Cambridge: CUP.


Haas, Peter (1990). Saving the Mediterranean: The Politics of International Environmental Cooperation. New York: Columbia University Press.


Hurrell, Andrew and Benedict Kingsbury, eds. (1992). International Politics of the Environment: Actors, Interests, and Institutions. Oxford: Clarendon Press.


Middleton, Neil, Phil O’Keefe, and Sam Moyo (1993). Tears of a Crocodile: From Rio to Reality in the Developing World. London: Pluto Press.


Haas, Peter, Robert Keohane, and Marc Levy, eds. (1993). Institutions for the Earth: Sources of Effective International Environmental Protection. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Sklair, Leslie (1994). “Global Sociology and Global Environmental Change”. In M. Redclift and T. Benton, eds. Social Theory and the Global Environment. London: Routledge, pp. 205-217.


Susskind, Lawrence (1994). Environmental Diplomacy: Negotiating More Effective Global Agreements. Oxford: OUP.


Young, Oran (1994). International Governance: Protecting the Environment in a Stateless Society. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Cooper, Richard (1995). Environment and Resource Policies for the World Economy. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Young, Oran R., George J. Demko, and Kilaparti Ramakrishna, eds. (1996). Global Environmental Change and International Governance. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England.


Yearly, Stephen (1996). Sociology, Environmentalism, Globalization: Reinventing the Globe. London: Sage.


Meyer, John, David Frank, Ann Hironaka, Evan Schoefer and Nancy Tuma (1997). “The Structuring of a World Environmental Regime”. International Organization; V.51-#?, pp. 623-652.


Doyle, Timothy and Doug McEachern (1998). Environment and Politics. London: Routledge.


Vig, Norman and Regina Axelrod , eds. (1999). The Global Environment: Institutions, Law, and Policy. Washington, DC: CQ Press.


Vig, Norman and Michael Kraft, eds. (1999). Environmental Policy: New Directions for the Twenty-First Century. Washington, DC: CQ Press.


Young, Oran, ed. (1999). The Effectiveness of International Environmental Regimes: Causal Connections and Behavioral Mechanisms. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Barkin, J. Samuel and George E. Shambaugh, eds. (1999). Anarchy and the Environment: The International Relations of Common Pool Resources. Albany: State University of New York Press.


Kutting, Gabriela (2000). Environment, Society and International Relations: Towards More Effective International Environmental Agreements. London: Routledge.


Harris, Paul, ed. (2001). The Environment, International Relations, and U.S. Foreign Policy. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.


Boyce, James (2004). “Green and Brown: Globalization and the Environment”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy; V.20-#1, pp. 105-128.

 

C. Globalization and Gender

 

1. Global Gender Issues


Joekes, Susan (1987). Women in the World Economy. New York: Oxford University Press.


Feiner, Susan and Bruce Roberts (1990). “Hidden by the Invisible Hand: Neoclassical Economic Theory and the Textbook Treatment of Race and Gender”. Gender and Society; V.4-#2. Pp. 159-181.


Tickner, Ann (1991). “On the Fringes of the World Economy: A Feminist Perspective”. In The New International Political Economy. Boulder: Lynne Reinner.


Peterson, V. Spike, ed. (1992). Gendered States: Feminist (Re)Visions of International Relations Theory. Boulder: Lynn Rienner.


Peterson, V. Spike and Anne Sisson Runyan, eds. (1993). Global Gender Issues. Boulder: Westview Press.


Enloe, Cynthia (1993). The Morning After: Sexual Politics at the End of the Cold War. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Bakker, Isabella, ed. (1994). The Strategic Silence: Gender and Economic Policy. London: Zed Books.


Pettman, Jan Jindy (1996). Worlding Women: A Feminist International Politics. London and New York: Routledge.


Murphy, Craig (1996). “Seeing Women, Recognizing Gender, Recasting International Relations”. International Organization; V.50-#3, pp. 513-538.


Peterson, V. Spike (1996). “The Politics of Identification in the Context of Globalization”. Women's Studies International Forum; V.19-#1/2, pp. 5-15.


Williams, Susan (1996). “Globalization, Privatization, and a Feminist Public”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.4, pp. 97-105.


Bakker, Isabella (1997). “Identity, Interests and Ideology: The Gendered Terrain of Global Restructuring”. In Stephen Gill, ed. Globalization, Democratization and Multilaterialism. London: Macmillan, pp. 127-139.


Peterson, V. Spike (1998). “Rewriting (Global) Political Economy as Reproductive, Productive, and Virtual (Foucauldian) Economies”. Ms: University of Arizona.


Tinker, Irene (1999). “Nongovernmental Organizations: An Alterative Power Base for Women?”. in Mary K. Meyer and Elisabeth Prügl, eds. Gender Politics in Global Governance. Oxford: Rowman and Littlefield. Pp.88-104.


Mies, Maria (1999). Patriarchy and Accumulation on a World Scale: Women in the International Division of Labour. London: Zed Books.


Diane Elson (1999). “Labor Markets as Gendered Institutions: Equality, Efficiency and Empowerment Issues”. World Development; V.27-#3, pp. 611-627.


Benería, Lourdes (1999). “Global Markets, Gender, and the Davos Man”. Feminist Economics; V.5-#3, pp. pp. 61-83.


Benería, Lourdes, Maria Floro, Caren Grown and Martha MacDonald (2000). “Introduction: Globalization and Gender”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.


Marchand, Marianne H. and Anne Sisson Runyan (2000). Gender and Global Restructuring: Sightings, Sites and Resistances. London: Routledge.


Enloe, Cynthia (2001). Bananas, Beaches and Bases: Making Feminist Sense of International Politics (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.

 

2. Gender, Macroeconomics, Growth

 

a. General Issues


Sen, Gita. 1996. “Gender, Markets and States: A Selective Review and Research Agenda”. World Development; V.24-#5, pp. 821-829.


Boserup, Ester (1970). Woman’s Role in Economic Development. New York: St. Martins Press.


Benería, Lourdes and Gita Sen (1981). “Accumulation, Reproduction and Women’s Role in Economic Development”. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society; V.7-#2, pp. 279-298.


Sen, Gita, and Caren Grown, eds. (1987). Development, Crises, and Alternative Visions: Third World Women's Perspectives. New York: Monthly Review Press.


Elson, Diane, ed. (1991). Male Bias in the Development Process. Manchester: Manchester University Press.


Palmer, Ingrid (1992). “Gender Equity and Economic Efficiency”. In Haleh Afshar and Carolyne Dennis, eds. Women and Adjustment Policies in the Third World. New York: St. Martins Press, pp. 69-86.


Beneria, Lourdes and Shelley Feldman, eds. (1992). Unequal Burden: Economic Crises, Persistent Poverty and Women's Work. Boulder: Westview.


Moghadam, Valentine (1993). Democratic Reform and the Position of Women in Transitional Economies. Oxford: Clarendon Press.


Benería, Lourdes (1995). “Toward a Greater Integration of Gender in Economics”. World Economy; V.23-#11, pp. 1839-1850.


Walters, Bernard (1995). “Engendering Macroeconomics: A Reconsideration of Growth Theory”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1869-1880.


Howes, Candace, and Ajit Singh (1995). “Long-Term Trends in the World Economy: The Gender Dimension”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1895-1911.


Rose, Pauline (1995). “Female Education and Adjustment Programs: A Crosscountry Statistical Analysis”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1931-1949


Taylor, Lance (1995). “Environmental and Gender Feedbacks in Macroeconomics”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1953-1961.


Darity, William, Jr. (1995). “The Formal Structure of A Gender-Segregated Low-Income Economy”. World Development; V.23-#11, Pp. 1963-1968.


Ertürk, Korkut and Nilüfer Çağatay (1995). “Macroeconomic Consequences of Cyclical and Secular Changes in Feminization: An Experiment at Gendered Macromodeling”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1969-1977.


Palmer, Ingrid (1995). “Public Finance From A Gender Perspective”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1981-1986.


Pearson, Ruth and Cecile Jackson, ed. (1998). Feminist Visions of Development: Gender, Analysis and Policy. London: Routledge.


Mehra, Rekha and Sarah Gammage (1999) “Trends, Countertrends, and Gaps in Women's Employment”. World Development; V.27-#3, pp. 533-550.


Horton, Susan (1999) “Marginalization Revisited: Women's Market Work and Pay, and Economic Development” World Development; V.27-#3, pp. 571-582.


Chen, Martha (1999). “Counting the Invisible Workforce: The Case of Homebased Workers” World Development; V.27-#3, pp. 603-610.


Tzannatos, Zafiris (1999). “Women and Labor Market Changes in the Global Economy: Growth Helps, Inequalities Hurt and Public Policy Matters”. World Development; V.27-#3, pp. 551-569.


Dollar, David and Roberta Gatti (1999). “Gender Inequality, Income, and Growth: Are Good Times Good for Women?”. Policy Research Report on Gender and Development, Working Paper Series, #1.


Klasen, Stephan (1999). “Does Gender Inequality Reduce Growth and Development? Evidence from Cross-Country Regressions”. Policy Research Report on Gender and Development, Working Paper Series,


Seguino, Stephanie (2000). “Gender Inequality and Economic Growth: A Cross-Country Analysis”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1211-1230.


Floro, Maria and Gary Dymski (2000). “Financial Crisis, Gender, and Power: An Analytical Framework”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1269-1283.


Elson, Diane and Nilüfer Çağatay (2000). “The Social Content of Macroeconomic Policies”. World Development; V.28-#7, V.28-#7, pp. 1347-1364.


Seguino, Stephanie (2000). “Accounting for Gender in Asian Economic Growth”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.


Upadhyay, Ushma (2000). “India's New Economic Policy of 1991 and its Impact on Women's Poverty and AIDS”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.


Carr, Marilyn, Martha Alter Chen and Jane Tate (2000). “Globalization and Home-Based Workers”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.

 

b. Women and Structural Adjustment


Elson, Diane (1992). “Male Bias in Structural Adjustment”. In Haleh Afshar and Carolyne Dennis, eds. Women and Adjustment Policies in the Third World. New York: St. Martins Press, pp. 46-68.


Brodie, Janine (1994). “Shifting the Boundaries: Gender and the Politics of Restructuring”. In Isabella Bakker, ed. The Strategic Silence: Gender and Economic Policy. London: Zed Books, pp. 46-60.


Çağatay, Nilüfer (1994). “Turkish Women and Structural Adjustment”. In Isabella Bakker, ed. The Strategic Silence: Gender and Economic Policy. London: Zed Books, pp. 130-136.


Zabin, Carol (1994). “The Effects of Economic Restructuring on Women: The Case of Bi-national Agriculture in California and Baja California”. Economic Development Quarterly, V.8-#2, pp. 186-196.


Spar, Pamela, ed. (1994). Mortgaging Women’s Lives: Feminist Critiques of Structural Adjustment. London: Zed Books.


Elson, Diane (1995). “Gender Awareness in Modeling Structural Adjustment”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1851-1868.


Floro, Maria Sagrario (1995). “Economic Restructuring, Gender and the Allocation of Time”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1913-1929.


Elson, Diane and Rosemary McGee (1995). “Gender Equality, Bilateral Program Assistance and Structural Adjustment: Policy and Procedures”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1987-1994.

 

3. Effects of International Liberalization

 

a. General


Benería, Lourdes and Amy Lind (1995). Engendering International Trade”. In Noeleen Heyzer, ed. A Commitment to the World's Women: Perspectives on Development for Beijing and Beyond. New York: UNIFEM, pp. 69-86.


Enloe, Cynthia (1995). “The Globetrotting Sneaker”. Ms, March/April, pp. 10-15.


Çağatay, Nilüfer (1996). “Gender and International Labor Standards in the World Economy”. Review of Radical Political Economics; V.28-#3, pp. 92-101.


Ross, Andrew ed. (1997). No Sweat: Fashion, Free trade, and the Rights of Garment Workers. London: Verso.


Berik, Günseli (2000). “Mature Export-led Growth and Gender Wage Inequality in Taiwan”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.


Fussell, Elizabeth (2000). “Making Labor Flexible: The Recomposition of Tijuana's Maquiladora Female Labor Force”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.


Fontana, Marzia and Adrian Wood (2000). “Modeling the Effects of Trade on Women, at Work and at Home”. World Development V.28-#7, pp. 1173-1190.


Braunstein, Elissa (2000). “Engendering Foreign Direct Investment: Family Structure, Labor Markets and International Capital Mobility”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1157-1172.


Singh, Ajit and Ann Zammit (2000). “International Capital Flows: Identifying the Gender Dimension”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1249-1268.


Aslanbeigui, Nahid and Gale Summerfield (2000). “The Asian Crisis, Gender, and the International Financial Architecture”. Feminist Economics; V.6-#3, pp.


Matthaei, Julie (2001). “Global Capitalism, Difference, and Women’s Liberation: Towards a Feminist, Liberated Economy”. Ms: Wellesley College.


Runyan, Anne Sisson (2001). “Gender, Globalization, and the New Free Trade Agenda: Women Challenging Global Trade Policy”. Ms: Wright State University.

 

b. Liberalization and Feminization of Employment


Standing, Guy (1989). “Global Feminization Through Flexible Labor”. World Development, V.17-#7, pp. 1077-1095.


Çağatay, Nilüfer and Günseli Berik (1990). “Transition to Export-Led Growth in Turkey: Is There a Feminization of Employment?”. Review of Radical Political Economics; V.22-#1, pp. 115-134.


Wood, Adrian (1991). “North-South Trade and Female Labour in Manufacturing: An Asymmetry”. Journal of Development Studies; V.27-#2, pp.


Berik, Gunseli and Nilüfer Çağatay (1992). “Industrialisation Strategies and Gender Composition of Manufacturing Employment in Turkey”. In N. Folbre, et al. eds. Women's Work in the World Economy. London: Macmillan/IEA, pp. 41-60.


Çağatay, Nilüfer and Günseli Berik (1994). “What Has Export-Oriented Manufacturing Meant for Turkish Women?”. in Pamela Spar, ed. Mortgaging Women's Lives: Feminist Critiques of Structural Adjustment. London: Zed Books, pp. 78-95.


Çağatay, Nilüfer and Sule Özler (1995). “Feminization of the Labor Force: The Effects of Long-Term Development and Structural Adjustment”. World Development; V.23-#11, pp. 1883-1894.


Elson, Diane (1996). “Appraising Recent Developments In The World Market For Nimble Fingers”. In Amrita Chhachhi and Renee Pittin, eds. Confronting State, Capital And Patriarchy: Women Organizing in Process of Industrialization. New York: St. Martins, pp. 35-55.


Standing, Guy (1999). “Global Feminization Through Flexible Labor: A Theme Revisited”. World Development; V.27-#3, pp. 583-602.


Kucera, David and William Milberg (2000). “Gender Segregation and Gender Bias in Manufacturing Trade Expansion: Revisiting the ‘Wood Asymmetry’”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1191-1210.


Ertürk, Korkut and William Darity (2000). “Secular Changes in the Gender Composition of Employment and Growth Dynamics in the North and the South”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1231-1238.


Ozler, Sule (2000). “Export Orientation and Female Share of Employment: Evidence from Turkey”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1239-1248.


Lim, Joseph Y. (2000). “The Effects of the East Asian Crisis on the Employment of Women and Men: The Philippine Case”. World Development; V.28-#7, pp. 1285-1306.

 

D. Cultural Consequences of Globalization

 

1.On the Political Economy of Global Media and Telecommunications

 

a. History


Headrick, Daniel (1981). The Tools of Empire: Technology and European Imperialism in the Nineteenth Century. Oxford: OUP. [Especially part three]


Headrick, Daniel (1988). The Tentacles of Progress: Technology Transfer in the Age of Imperialism, 1850-1940. Oxford: OUP. [Especially chapter 4]


Headrick, Daniel (1991). The Invisible Weapon: Telecommunications & International Politics, 1851-1945. Oxford: OUP.


Fang, Irving (1997). A History of Mass Communication: Six Information Revolutions. Boston: Focal Press.


Rowland, Wade (1997). Spirit of the Web: The Age of Information from Telegraph to Internet. Toronto: Somerville House Books.


Winston, Brian (1998). Media Technology and Society: A History, From the Telegraph to the Internet. New York: Routledge.


Standage, Tom (1999). The Victorian Internet: The Remarkable Story of the Telegraph and the Nineteenth Century's On-Line Pioneers. New York: Walker and Company.


Headrick, Daniel (2000). When Information Came of Age: Technologies of Knowledge in the Age of Reason & Revolution, 1700-1850. Oxford: OUP.


Chandler, Alfred and James W. Cortada, eds. (2000). A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

b. Contemporary Political Economy


Smith, Anthony (1980). The Geopolitics of Information: How Western Culture Dominates the World. London: Faber.


Hepworth, Mark (1989). The Geography of the Information Economy. London: Bellhaven Press.


Smith, Anthony (1991). The Age of Behemoths: The Globalization of Mass Media Firms. New York: Priority Press.


Brunn, Stanley and Thomas Leinbach, eds. (1991). Collapsing Space and Time: Geographic Aspects of Communication and Information. London: HarperCollins.


Friedland, Lewis (1992). Covering the World. New York: Twentieth Century Fund.


Galtung, Johan and Richard C. Vincent (1992). Global Glasnost: Toward a New World Information and Communication Order? Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.


Zacher, Mark and Brent Sutton (1995). Governing Global Networks: International Regimes for Transportation and Communication. Cambridge: CUP.


Sinclair, John, Elizabeth Jacka, and Stuart Cunningham, eds. (1996). New Patterns in Global Television: Peripheral Vision. New York: Oxford University Press.


Herman, Edward and Robert McChesney (1997). The Global Media: The New Missionaries of Global Capitalism. London: Cassell.

 

2. Cultural Consequences of Globalization


Hamelink, Cees (1983). Cultural Autonomy in Global Communications. Harlow: Longman Group.


Goody, Jack (1987). The Logic of Writing and the Organisation of Society. Cambridge: CUP.


Featherstone, Mike, ed.(1990). Global Culture: Nationalism, Globalization, and Modernity. London: Sage. [reprint of Theory, Culture & Society special issue, V.7.]


Smith, Anthony (1990). “Towards a Global Culture?”. Theory, Culture & Society; V.7-#?, pp. 171-191.


Appadurai, Arjun (1990). “Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Cultural Economy”. Theory, Culture & Society; V.7-#?, pp. 295-310.


Thompson, John B. (1991). Ideology and Modern Culture: Critical Social Theory in the Age of Mass Communication. Cambridge: Polity.


Tomlinson, John (1991). Cultural Imperialism: A Critical Introduction. London: Pinter.


Lull, James (1991). China Turned On: Television, Reform, and Resistance. London: Routledge.


King, Anthony, ed. (1991). Culture, Globalisation, and the World-System. Basingstoke: Macmillan.


Fred Halliday (1992). “International Society as Homogeneity: Burke, Marx, Fukuyama”. Millenium; V.21-#3, pp. 435-461.


Robertson, Roland (1992). Globalization: Social Theory and Global Culture. London: Sage.


Phillipson, Robert (1992). Linguistic Imperialism. Oxford: OUP.


Ang, Ien (1985). Watching Dallas: Soap Opera and the Melodramatic Imagination. London: Routledge.


Liebes, Tamar and Elihu Katz (1993). The Export of Meaning: Cross-Cultural Readings of Dallas. Cambridge: Polity.


Thompson, John B. (1995). The Media and Modernity. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Appadurai, Arjun (1996). Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


Pennycook, Alastair (1996). The Cultural Politics of English As an International Language. New York: Addison Wesley.


Robins, Kevin (1997). “What in the World’s Going On?”. in Paul du Gray, ed. Production of Culture/Cultures of Production. London: Sage.


Deibert, Ronald (1997). Parchment, Printing, and Hypermedia. New York: Columbia University Press.


Crystal, David (1997). English as a Global Language. Cambridge: CUP.


Golding, Peter and Phil Harris, eds.(1996). Beyond Cultural Imperialism: Globalization, Communication and the New International Order. Thousand Oaks: Sage.


Nandi, Proshanta K. and Shahid Shahidullah (1998). Globalization and the Evolving World Society. Boston: Brill.


Eisenstein, Zillah (1998). Global Obscenities: Patriarchy, Capitalism, and the Lure of Cyberfantasy. New York: New York University Press.


Acheson, Keith and Christopher Maule (1999). Much Ado About Culture: North American Trade Disputes. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.


Bamyeh, Mohammed A. (2000). The Ends of Globalization. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


IV. Globalization and Political Structure/Process

 

A. Globalization and the Nation State

 

1.On Nations and Nationalism

 

a. Positive Analyses of Nationalism


Kedouri, Elie (1960). Nationalism. London: Hutchinson.


Gellner, Ernest (1964). “Nationalism”. Chapter 7 of Thought and Change. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.


Seton-Watson, Hugh (1977). Nations and States: An Inquiry into the Origins of Nations and the Politics of Nationalism. London: Methuen.


Smith, Anthony (1979). Nationalism in the Twentieth Century. Oxford: Martin Robertson.


Breuilly, John (1982/1994). Nationalism and the State. (2nd Ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


Gellner, Ernest (1983). Nations and Nationalism. Oxford: Blackwell.


Anderson, Benedict (1983). Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origins and Spread of Nationalism. London: Verso.


Hobsbawm, Eric and Terence Ranger, eds. (1983). The Invention of Tradition. Cambridge: CUP.


Smith, Anthony (1984). “Ethnic Myths and Ethnic Revivals”. European Journal of Sociology; V.25-#?, pp. 283-305.


Horowitz, Donald (1985). Ethnic Groups in Conflict. Berkeley: University of California Press.


Waldron, Arthur (1985). “Theories of Nationalism and Historical Explanations”. World Politics; V. (April, 1985), pp. 416-433.


Haas, Ernst (1986). “What is Nationalism and Why Should We Study It?”. International Organization; V. (Summer, 1986), pp. 707-744.


Smith, Anthony (1986). The Ethnic Origins of Nations. Oxford: Blackwell.


Schlesinger, Philip (1987). “On National Identity: Some Conceptions and Misconceptions Criticized”. Social Science Information; V.26-#2, pp. 219-264.


Smith, Anthony (1988). “The Myth of the ‘Modern Nation’ and the Myths of Nations”. Ethnic and Racial Studies; V.11-#1, pp. 1-26.


Hobsbawm, E.J. (1990). Nations and Nationalism Since 1780 : Programme, Myth, Reality. Cambridge: CUP.


Haas, Ernst (1993). “Nationalism: An Instrumental Social Construction”. Millenium; V.22-#3, pp.


Hall, John (1993). “Nationalisms: Classified and Explained”. Daedalus; V.122-#3, pp. 1- 28.


Brubaker, Rogers (1996). Nationalism Reframed: Nationhood and the National Question in the New Europe. Cambridge: CUP.


Smith, Anthony (1996). Nations and Nationalism in a Global Era. Cambridge: Polity.


Haas, Ernst (1997). Nationalism, Liberalism and Progress. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Gellner, Ernest (1998). Nationalism. New York: NYU Press.


Anderson, Benedict (1998). The Spectre of Comparisons : Nationalism, Southeast Asia, and the World. London: Verso.


Smith, Anthony (1998). Nationalism and Modernism : A Critical Survey of Recent Theories of Nations and Nationalism. New York: Routledge.


Nairn, Tom (1998). Faces of Nationalism: Janus Revisited. London: Verso.


Ozkirimh, Umut (2000). Theories of Nationalism: A Critical Introduction. New York: Palgrave.


Hechter, Michael (2000). Containing Nationalism. Oxford: OUP.


Snyder, Jack (2000). From Voting to Violence: Democratization and Nationalist Conflict. New York: Norton.


Hutchinson, John and Anthony Smith, eds. (1995). Nationalism (Oxford Readers). Oxford: OUP.


Hutchinson, John and Anthony Smith, eds. (1996). Ethnicity (Oxford Readers). Oxford: OUP.


Sollors, Werner (1996). Theories of Ethnicity: A Classical Reader. New York: NYU Press.


Eley, Geoff and Ronald Suny, eds. (1996). Becoming National: A Reader. Oxford: OUP.


Tilly, Charles, ed. (1996). Citizenship, Identity and Social History. Cambridge: CUP.


Guibernau I Berdun, Montserrat and John Rex, eds, (1997). The Ethnicity Reader: Nationalism, Multiculturalism and Migration. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Hall, John, ed. (1998). The State of the Nation: Ernest Gellner and the Theory of Nationalism. Cambridge: CUP.

 

b. Ethical Analysis of Nationality/Citizenship


Marshall, T.H. (1950). Citizenship and Social Class. Cambridge: CUP.


Goldman, Alan H. (1982). “The Moral Significance of National Boundaries”. in Peter French, Theodore Uehling, and Howard Wettstein, eds. Midwest Studies in Philosophy, Vol. VII: Social and Political Philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, pp. 437-453.


Barry, Brian (1983). “Self Government Revisited”. in D. Miller and L. Siedentop, eds. The Nature of Political Theory. Oxford: Clarendon. [also Chapter 6 in Barry, ed. Democracy, Power, and Justice. Oxford: OUP, pp. 156-186.]


Miller, David (1988). “The Ethical Significance of Nationality”. Ethics; V.98-#4, pp. 647-662.


Goodin, Robert (1988). “What is So Special about Our Fellow Countrymen?”. Ethics; V.98-#4, pp. 663-686 .


Balibar, Etienne (1988). “Propositions on Citizenship”. Ethics; V.98-#4, pp. 723-730.


Gewirth, Alan (1988). “Ethical Universalism and Particularism”. Journal of Philosophy; V.85-#6, pp. 283-302.


Taylor, Charles (1989). “Cross Purposes: The Liberal-Communitarian Debate”. in Nancy Rosenblum, ed. Liberalism and the Moral Life. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, pp. 159-182.


Raz, Joseph and Avishai Margalit (1990). “National Self-Determination”. Journal of Philosophy; V.88-#?, pp. 439-461.


Pogge, Thomas (1992). “Cosmopolitanism and Sovereignty”. Ethics; V.103-#1, pp. 48-75.


Waldron, Jeremy (1993). “Special Ties and Natural Duties”. Philosophy and Public Affairs; V.22-#1, pp. 3-30.


Taylor, Charles (1994). “The Politics of Recognition”. in Amy Gutmann, ed. Multiculturalism. Princeton: PUP, pp. 25-73. [Comments by Susan Wolf, Steven Rockefeller, and Michael Walzer follow, pp. 75-103.]


Habermas, Jürgen (1994). “Struggles for Recognition in the Democratic Constitutional State”. in Amy Gutmann, ed. Multiculturalism. Princeton: PUP, pp. 107-148. [also Cptr. 8 in Habermas (1998). The Inclusion of the Other: Studies in Political Theory. Cambridge: MIT Press, pp. 203-236.]


Appiah, K. Anthony (1994). “Identity, Authenticity, Survival: Multicultural Societies and Social Reproduction”. in Amy Gutmann, ed. Multiculturalism. Princeton: PUP, pp. 149-163.


Soysal, Yasemin (1994). Limits of Citizenship: Migrants and Postnational Membership in Europe. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


Meister, Robert (1995). “Sojourners and Survivors: Two Logics of Constitutional Protection”. Studies in American Political Development; V.9-#2, pp. 229-286.


Miller, David (1995). On Nationality. Oxford: OUP/Clarendon Press.


Jacobson, David (1996). Rights Across Borders: Immigration and the Decline of Citzenship. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.


McKim, Robert and Jeff McMahan, eds. (1997). The Morality of Nationalism. Oxford: OUP.


Shafir, Gershon, ed. (1998). The Citizenship Debates: A Reader. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


Joppke, Christian and Steven Lukes, eds. (1999). Multicultural Questions. New York: Oxford University Press.


Castles, Stephen and Alastair Davidson, eds. (2000). Citizenship and Migration: Globalization and the Politics of Belonging. New York: Routledge.


Dworkin, Ronald (2000). Sovereign Virtue: The Theory and Practice of Equality. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

 

2. The Theory of the State

 

a. Overviews


G. Esping-Andersen, R. Friedland, and E.O. Wright (1976). “Modes of Class Struggle and the Capitalist State”. KAPITALSTATE; #4/5, pp.186-220.


G. Therborn (1978). What Does the Ruling Class Do When it Rules? London: New Left Books.


D. Easton (1981). “The Political System Beseiged by the State”. Political Theory; V.9-#?, pp. 303-325.


B. Jessop (1982). The Capitalist State: Marxist Theories and Methods. New York: NYU Press.


M. Carnoy (1984). The State and Political Theory. Princeton: PUP.


S. Krasner (1984). “Approaches to the State: Alternative Conceptions and Historical Dynamics”. Comparative Politics; V.16-#2, pp. 223-246.


R. Alford and R. Friedland (1985). Powers of Theory: Capitalism, the State and Democracy. Cambridge: CUP.


D. Held (1987). Models of Democracy. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


D. Held (1989). Political Theory and the Modern State. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


P. Evans, D. Rueschmeyer, and T. Skocpol, eds. (1985). Bringing the State Back In. Cambridge: CUP.


L. Snider (1987). “Identifying the Elements of State Power: Where do We Begin?”. Comparative Political Studies; V.20-#3, pp. 314-356.


G. Almond (1988). “The Return to the State”. APSR; V.82-#3, pp. 853-874. [comments by E. Nordlinger, T. Lowi, and S. Fabbrini, 1988, APSR; V.82-#3, pp. 875-901]


D. Nelson (1990). “The State as a Conceptual Variable: Another Look”. ms: Murphy Institute of Political Economy.


Pierson, Christopher (1996). The Modern State. London: Routledge.


R. Bendix et al., ed. (1973). State and Society. Berkeley: University of California Press.


KAPITALSTATE (1983). “The State and State Theory in Western Europe”. KAPITALSTATE; #10/11.


R. Benjamin and S. Elkin, eds. (1985). The Democratic State. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas.


G. Duncan, ed. (1989). Democracy and the Capitalist State. Cambridge: CUP.

 

b. Institutional/Functional Theories of the State

 

(1) Historical-Sociological Theories


O. Hintze (1975). The Historical Essays of Otto Hintze. (F. Gilbert, ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.


J. Schumpeter (1954). “The Crisis of the Tax State”. International Economic Papers; V.4-#?, pp. 5-38.


B. Moore (1966). Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy: Lord and Peasant in the Making of the Modern World. Boston: Beacon Press.


T. Skocpol (1973). “A Critical Review of Barrington Moore’s Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy”. Politics and Society; V.12-#2, pp.


J.P. Nettl (1968). “The State As A Conceptual Variable”. WP; V.20-#?, pp. 559-592.


L. Binder, et al., eds. (1971). Crises and Sequences in Political Development. Princeton: PUP.


S. Finer (1974). “State-building, State Boundaries and Border Control: An Essay on Certain Aspects of the First Phase of State-building in Western Europe Considered in the Light of the Rokkan-Hirschman Model”. Social Science Information; V.13-#?, pp. 79-126,


C. Tilly (1975). “Reflections on the History of European State-Building”. in C. Tilly, ed. The Formation of Nation States in Europe. Princeton: PUP.


T. Skocpol (1979). States and Social Revolutions: A Comparative Analysis of France, Russia and China. Cambridge: CUP.


R. Bendix (1980). Kings or People: Power and the Mandate to Rule. Berkeley: University of California Press.


E. Nordlinger (1981). On the Autonomy of the Democratic State. Cambridge: Harvard.


M. Mann (1984). “The Autonomous Power of the State: Its Origins, Mechanisms and Results”. Archives Européennes de Sociologie; V.25-#?, pp. 185-213.


M. Mann (1986). The Sources of Social Power, V.I: A History of Power from the Beginning to A.D. 1760. Cambridge, CUP.


M. Mann (1993). The Sources of Social Power, V.II: The Rise of Classes and Nation States. Cambridge: CUP.


T.R. Gurr (1988). “War, Revolution, and the Growth of the Coercive State”. Comparative Political Studies; V.21-#1, pp. 45-65.


C. Tilly (1990). Coercion, Capital and European States, A.D. 900-1990. Oxford: Blackwell.


Finer, S.E. (1999). History of Government from the Earliest Times. New York: Oxford University Press.

 

(2) Choice-Theoretic Approaches


F. Lane, ed. (1979). Profits from Power: Readings in Protection-Rent and Violence-Controlling Enterprises. Albany: SUNY Albany Press.


D. North (1979). “A Framework for Analyzing the State in Economic History”. Explorations in Economic History;


R. Batchelder and H. Freudenberger (1983). “On the Rational Origins of the Modern Centralized State”. Explorations in Economic History; V.20-#1, pp. 1-13.


T.N. Srinivasan (1985). “Neoclassical Political Economy, the State and Economic Development”. Asian Development Review; V.3-#2, pp.


R. Findlay and J. Wilson (1987). “The Political Economy of Leviathan”. in A. Razin and E. Sadka, eds. Economic Policy in Theory and Practice. New York: St. Martins, pp. 289-306.


M. Levi (1988). Of Rule and Revenue. Berkeley: University of California Press.


D. North and B. Weingast (1989). “Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in 17th Century England”. Journal of Economic History; V.49-#?, pp. 803-832.


H. Root (1989). “Tying the Kings Hands: Credible Commitments and Royal Fiscal Policy during the Old Regime”. Rationality and Society; V.1-#?, pp. 240-258.


G. Miller (1989). “Confiscation, Credible Commitment, and Progressive Reform in the US”. JITE; V.145-#?, pp. 686-692.

 

c. More-or-Less Instrumentalist Theories

 

(1) Essentially Class-based Politics


C.W. Mills (1956). The Power Elite. New York: Oxford University Press.


G.W. Domhoff (1970). The Higher Circles. New York: Random House.


G.W. Domhoff (1983). Who Rules America Now? Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall.


R. Miliband (1969). The State in Capitalist Society. New York: Basic Books.


R. Miliband (1977). Marxism and Politics. Oxford: OUP.


R. Miliband (1983). Class Power and State Power. London: New Left Books.


F. Block (1987). Revising State Theory: Essays in Politics and Postindustrialism. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

 

(2) Essentially Sector-based Politics


G. Stigler (1975). The Citizen and the State. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


G. Stigler, ed. (1988). Chicago Studies in Political Economy. Chicago: Univeristy of Chicago Press.


P. Gourevitch (1977). “Internaitonal Trade, Domestic Coalitions and Liberty: Comparative Responses to the Crisis of 1873-1896". Journal of Interdisciplinary History; V.8-#2 pp. 281-313.


J. Kurth (1979). “Political Consequences of the Product Cycle”. IO; V.33-#1, pp. 1-34.


T. Ferguson (198?). “Elites and Elections, Or What Have They Done for You Lately?”. in B. Ginsberg, ed. Do Elections Matter? Boston: Addison Wesley, pp. 164-188.


T. Ferguson (1983). “Party Realignment and American Industrial Structure: The Investment Theory of Political Parties in Historical Perspective”. in P. Zarembka, ed. Research in Political Economy, V.6. ?: JAI Press, pp. 1-82.


T. Ferguson (1984). “From Normalcy to New Deal: Industrial Structure, Party Competition, and American Public Policy in the Great Depression”. IO; V.38-#1, pp. 41-94.


R. McKelvey and P. Ordeshook (1986). “Information, Electoral Equilibria, and the Democratic Ideal”. JoP; V.48-#?, pp. 909-937.

 

d. More-or-Less Structuralist Theories


A. Gramsci (1971). Selections from the Prison Notebooks. New York: International Publishers.


N. Poulantzas (1968). Political Power and Social Classes. London: New Left Books.


N. Poulantzas (1978). State, Power, Socialism. London: New Left Books.


J. Habermas (1973). Legitimation Crisis. Boston: Beacon Press.


C. Offe (1984). Contradictions of the Welfare State. Cambridge: MIT.


E. Laclau (1977). Politics and Ideology in Marxist Theory. London: New Left Books.


E. Laclau and C. Mouffe (1985). Hegemony and Socialist Strategy. London: New Left Books.


S. deBrunhoff (1976). The State, Capital and Economic Policy. London: Pluto Press.


A. Przeworski (1980). “Material Bases of Consent: Economics and Politics in a Hegemonic System”. Political Power and Social Theory. V.1, pp. 21-66.


S. Bowles and S. Gintis (1986). Democracy and Capitalism: Property, Community, and the Contradictions of Modern Social Thought. New York: Basic Books.


N. Bobio (1987). Which Socialism?. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


N. Bobio (1987). The Future of Democracy: A Defence of the Rules of the Game. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


J. Keane (1988). Democracy and Civil Society. London: New Left Books.


J. Keane, ed. (1988). Civil Society and the State. London: New Left Books.


F. van Winden (1983). On the Interaction between the State and Private Sector. Amsterdam: North-Holland.


A. Przeworski and M. Wallerstein (1988). “Structural Dependence of the State on Capital”. APSR; V.82-#1, pp. 11-29.


D. Swank (1992). “Politics and the Structural Dependence of the State in Democratic Capitalist Nations”. APSR; V.86-#1, pp. 38-54.

 

e. Capital-Theoretic Approaches to the State


W. Müller and C. Neusüss (1975). “The Illusion of State Socialism and the Contradiction between Wage Labor and Capital”. Telos; V.25-#?, pp. 13-90. [comments by J. Habermas and C. Offe follow]


E. Altvater (1973). “Notes on Some Problems of State Interventionism (I & II)”. KAPITALSTATE; V.1-#?, pp. 96-108; #2, pp. 76-83.


J. Hirsch (197?). “Elements of a Materialist Theory of the State”. International Journal of Sociology; pp. 9-82.


J. Holloway and S. Picciotto, eds. (1978). State and Capital: A Marxist Debate. Austin: University of Texas Press.

 

3. General Analysis of Globalization and the Nation State


Agnew, John (1999). “Mapping Political Power Beyong State Boundaries: Territory, Identity, and Movement in World Politics”. Millenium; V.28-#3, pp. 499-521.


Aman, Alfred (1998). “The Globalizing State: A Future-Oriented Perspective on the Public/Private Distinction, Federalism and Democracy,” Vanderbilt Journal of International Law, V.31-#?, pp. 780-816.


Andrews, David and Thomas Willett (1997). “Financial Interdependence and the State”. International Organization; V.51-#?, pp. 479-511.


Berger, Suzanne and Ronald Dore, eds. (1996). National Diversity and Global Capitalism. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Berger, Suzanne (2000). “Globalization and Politics”. Annual Reviews of Political Science; V.3, pp. 43-62.


Biersteker, Thomas and Cynthia Weber (1996). State Sovereignty as Social Construct. Cambridge: CUP.


Boyer, Robert and Daniel Drache, eds. (1996). States Against Markets: The Limits of Globalization. London: Routledge.


Camilleri, Joseph and Jim Falk (1992). The End of Sovereignty? The Politics of a Shrinking and Fragmenting World. Aldershot: Elgar.


Camilleri, Joseph, Anthony Jarvis, and Albert Paolini (1995). The State in Transition: Reimagining Political Space. Boulder: Lynne Rienner Publishers.


Cerny, Philip (1990). The Changing Architecture of Politics: Structure, Agency, and the Future of the State. London: Sage.


Cerny, Philip (1995). “Globalization and the Changing Logic of Collective Action,” International Organization; V.49-#?, pp. 595-625.


Cerny, Philip (1999). “Globalization and the Erosion of Democracy”. European Journal of Political Research; V.36-#1, pp. 1-26.


Drucker, Peter (1997). “The Global Economy and the Nation-State”. Foreign Affairs; V.76-#5, pp. 159-171.


Evans, Peter (1997). “The Eclipse of the State: Reflections on Stateness in an Era of Globalization”. World Politics; V.50-#1, pp. 62-87.


Falk, Richard (2000). “The Decline of Citizenship in an Era of Globalization”. Citizenship Studies; V.4-#1, pp. 5-17.


Guehenno, Jean-Marie (1995). The End of the Nation-State. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


Habermas, Jürgen (1999). “The European Nation State and the Pressures of Globalization”. New Left Review; #235, pp. 40-59.


Held, David (1996). “Democracy, the Nation?State and the Global System”. in D. Held, Models of Democracy. Stanford: Stanford University Press, pp. 335-360.


Hettne, Bjorn (2000). “The Fate of Citizenship in Post-Westphalia”. Citizenship Studies; V.4-#1, pp. 35-46.


Hirsch, Joachim (1999). “Globalisation, Class and the Question of Democracy”. Socialist Register, 1999. London: Pluto Press, pp. 278-293.


Holton, Robert (1998). Globalization and the Nation-State. New York: St. Martin's Press.


Jackson, Robert H. and Alan James, eds. (1994). States in a Changing World. Oxford: OUP.


Jackson, Robert (1990). Quasi-States: Sovereignty, International Relations and the Third World. Cambridge: CUP.


Jones, R.J. Barry (2000). The World Turned Upside Down: Globalization and the Future of the State. Manchester: Manchester University Press.


Keohane, Robert and Helen Milner, eds. (1996). Internationalization and Domestic Politics. New York: Cambridge University Press.


Krasner, Stephen D. (1989). “Sovereignty: An Institutional Perspective,” in James A. Caporaso, ed., The Elusive State: International and Comparative Perspectives. Newbury Park: Sage.


Krasner, Stephen (1993). “Economic Interdependence and Independent Statehood,” in Robert Jackson and Alan James, eds., States in a Changing World: A Contemporary Analysis. Oxford: OUP.


Krasner, Stephen (1995/6). “Compromising Westphalia”. International Security; V.20-#3, pp. 115-151.


Krasner, Stephen (1999). “Globalization and Sovereignty”. in David Smith, Dorothy Solinger, and Steven Topik, eds., States and Sovereignty in the Global Economy. New York: Routledge.


Krasner, Stephen (1999). Sovereignty: Organized Hypocrisy. Princeton: PUP.


Kurth, James (1992). “The Post-Modern State”. National Interest; #28, pp. 26-35.


Mann, Michael (1987). “Ruling Strategies and Citizenship”. Sociology; V.21-#3, pp.


Mann, Michael (1993). “Nation-States in Europe and Other Continents: Diversifying, Developing, Not Dying”. Daedalus; V.122-#3, pp. 115-139.


Mann, Michael (1997). “Has Globalization Ended the Rise of the Nation-State”. Review of International Political Economy; V.4-#3, pp.


Massey, Andrew, ed. (1997). Globalization and Marketization of Government Services: Comparing Contemporary Public Sector Developments. New York: St. Martin's Press.


Meyer, John, John Boli, George M. Thomas, and Francisco Ramirez (1997). “World Politics and the Nation State”; American Journal of Sociology; V.103-#?, pp. 144-181.


Nairn, Tom (1993). “Internationalism and the Second Coming”. Daedalus; V.122-#3, pp. 155-170.


Ohmae, Kenichi (1993). “The Rise of the Region State”. Foreign Affairs, Spring, pp. 78-87.


Andreas Osiander (2001). “Sovereignty, International Relations, and the Westphalian Myth”. International Organization; V.55-#2, pp. 251-288.


Palan, Ronen, and Jason Abbott (1996). State Strategies in a Global Political Economy. London: Cassel.


Palan, Ronen, and Barry K. Gills, eds. (1994). Transcending the State-Global Divide: The Neostructuralist Agenda in International Relations. Boulder: Lynne Rienner.


Panitch, Leo (1994). “Globalisation and the State”. Socialist Register, 1994: Between Globalism and Nationalism. London: Merlin Press, pp. 60-93.


Picciotto, Sol (1991). “The Internationalisation of the State”. Capital & Class; V.43-Spring, pp. 43-63.


Rosenau, James (1997). Along the domestic-foreign frontier: exploring governance in a turbulent world. Cambridge: CUP.


Ruggie, John (1993). “Territory and Beyond: Problematizing Modernity in International Relations”. International Organization; V.47-#?, pp. 139-174.


Scholte, Jan Aart (1997). “Global Capitalism and the State”. International Affairs; V.73-#3, pp. 427-452.


Spruyt, Hendrik (1994). The Sovereign State and Its Competitors. Princeton: PUP.


Strange, Susan (1996). The Retreat of the State: The Diffusion of Power in the World Economy New York: Cambridge University Press.


Thomson, Janice (1994). Mercenaries, Pirates, and Sovereigns: State-Building and Extraterritorial Violence in Early Modern Europe. Princeton: PUP.


Tilly, Charles (1996). “Citizenship, Identity, and Social History”. in Charles Tilly, ed., Citizenship, Identity, and Social History. Cambridge: CUP.


Wolf, Martin (2001). “Will the Nation-State Survive Globalization?”. Foreign Affairs; V.80-#1, pp. 178-190.


Zacher, Mark (1992). “The Decaying Pillars of the Westphalian Temple”. In J. Rosenau and O. Cxempiel, eds. Governance without Government. Cambridge: CUP, p. 58-101.


Zacher, Mark (2001). “The Territorial Integrity Norm: International Boundaries and the Use of Force”. International Organization; V.55-#2, pp. 215-250.

 

4. Globalization and National Economic Policies

 

a. General


Alesina, Alberto and Enrico Spolaore (1997). “On the Number and Size of Countries”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.112-#4, pp. 1027-1056.


Alesina, Alberto and Romain Wacziarg (1999). “Openness, Country Size and Government”. Journal of Public Economics; V.69-#3, pp. 305-321.


Alesina, Alberto and Romain Wacziarg (1999). “Is Europe Going Too Far?”. Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy; #51, pp. 1-42


Alesina, Alberto, Enrico Spolaore, and Romain Wacziarg (2000). “Economic Integration and Political Disintegration”. American Economic Review; V.90-#5, pp. 1276-1296.


Baker, Dean, Gerald Epstein and Robert Pollin, eds. (1998). Globalization and Progressive Economic Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Berger, Suzanne and Ronald Dore, eds. (1996). National Diversity and Global Capitalism. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press.


Boix, Carles and Alícia Adserà (2000). “Trade, Democracy, and the Size of the Public Sector: The Political Underpinnings of Openness”. International Organization; V.56-#2, pp. 229-262 .


Boyer, Robert and Daniel Drache, eds. (1996). States Against Markets: The Limits of Globalization. New York: Routledge.


Cox, Robert (1997). “Economic Globalization and the Limits to Liberal Democracy,” in Anthony McGrew, ed., The Transformation of Democracy? Cambridge: Polity Press.


Epstein, Gerald and Herbert Gintis (1992). “International Capital Markets and the Limits of National Economic Policy”. In Tariq Banuri and Juliet Schor, eds. Financial Openness and National Autonomy. Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 167-187.


Fatás, Antonio and Ilian Mihov (2001). “Government Size and Automatic Stabilizers: International and Intranational Evidence”. Journal of International Economics; V.55-#1, pp. 3-28.


Frieden, Jeffry (1991). “Invested Interests: The Politics of National Economic Policies in a World of Global Finance”. International Organization V.45-#?, pp. 425-451.


Garrett, Geoffrey (1998). “Shrinking States? Globalization and National Autonomy in the OECD”. Oxford Development Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 71-98.


Garrett, Geoffrey (1998). “Global Markets and National Politics: Collision Course or Virtuous Circle?”. International Organization; V.52-#4, pp. 787-824.


Garrett, Geoffrey and Peter Lange (1991). “Political Responses to Interdependence: What’s ‘Left’ for the Left”. International Organization; V.45-#4, pp. 539-564.


Garrett, Geoffrey and Peter Lange (1996). “Internationalization, Institutions, and Political Change”. In Robert Keohane and Helen Milner, eds. Internationalization and Domestic Politics. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 48-75.


Gill, Stephen (1992). “Economic Globalization and the Internationalization of Authority: Limits and Contradictions”. Geoforum; V.23-#?, pp. 269-283.


Globmann, K. (2002). “Internationalisation and the nation-state: Four issues and three non-issues”. European Journal of Political Research, V.41-#3, pp. 281-305.


Goodman, John and Louis Pauly (1993). “The Obsolescence of Capital Controls? Economic Management in an Age of Global Markets,” World Politics; V.46-#1, pp. 50-82.


Gummett, Philip, ed. (1996). Globalization and Public Policy. Brookfield, Vt.: Edward Elgar.


Hart, Jeffrey A. and Aseem Prakash (2000) “Rearticulation of the State in a Globalizing World Economy,” in Barry K. Gills, ed. Globalization and the Politics of Resistance. London: Palgrave, pp.


Kozul-Wright, Richard and Robert Rowthorn (2002). “Globalization and the Myth of Economic Convergence”. Économie appliqué; V.40-#2, pp. 141-178.


Latham, Robert (1997). “Globalisation and Democratic Provincialism: Re-Reading Polanyi,” New Political Economy; V.2-#?, pp. 53-63.


Martin, Hans-Peter and Harald Schumann (1997). The Global Trap: Globalization and the Assault on Prosperity and Democracy, (translated by Patrick Camiller). New York: Zed Books.


Persson, Torsten and Guido Tabellini (1999). “The Size and Scope of Government: Comparative Politics with Rational Politicians”. European Economic Review; V.43-#4/6, pp. 699-735.


Rodrik, Dani (1997). “The ‘Paradoxes’ of the Successful State”. European Economic Review; V.41-#3/5, pp. 411-442.


Rodrik, Dani (1997). “International Trade and Big Government”. in B.J. Cohen, ed., International Trade and Finance: New Frontiers for Research--Essays in Honor of Peter B. Kenen. New York: Cambridge University Press, pp. 89-121.


Rodrik, Dani (1998). “Why Do More Open Economies Have Bigger Governments?. Journal of Political Economy; V.106-#5, pp. 997-1032.


Rodrik, Dani and Joanna Veltri (1999). “Does Global Competition Require Small Government?”. Wirtschaftspolitische Blätter; V.46-#3, pp. 192-198.


Ruggie, John (1995). “At Home Abroad: International Liberalization and Domestic Stability in the New World Economy”. Milennium; V.24-#?, pp. 507-526.


Slemrod, Joel (1995). “What Do Cross-Country Studies Tell Us About Government Involvement, Prosperity, and Growth”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #2, pp. 373-431.


Tanzi, Vito (1999). “The Changing Role of the State in the Economy: An Historical Perspective”. In Kiichiro Fukasaku and Luiz de Mello, Jr., eds. Fiscal Decentralisation in Emerging Economies: Governance Issues. Paris: OECD, pp. 17-36.


Tanzi, Vito (1999). “The Demise of the Nation State?”. In Horst Siebert ed. Globalization and Labor. Tubingen: Mohr (Siebeck), pp. 293-307.


Tanzi, Vito, and Ludger Schuknecht (1998). “The Growth of Government and the Reform of the State in Industrial Countries”. In Andres Solimano, ed. Social Inequality: Values, Growth, and the State. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 171-207.


Weiss, Linda (1998). State Capacity: Governing the Economy in a Global Era. Cambridge: Polity.

 

b. Macroeconomic Policy (Including labour market policy)


Albo, Gregory (1994). “‘Competitive Austerity’ and the Impasse of Capitalist Employment Policy”. Socialist Register, 1994: Between Socialism and Nationalism. London: Merlin Press, pp. 144-170.


Andrews, David (1994). “Capital Mobility and State Autonomy,” International Studies Quarterly; V.38-#2, pp. 193-218.


Boix, Carles (2000). “Partisan Governments, the International Economy and Macroeconomic Policies in OECD Countries, 1964-93”. World Politics; V.53-#1, pp. 38-73.


Boix, Carles and Alícia Adserà (2000). “Must We Choose? European Unemployment, American Inequality and the Impact of Education and Labor Market Institutions”. European Journal of Political Economy; V.16-#4, pp. 611-638.


Clark, William Roberts and Usha Nair Reichert (1998). “International and Domestic Constraints on Political Business Cycles in OECD Economies”. International Organization; V.52-#1, pp. 87-120.


Clark, William and Mark Hallerberg (2000). “Strategic Interaction between Monetary and Fiscal Actors under Full Capital Mobility”. American Political Science Review; V.94-#2, pp. 323-346.


Franzese, Robert (2002). Macroeconomic Policies of Developed Democracies. New York: Cambridge University Press.


Franzese, Robert (2001). “Monetary Policy and Wage-Price Bargaining: Macro-Institutional Interactions in the Trade, Public, and Sheltered Sectors”. In P. Hall and D. Soskice, eds. Varieties of Capitalism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Franzese, Robert and Peter Hall (2000). “The Institutional Interaction of Wage-Bargaining and Monetary Policy”. In T. Iversen, J. Pontusson, and D. Soskice, eds. Unions, Employers, and Central Banks: Macroeconomic Coordination and Institutional Change in Social Market Economies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Frieden, Jeffry (1991). “Invested Interests: The Politics of National Economic Policies in a World of Global Finance”. International Organization; V.45-#?, pp. 425-451.


Frieden, Jeffry (1996). “Economic Integration and the Politics of Monetary Policy in the United States”. In Robert Keohane and Helen Milner, eds. Internationalization and Domestic Politics. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 108-136.


Hall, Peter and Robert Franzese (1998). “Mixed Signals: Central Bank Independence, Coordinated Wage Bargaining, and European Monetary Union”. International Organization; V.52-#3, pp. 505-535.


Iversen, Torben (1998). Contested Economic Institutions: The Politics of Macroeconomics and Wage Bargaining in Advanced Democracies. New York: Cambridge University Press.


Iversen, Torben (1998). “Wage Bargaining, Central Bank Independence, and the Real Effects of Money”. International Organization; V.52-#3, pp. 469-504.


Iversen, Torben (1998). “Wage Bargaining, Hard Money and Economic Performance: Theory and Evidence for Organized Market Economies”. British Journal of Political Science; V.28-#1, pp. 31-61.


Iversen, Torben (1999). “The Political Economy of Inflation: Bargaining Structure or Central Bank Independence?”. Public Choice; V.99-#2, pp. 237-258.


Iversen, Torben (2000). “Decentralization, Monetarism, and the Social-Democratic Welfare State in the 1980s and 1990s”. In T. Iversen, J. Pontusson, and D. Soskice, eds. Unions, Employers, and Central Banks: Macroeconomic Coordination and Institutional Change in Social Market Economies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Kenworthy, Lane (1997). “Globalization and Economic Convergence”. Competition and Change; V.2-#1, pp. 1-64.


Kenworthy, Lane (2003). “Do Affluent Countries Face and Income-Jobs Tradeoff?”. Comparative Political Studies; V.36-#10, pp. 1180-1209.


Krugman, Paul (2000). “Crises: The Price of Globalization?”. In Global Economic Integration: Opportunities and Challenges. Kansas City: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. [http://www.kc.frb.org/Publicat/sympos/2000/sym00prg.htm]


Lindbeck, Assar (1975). “Business Cycles, Politics and International Economic Dependence”. Scandinaviska Enskilden Bank Quarterly Review; #2, pp. 53-68.


Martin, Cathie Jo and Duane Swank (2004). “Does the Organization of Capital Matter? Employers and Active Labor Market Policy at the National and Firm Levels”. American Political Science Review; V.98-#4, pp. 593-611.


Oatley, Thomas (1999). “How Constraining is Capital Mobility? The Partisan Hypothesis in an Open Economy”. American Journal of Political Science; V.43-#4, pp. 1003-1027.


Scheve, Kenneth (2004). “Public Inflation Aversion and the Political Economy of Macroeconomic Policymaking”. International Organization; V.58-#1, pp. 1-34.


Scruggs, Lyle (2001). “The Politics of Growth Revisited”. Journal of Politics; V.63-#1, pp. 120-140.


Weatherford, M. Stephen (1988). “The International Economy as a Constraint in U.S. Macroeconomic Policymaking”. International Organization; V.42-#4, pp. 605-637.

 

c. Globalization and Fiscal Policy


Alesina, Alberto and Roberto Perotti (1995). “The Political Economy of Budget Deficits”. IMF Staff Papers; V.42-#1, pp. 1-31.


Ashworth, John and Bruno Heyndels (2001). “Political Fragmentation and the Evolution of National Tax Structures in the OECD”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.8-#4, pp. 377-393.


Baldwin, Richard and Paul Krugman (2004). “Agglomeration, Integration and Tax Harmonization”. European Economic Review; V.48-#1, pp. 1-25.


Basinger, Scott and Mark Hallerberg (2004). “Remodeling the Competition for Capital: How Domestic Politics Erases the Race to the Bottom”. American Political Science Review; V.98-#2, pp. 261-276.


Bates, Robert and Da-Hsiang Donald Lien (1985). “A Note on Taxation, Development and Representative Government”. Politics and Society; V.14-#1, pp. 53-70.


Bretschger, Lucas and Frank Hettich (2002). “Globalisation, Capital Mobility and Tax Competition: Theory and Evidence for OECD Countries”. European Journal of Political Economy; V.18-#4, pp. 695-716.


Bruce, Neil (1992). “A Note on the Taxation of International Capital Flows”. Economic Record; V.68-#?, pp. 217-221.


Christiansen, Vidar, Kare Hagen, and Agnar Sandmo (1994). “The Scope for Taxation and Public Expenditure in an Open Economy”. Scandinavian Journal of Economics; V.96-#3, pp. 289-309.


Cummins, Jason and R. Glenn Hubbard (1995). “The Tax Sensitivity of Foreign Direct Investment: Evidence from Firm-level Panel Data”. M. Feldstein, J. Hines, and R.G. Hubbard, eds. The Effects of Taxation on Multinational Corporations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 123-147.


Cummins, Jason, Kevin Hassett, and R. Glenn Hubbard (1996). “Tax Reforms and Investment: A Cross-Country Comparison”. Journal of Public Economics, V.62-#1/2, pp. 237-273.


Davies, Ronald and Thomas Gresik (2003). “Tax Competition and Foreign Capital”. International Tax and Public Finance; forth.


Devereux, Michael, Rachel Griffith, and Alexander Klemm (2002). “Corporate Income Tax Reforms and International Tax Competition”. Economic Policy; #35, pp. 450-495.


Edwards, Jeremy (2001). “Trade Tax Reform in a Small Open Economy with Distributional Objectives and Distortionary Taxation”. Topics in Economic Analysis and Policy; V.1-#1, online.


Franzese, Robert and James Mosher (2002). “Comparative Institutional Advantage: The Scope for Divergence within European Economic Integration”. European Union Politics; V.3-#2, pp. 177-204.


Frenkel, Jacob, Assaf Razin, and Efraim Sadka (1991). International Taxation in an Integrated World. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Fuest, Clemens and Bernd Huber (1999). “Tax Coordination and Unemployment”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.6-#1, pp. 7-26.


Fuest, Clemens and Bernd Huber (2002). “Why Capital Income Taxes Survive in Open Economies: The Role of Multinational Firms”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.9-#5, pp. 567-589.


Ganghof, Steffen (2000). “Adjusting National Tax Policy to Economic Internationalization: Strategies and Outcomes”. In Fritz Scharpf and Vivien Schmidt, eds. From Vulnerability to Competitiveness: Welfare and Work in the Open Economy. Oxford: OUP.


Garrett, Geoffrey (1995). “Capital Mobility, Trade and the Politics of Economic Policy,” International Organization; V.49-#?, pp. 657-688.


Garrett, Geoffrey (1997). Partisan Politics in the Global Economy. New York: Cambridge University Press.


Garrett, Geoffrey (2001). “Globalization and Government Spending Around the World”. Studies in Comparative International Development; V.35-#4, pp. 3-29.


Garrett, Geoffrey and Deborah Mitchell (2001). “Globalization, Government Spending, and Taxation in the OECD”. European Journal of Political Research; V.39-#2, pp. 145-177.


Genschel Philipp (2002). “Globalization, Tax Competition, and the Welfare State”. Politics & Society; V.30-#2, pp. 245-275.


Giovannini, Alberto and James Hines (1991). “Capital Flight and Tax Competition: Are there Viable Solutions to Both Problems?”. in Alberto Giovannini and Colin Mayer, eds. European Financial Integration. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 172-210.


Gordon, Roger (1992). “Can Capital Income Taxes Survive in Open Economies?”. Journal of Finance; V.47-#3, pp. 1159-1180.


Gordon, Roger and A. Lans Bovenberg (1996). “Why Is Capital So Immobile Internationally?”. American Economic Review; V.86-#5, pp. 1057-1075.


Gordon, Roger and Jeffrey MacKie-Mason (1997). “Why Is There Corporate Taxation in a Small Open Economy? The Role of Transfer Pricing and Income Shifting”. In David Pines, Efraim Sadka, and Itzhak Zilcha, eds. Topics in Public Economics: Theoretical and Applied Analysis. Cambridge: CUP, pp. 237-261.


Gordon, Roger, Laura Kalambokidis, and Joel Slemrod (2004). “Do We Now Collect Any Revenue from Taxing Capital Income?”. Journal of Public Economics; V.88-#5, pp. 981-1009.


Gresik, Thomas (2001). “The Taxing Task of Taxing Transnationals”. Journal of Economic Literature; V.39-#3, pp. 800-838.


Hallberg, Mark and Scott Basinger (1998). “Internationalization and Changes in Tax Policy in OECD Countries: The Importance of Domestic Veto Players”. Comparative Political Studies; V.31-#?, pp. 321-352.


Hays, Jude C. (2003). “Globalization and Capital Taxation in Consensus and Majoritarian Democracies”. World Politics; V.56-#1, pp. 79-113.


Homburg, S. (1999). “Competition and Coordination in International Capital Income Taxation”. FinanzArchiv; V.56-#1, pp. 1-17.


Inclán, Carla, Dennis Quinn, and Robert Shapiro (2001). “Origins and Consequences of Changes in U.S. Corporate Taxation, 1981-1998”. American Journal of Political Science; V.45-#1, pp. 179-201.


Janeba, Eckhard and John Douglas Wilson (2000). “Tax Competition and Trade Protection”. FinanzArchiv; V.56-#3/4, pp.


Keen, Michael and Hannu Piekkola (1997). “Simple Rules for the Optimal Taxation of International Capital Income”. Scandinavian Journal of Economics; V.99-#3, pp. 447-461.


Koskela Erkki and Ronnie Schöb R. (2002). “Why Governments Should Tax Mobile Capital in the Presence of Unemployment”. Contributions to Economics and Policy, V.1-#1, article 1.


Koskela Erkki and Ronnie Schöb R. (2002). “Optimal Factor Income Taxation in the Presence of Unemployment”. Journal of Public Economic Theory; V.4-#3, pp. 387-404.


Lane, Philip and Roberto Perotti(1998). “The Trade Balance and Fiscal Policy in the OECD”. European Economic Review; V.42-#3/5, pp. 887-895.


Lee, Dwight and Richard McKenzie (1989). “The International Political Economy of Declining Tax Rates”. National Tax Journal; V.42-#?, pp. 79-83.


Martin, Cathie Jo (1991). Shifting the Burden: The Struggle Over Growth and Corporate Taxation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


Negrete, Juan Carlos (2001). “Fiscal Institutions and Welfare in an Open Economy”. Topics in Macroeconomics, V.1-#1, online.


Quinn, Dennis (1997). “The Correlates of Change in International Financial Regulation”. American Political Science Review; V.91-#?, pp. 531-551.


Quinn, Dennis and Carla Inclan (1997). “The Origins of Financial Openness”. American Journal of Political Science; V.41-#?, pp. 771-813.


Richter, Wolfram and Kirsten Schneider (2001). “Taxing Mobile Capital with Labor Market Imperfections”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.8-#3; pp. 245-262.


Roubini, Nouriel and Jeffrey Sachs (1989). “Political and Economic Determinants of Budget Deficits in Industrial Democracies”. European Economic Review; V.33-#?, pp. 803-838.


Slemrod, Joel (2004). “Are Corporate Tax Rates, or Countries, Converging?”. Journal of Public Economics; V.88-#6, pp. 1169-1186.


Steinmo, Sven (1993). Taxation and Democracy: Swedish, British, and American Approaches to Financing the Modern State. New Haven: Yale University Press.


Steinmo, Sven (1994). “The End of Redistribution? International Pressures and Domestic Tax Policy Choices”. Challenge; V.37-#6, pp. 9-18.


Steinmo, Sven (2002). “Globalization and Taxation: Challenges to the Swedish Welfare State”. Comparative Political Studies; V.35-#7, pp. 839-862.


Steinmo, Sven (2003). “The Evolution of Economic Ideas: Tax Policy in the 20th Century”. British Journal of Politics and International Relations; forth.


Strulik, Holger (2002). “Fiscal Policy Reforms in the Global Economy”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.9-#1, pp. 73-91.


Summers, Lawrence (1988). “Tax Policy and International Competitiveness”. In Jabob Frenkel, ed. International Aspects of Fiscal Policy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 349-375.


Summers, Lawrence, Jonathan Gruber and Rodrigo Begara (1993). “Taxation and the Structure of Labor Markets: The Case of Corporatism”. Quarterly Journal of Economics; V.108-#3, pp. 385-411.


Swank, Duane (1995). “Funding the Welfare State: Globalization and the Taxation of Business in Advanced Market Economies”. Political Studies; V.46-#4, pp. 671-692.


Swank, Duane and Sven Steinmo (2002). “The New Political Economy of Taxation in Advanced Capitalist Democracies”. American Journal of Political Science; V.46-#2, pp. 642-655.


Tanzi, Vito (1995). Taxation in an Integrating World. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution.


Tanzi, Vito (1996). “Globalization, Tax Competition and the Future of Tax Systems”. in Gerold Krause-Junk, editor, Steuersysteme der Zukunft. Berlin: Dunker & Humblot, [also International Monetary Fund Working Paper: WP/96/141.]


Tanzi, Vito, and Ludger Schuknecht (2000). Public Spending in the Twentieth Century: A Global Perspective. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Wagstaff, Adam and Eddy van Doorslaer (2001). “What Makes Personal Income Tax Progressive? A Comparative Analysis of 15 OECD Countries”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.8-#3, pp. 299-316.


Wallerstein, Michael and Adam Przeworski (1993). “Capital Taxation with Open Borders”. Review of International Political Economy; V.5-#3, pp. 425-445.


Webber, Carolyn and Aaron Wildavsky (1986). A History of Taxation and Expenditure in the Western World. New York: Simon and Schuster.


Wibbels, Erik and Moises Arce (2003). “Globalization, Taxation and Burden Shifting in Latin America”. International Organization; V.57-#1, pp. 111-136.


Wildasin, David (1999). “Factor Mobility and Redistributive Policy: Local and International Perspectives”. In Peter Sorenson, ed. Public Finance in a Changing World. London: Macmillan, pp. 151-192.


Wildasin, David (2000). “Factor Mobility and Fiscal Policy in the EU: Policy Issues and Analytical Approaches”. Economic Policy; V.31, pp. 337-378.


Wildasin, David and Jay Wilson (2004). “Capital Tax Competition: Bane or Boon?”. Journal of Public Economics; V.88-#6, pp. 1065-1091.


Wilson, John (1999). “Theories of Tax Competition”. National Tax Journal; V.52-#?, pp. 269-304.

 

d. Welfare State and Social Programmes


Albo, Gregory (1997). “A World Market of Opportunities? Capitalist Obstacles and Left Economic Policy”. Socialist Register, 1997. London: Merlin Press, pp.


Alberto Alesina, Edward L. Glaeser and Bruce Sacerdote (2001). “Why Doesn’t the U.S. Have a European Style Welfare State?”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; #2, pp. 187-254.


Alesina, Alberto and Roberto Perotti (1997). “The Welfare State and Competitiveness”. American Economic Review; V.87-#5, pp. 921-939.


Allan, James and Lyle Scruggs (2004). “Political Partisanship and Welfare State Reform in Advanced Industrial Societies”. American Journal of Political Science; V.48-#3, pp. 496-512.


Anderson, Karen and Traute Meyer (2003). “Social Democracy, Unions and Pension Politics in Germany and Sweden”. Journal of Public Policy; V.23-#1, pp. 23-54.


Anderson, Torben (2003). “Welfare Policies, Labour Taxation, and International Integration”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.10-#1, pp. 43-62.


Anderson, Torben (2003). “European Integration and the Welfare State”. Journal of Population Economics; V.16-#1, pp. 1-19.


Bonoli, Giuliano (2003). “Social Policy Through Labor Markets: Understanding National Differences in the Provision of Economic Security to Wage Earners”. Comparative Political Studies; V.36-#9, pp. 1007-1030.


Bradley, David, Evelyne Huber, Stephanie Moller, Francois Nielsen, and John Stephens (2003). “Distribution and Redistribution in Postindustrial Democracies”. World Politics; V.55-#2, pp. 193-228.


Burgoon, Brian (2001). “Globalization and Welfare Compensation: Disentangling the Ties that Bind”. International Organization; V.55-#3, pp. 509-551.


Caminada, Koen and Kees Goudswaard (2001). “International Trends in Income Inequality and Social Policy”. International Tax and Public Finance; V.8-#4, pp. 395-415.


Clayton, Richard and Jonas Pontusson (1998). “Welfare State Retrenchment Revisited: Entitlement Cuts, Public Sector Restructuring, and Inegalitarian Trends in Advanced Capitalist Societies”. World Politics; V.51-#1, pp. 67-98.


Crepaz, Markus (2002). “Global, Constitutional, and Partisan Determinants of Redistribution in Fifteen OECD Countries”. Comparative Politics; V.34-#2, pp. 169-188.


Ebbinghaus, Bernhard and Anke Hassel (1999). “The Role of Tripartite Concertation in Reform of the Welfare State”. Transfer; V.5-#1/2, pp. 64-81.


Ebbinghaus, Bernhard and Anke Hassel (2000). “Striking Deals. The Role of Concertation in the Reform of the Welfare State”. Journal of European Public Policy; V.7-#1, pp. 44-62.


Ebbinghaus, Bernhard and Philip Manow (2001). “Studying Varieties of Welfare Capitalism”. In B. Ebbinghaus and P. Manow, eds. Comparing Welfare Capitalism: Social Policy and Political Economy in Europe, Japan and the USA. London: Routledge, pp. 1-24.


Eichengreen, Barry (1999). “The Global Gamble on Financial Liberalization: Reflections on Capital Mobility, National Autonomy, and Social Justice”. Ethics and International Affairs; V.13, pp. 205-226.


Esping-Andersen, Gosta, ed. (1996). Welfare States in Transition: National Adaptations in Global Economies. London: Sage.


Geyer, Robert (1998). “Globalisation and the (Non) Defence of the Welfare State”. West European Politics; V.21-#3,


Hart, Jeffrey A. and Aseem Prakash (1997). “The Decline of ‘Embedded Liberalism’ and the Rearticulation of the Keynesian Welfare State”. New Political Economy; V.2-#1, pp. 65-78.


Hassler, John, José Rodriguez Mora, Kjetil Storesletten, and Fabrizio Zilibotti (2002). “The Survival of the Welfare State”. American Economic Review; pp. 87-112.


Hicks, Alexander (2003). “Back to the Future: A Review Essay on Income Concentration and Conservatism”. Socio-Economic Review; V.1-#2, pp. 271-288.


Hicks, Alexander and Lane Kenworthy (2003). “Varieties of Welfare Capitalism”. Socio-Economic Review; V.1-#1, pp. 27-61. [reply by G. Esping-Andersen, pp. 63-70.]


Huber, Evelyne and John Stephens (1998). “Internationalization and the Social Democratic Model”. Comparative Political Studies; V.31-#?, pp. 353-397.


Huber, Evelyne and John Stephens (2001). Development and Crisis of the Welfare State: Parties and Policies in Global Markets. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


Iversen, Torben and Thomas Cusak (2000). “The Causes of Welfare State Expansion: Deindustrialization or Globalization?”. World Politics; V.52-#3, pp. 313-349.


Kapstein, Ethan (1996). “Workers and the World Economy”. Foreign Affairs; V.75-#3, pp. 16-37.


Kite, C. (2002). “The globalized, generous welfare state: Possibility or oxymoron?”. European Journal of Political Research; V.41-#3, pp. 307-343.


Korpi, Walter (2003). “Welfare State Regress in Western Europe: Politics, Institutions, Globalization and Europeanization”. Annual Review of Sociology; V.29, pp. 589-609.


Korpi, Walter and Joakim Palme (2003). “New Politics and Class Politics in the Context of Austerity and Globalization: Welfare State Regress in 18 Countries, 1975-1995”. American Political Science Review; V.97-#3, pp. 425-446.


Mishra, Ramesh (1999). Globalization and the Welfare State. Northampton: Edward Elgar


Moene, Karl Ove and Michael Wallerstein (2001). “Targeting and Political Support for Welfare Spending”. Economics of Governance; V.2-#1, pp. 3-24.


Moene, Karl Ove and Michael Wallerstein (2001). “Inequality, Social Insurance and Redistribution”. American Political Science Review; V.95-#4, pp. 859-874.


Mosley, Layna (2000). “Room to Move: International Financial Markets and National Welfare States”. International Organization; V.54-#4, pp. 737-773.


Pierson, Paul (1996). “The New Politics of the Welfare State”. World Politics; V.48-#2, pp. 143-179.


Pierson, Paul (2000). “Three Worlds of Welfare State Research”. Comparative Political Studies; V.33-#6/7, pp. 791-821.


Pierson, Paul, ed. (2000). The New Politics of the Welfare State. Oxford: OUP.


Rhodes, Martin (1996). “Globalization and Western European Welfare States: A Critical Review of Recent Debates”. Journal of European Social Policy; V.6-#4, pp. 305-327.


Rhodes, Martin (1998). “Globalization and the Welfare State: The Emergence of Competitive Corporatism”. Swiss Political Science Review; V.4-#1, pp. 99-107.


Rhodes, Martin (2002). “Globalization, EMU and Welfare State Futures”in P. Heywood, E. Jones and M. Rhodes, eds. Developments in Western European Politics 2. Basingstoke: Palgrave, pp. 37-55.


Rieger, Elmar and Stephan Leibfried (1998). “Welfare State Limits to Globalization”. Politics and Society; V.26-#3, pp. 363-390.


Rodrik, Dani (1997). Has Globalization Gone Too Far? Washington, D.C.: IIE.


Rodrik, Dani (1997). “Trade, Social Insurance, and The Limits to Globalization”. NBER Working Paper; #5905.


Rodrik, Dani (1998). “Globalisation, Social Conflict and Economic Growth”. World Economy; V.21-#2, pp. 143-158.


Sinn, Hans Werner (2002). “EU Enlargement and the Future of the Welfare State”. Scottish Journal of Political Economy, V.49-#1, pp.104-115.


Slemrod, Joel (1996). “What Do Cross-Country Studies Teach About Taxes, Prosperity, and Economic Growth?”. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity; pp. 373-341.


Slemrod, Joel (1998). “How Costly is a Large, Redistributive Public Sector?”. Swedish Economic Policy Review; V.5-#1, pp. 87-105.


Stephens, John, Evelyn Huber and Leonard Ray (1999). “The Welfare State in Hard Times”. In Herbert Kitschelt, Peter Lange, Gary Marks, and John Stephens, eds. Continuity and Change in Contemporary Capitalism. Cambridge: CUP, pp.


Streeck, Wolfgang (1995). “From Market Making to State Building? Reflections on the Political Economy of European Social Policy”. In Stephan Leibfried and Paul Pierson, eds. European Social Policy: Between Fragmentation and Integration. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 389-431.


Swank, Duane (2000). “Social Democratic Welfare States in the Global Economy: Scandinavia in Comparative Perspective”. Robert Geyer, Christine Ingebritsen, Jonathan W. Moses, eds., Globalization, Europeanization and the End of Scandinavian Social Democracy. London: Macmillan, pp. 85-138.


Swank, Duane (2001). “Mobile Capital, Democratic Institutions, and the Public Economy in Advanced Industrial Societies”. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis; V.3-#?, pp. 133-162.


Swank, Duane (2001). “Political Institutions and Welfare State Restructuring: The Impact of Institutions on Social Policy Change in Developed Democracies”. In Paul Pierson, ed., The New Political of the Welfare State. New York: Oxford University Press.


Swank, Duane (2001). “Globalization, Regionalization, and European Welfare States”. In Thomas Brewer et al, eds., Globalizing Europe. Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar.


Swank, Duane (2002). Global Capital, Political Institutions, and Policy Change in Developed Welfare States. Cambridge: CUP.


Swank, Duane (2002). “Withering Welfare? Globalization, Political Economic Institutions, and the Foundations of Contemporary Welfare States”. In Linda Weiss, ed., States and Global Markets: Bringing Domestic Institutions Back In. Cambridge: CUP.


Swank, Duane and Hans-Georg Betz (2003). “Globalization, the Welfare State and Right-wing Populism in Europe”. Socio-Economic Review; V.1-#3, pp. 215-245.


Swank, Duane and Cathie Jo Martin (2001). “Employers and the Welfare State: the Political Economic Organization of Firms and Social Policy in Contemporary Capitalist Democracies”. Comparative Political Studies; V.34-#?, pp. 889-823.


Tanzi, Vito (2002). “Globalization and the Future of Social Protection”. Scottish Journal of Political Economy, V.49-#1, pp. 116-127.


Teeple, Gary (1995). Globalization and the Decline of Social Reform. Atlantic Highlands: Humanities Press.


Uwe Walz and Dietmar Wellisch (1999). “The Welfare State, an Impediment to Integration?”. FinanzArchiv; V.56-#2, pp.

 

B. Regionalism and the Globalization Process

 

1. Is the World Economy Regionalizing?


Lawrence, Robert (1994). “Regionalism: An Overview”. JJIE; V.8-#4, pp. 365-387.


Pomfret, Richard (1985). “Discrimination in International Trade: Extent, Motivation, and Implications”. Economia Internazionale; V.38-#?, pp. 49-65.


DeGrauwe, Paul (1988). “Exchange Rate Variability and the Slowdown in Growth of International Trade”. IMFSP; V.35-#?, pp. 63-84.


J. Garten (1989). “Trading Blocs and the Evolving World Economy”. Current History; V.?-#1, pp. 15-56.


Frankel, Jeffrey (1991). “Is a Yen Bloc Forming in Asia?”. in R. O’Brien, ed. Finance and the International Economy. Oxford: OUP, pp. 4-20.


Lawrence, Robert (1991). “Emerging Regional Arrangements: Building Blocks or Stumbling Blocks?”. in R. O’Brien, ed. Finance and the International Economy. Oxford: OUP, pp. 24-36.


Fielke, Norman (1992). “One Trading World, or Many: The Issue of Regional Trading Blocs”. New England Economic Review; May/June, pp. 3-20.


de la Torre, A. and M. Kelly (1992). Regional Trading Arrangements. IMF Occasional Paper #93.


D. Henderson (1992). "International Economic Integration: Progress, Prospects and Implications". International Affaris; V.68-#?, pp. 633-653.


Hamilton, Carl and L. Alan Winters (1992). “Opening Up International Trade in Eastern Europe”. Economic Policy; V.#?, pp. 77-116.


P. Petri (1992). “One Bloc, Two Blocs, or None? Political-Economic Factors in Pacific Trade Policy”. In K. Okuzumi, K. Calder, and G. Gong, eds. The US-Japan Economic Relationship in East and Southeast Asia: A Policy Framework for Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation. Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and International Studies, pp. 39-70.


Frankel, Jeffrey and Shang-Jin Wei (1992). “Trade Blocs and Currency Blocs”. NBER Working Paper, #4335.


Lloyd, Peter (1992). "Regionalization and World Trade". OECD Economic Studies; #18, pp. 7-43.


Lloyd, Peter (1993). “Global Integration”. Australian Economic Review; pp. 35-48.


Frankel, Jeffrey (1993). “Is Japan Creating a Yen Bloc in East Asia and the Pacific?”. In J. Frankel and M. Kahler, eds. Regionalism and Rivalry: Japan and the US in Pacific Asia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 53-85.


Saxonhouse, Gary (1993). “Trading Blocs and East Asia”. in J. DeMelo and A. Panagariya, eds. New Dimensions in Regional Integratoin. New York: Cambridge/CEPR, pp. 388-416.


Grant, Richard, Maria Papadakis and J. David Richardson (1993). “Global Trade Flows: Old Structures, New Issues, Empirical Evidence”. in C.F. Bergsten and M. Noland, eds. Pacific Dynamism and the International System. Washington, DC: IIE, pp. 17-63.


Anderson, Kym and Hege Norheim (1993). “History, Geography and Regional Economic Integration”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 19-51.


Anderson, Kym and Hege Norheim (1993). “Is World Trade Becoming More Regionalized?”. RIE; V.1-#2, pp. 91-109.


Anderson, Kym and Hege Norheim (1993). “From Imperial to Regional Trade Preferences: Its Effects on Europe's Intra- and Extra-Regional Trade”. WA; V.129-#


Anderson, Kym and Richard Snape (1994). “European and American Regionalism: Effects on and Options for Asia”. JJIE; V.8-#4, pp. 454-477.


Eaton, Jonathan and A. Tamura (1994). “Bilateralism and Regionalism in Japanese and US Trade and Direct Investment Patterns”. JJIE; V.8-#4, pp. 478-510.


Baldwin, Richard (1994). “Potential Trade Patterns”. Chapter 3 of Towards and Integrated Europe. London: CEPR, pp. 80-118.


Frankel, Jeffrey, Ernesto Stein, and Shang-Jin Wei (1995). “Trading Blocs and the Americas: The Natural, the Unnatural, and the Super-Natural”. JDevE; V.47-#?, pp. 61-95.


Frankel, Jeffrey, Ernesto Stein, and Shang-Jin Wei (1996). “Continental Trading Blocs: Are they Natural or Supernatural?”. in J. Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 91-113.


Frankel, Jeffrey and Shang-Jin Wei (1998). “Regionalization of World Trade and Currencies: Economics and Politics”. in J. Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 189-219.


Frankel, Jeffrey (1997). Regional Trading Blocs. Washington, DC: IIE.


Polak, J.J. (1996). “Is APEC a Natural Regional Trading Bloc? A Critique of the ‘Gravity Model’ of International Trade”. World Economy; V.19-#5, pp. 533-543.


Eichengreen, Barry and Douglas Irwin (1995). “Trade Blocs, Currency Blocs and the Reorientation of Trade in the 1930s”. JIE; V.38-#1/2, pp. 1-24.


Bayoumi, Tamim and Barry Eichengreen (1995). “Is Regionalism Simply a Diversion? Evidence from the Evolution of the EC and EFTA”. In Takatoshi Ito and Anne Krueger, eds. Regionalism versus multilateral trade arrangements. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 141-164.


N. de Jong and R. Vos (1995). “Regional Blocs or Global Markets?: A World Accounting Approach to Analyze Trade and Financial Linkages”. WA; V.131-#4, pp. 748-773.


Emmerij, Louis (1992). “Globalization, Regionalization and World Trade”. Columbia Journal of World Business; V.27-#?, pp. 6-13.


Engel, Charles and John Rogers (1998). “Regional Patterns in the Law of One Price: The Roles of Geography and Currencies”. in J. Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 153-183.


S. Dhar and A. Panagariya (1999). “Is East Asia Less Open than North America and the EEC? No”. in J. Piggott and A. Woodland, eds. International Trade Policy and the Pacific Rim. London: Macmillan, pp. 105-123


D. Karemera, David, et al. (1999). “A Gravity Model Analysis of the Benefits of Economic Integration in the Pacific Rim”. Journal of Economic Integration; V.14-#3, pp. 347-367.


M. Brülhart and M. Kelly (1999). “Ireland's Trading Potential with Central and Eastern European Countries: A Gravity Study”. Economic and Social Review; V.30-#2, pp. 159-174.


F. Sanz (2000). “A Kalman Filter-Gravity Equation Approach to Assess the Trade Impact of Economic Integration: The Case of Spain, 1986-1992”. WA; V.136-#1, pp. 84-110.

 

2. Regionalism and Multilateralism: Stepping Stones or Stumbling Blocs

 

a. General Issues


Bhagwati, Jagdish (1990). “Departures from Multilateralism: Regionalism and Aggressive Unilateralism”. Economic Journal; V.100-#403, pp. 1304-1317.


Winters, L. Alan (1990). “The Road to Uruguay”. Economic Journal; V.100-#403, pp. 1288-1303


Sapir, André (1990). “Does 1992 Come Before or After 1990? On Regional versus Multilateral Integration”. in R. Jones and A. Krueger, eds. The Political Economy of International Trade. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 197-222.


Summers, Lawrence (1991). “Regionalism and the World Trading System”. in Policy Implications of Trade and Currency Zones. Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas, pp. 295-303.


Fielke, Norman (1992). “One Trading World, or Many: The Issue of Regional Trading Blocs”. New England Economic Review; May/June, pp. 3-20.


Hoekman, Bernard and Michael Leidy (1992). “Holes and Loopholes in Regional Trade Arrangements and the Multilateral Trading System”. Aussenwirtschaft, V.47-#3, pp. 325-360.


Snape, Richard (1993). “History and Economics of GATT’s Article XXIV”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 273-291.


McMillan, John (1993). “Does Regional Integration Foster Open Trade? Economic Theory and GATT’s Article XXIV”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 292-310.


Roessler, Frieder (1993). “The Relationship between Regional Integration Agreements and the Multilateral Trading Order”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 311-325.


Blackhurst, Richard and David Henderson (1993). “Regional Integration Agreements, World Intergration, and the GATT”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 408-435.


Lal, Deepak (1993). “Trade Blocs and Multilateral Free Trade”. JCMS; V.31-#3, pp. 349-358.


Bhagwati, Jagdish (1993). “Regionalism and Multilateralism: An Overview”. in J. deMelo and A. Panagariya, eds. New Dimensions in Regional Integration. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 22-51.


Krugman, Paul (1993). “Regionalism versus Multilateralism: Analytical Notes”. in J. deMelo and A. Panagariya, eds. New Dimensions in Regional Integration. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 58-79.


Irwin, Douglas (1993). “Multilateral and Bilateral Trade Policies in the World Trading System: An Historical Perspective”. in J. deMelo and A. Panagariya, eds. New Dimensions in Regional Integration. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 90-119.


Eichengreen, Barry and Jeffrey Frankel (1995). “Economic Regionalism: Evidence from Two 20th Century Episodes”. North American Journal of Economic and Finance; V.6-#2, pp. 89-106.


Bhagwati, Jagdish (1995). “US Trade Policy: The Infatuation with Free Trade”. in J. Bhagwati and A. Krueger, eds. The Dangerous Drift to Preferential Trade Agreements. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 1-18.


Krueger, Anne (1995). “NAFTA: Strengthening or Weakening the International Trading System?”. in J. Bhagwati and A. Krueger, eds. The Dangerous Drift to Preferential Trade Agreements. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 19-33.


Baldwin, Richard (1995). “What Caused the Resurgence of Regionalism?”. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Volkswirtschaft und Statistik/Swiss Journal of Economics and Statistics; V.131-#3, pp. 453-463.


Bhagwati, Jagdish and Arvind Panagariya (1996). “Preferential Trading Areas and Multilateralism– Strangers, Friends, or Foes?”. in J. Bhagwati and A. Panagariya, eds. The Economics of Preferential Trade Agreements. Washington, DC: AEI, pp. 1-78.


Bhagwati, Jagdish and Arvind Panagariya (1996). “The Theory of Preferential Trade Agreements: Historical Evolution and Current Trends”. AER; V.86-#2, pp. 82-87.


Krueger, Anne (1997). “Free Trade Agreements versus Customs Unions”. JDevE; V.54-#?, pp. 169-187.


Krueger, Anne (1997). “Problems with Overlapping Free Trade Areas”. in T. Ito and A. Krueger, eds. Regionalism versus Multilateral Trade Agreements. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 9-23.


Bayoumi, Tamim and Barry Eichengreen (1997). “Is Regionalism Simply a Diversion: Evidence from the Evolution of the EC and NAFTA”. in T. Ito and A. Krueger, eds. Regionalism versus Multilateral Trade Agreements. Chicago: University of Chicago Press/NBER, pp. 141-164.


Frankel, Jeffrey and Shang-Jin Wei (1998). “Regionalization of World Trade and Currencies: Economics and Politics”. in J. Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicage Press/NBER, pp. 189-219.


Panagariya, Arvind (1997). “Preferential Trading and the Myth of Natural Trading Partners”. Japan and the World Economy; V.9-#4, pp. 471-489.


Panagariya, Arvind (1998). “Do Transport Costs Justify Regional Preferential Trading Arrangements? No”. WA; V.134-#2, pp. 280-301.


Srinivasan, T.N. (1998). “Regionalism and the the WTO: Is Nondiscrimination Passé?”. in A. Krueger, ed. The WTO as an International Organization. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 329-349.


Ethier, Wilfred (1998). “Multilateral Roads to Regionalism”. in J. Piggot and A. Woodland, eds. International Trade Policy and the Pacific Rim. London: Macmillan, forthcoming.


Winters, L. Alan (1999). “Regionalism versus Multilateralism”. in R. Baldwin, D. Cohen, A. Sapir, and A. Venables, eds. Market Integration, Regionalism and the Global Economy. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 7-49.

 

b. Internal Politics


Hoekman, Bernard and Michael Leidy (1993). “What to Expect from Regional and Multilateral Trade Negotiations: A Public Choice Perspective”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 246-269.


Krueger, Anne (1995). “The Role of the NAFTA Debate in US Trade Policy”. Australian Economic Papers; V.?-#?, pp. 5-16.


Wei, Shang-Jin and Jeffrey Frankel (1996). “Can Regional Blocs be a Stepping Stone to Global Free Trade?”. International Review of Economics and Finance; V.5-#4, pp. 339-347.


Krishna, Pravin (1996). “A Political Economy Analysis of Preferential Trading and Multilateralism”. Eastern Economic Journal; V.22-#4, pp. 477-483.


Krishna, Pravin (1998). “Regionalism and Multilateralism: A Political Economy Approach”. QJE; V.?-#?, pp. 228-250.


Levy, Philip (1997). “A Political-Economic Analysis of Free-Trade Agreements”. AER; V.87-#4, pp. 506-519.


Levy, Philip (1998). “Learning from Trade Agreements”. ms: Yale University.


Remmer, Karen (1998). “Does Democracy Promote Interstate Cooperation?: Lessons from the MERCOSUR Region”. International Studies Quarterly; V.42-#1, pp. 25-52.

 

c. International Politics


Oye, Kenneth (1992). Economic Discrimination and Political Exchange: World Political Economy in the 1930s and 1980s. Princeton: PUP.


Baldwin, Robert (1993). “Adapting the GATT to a More Regionalized World: A Political Economy Perspective”. in K. Anderson and R. Blackhurst, eds. Regional Integration and the Global Trading System. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, pp. 387-407.


A. Hughes Hallett and C. Primo Braga (1994). “The New Regionalism and the Threat of Protection”. JJIE; V.8-#4, pp. 388-421.


F. Westhoff, B. Yarbrough, and R. Yarbrough (1994). “Preferential Trade Agreements and the GATT: Can Bilateralism and Multilateralism Coexist?”. KYKLOS; V.47-#2, pp. 179-195.


Bagwell, Kyle and Robert Staiger (1997). “Multilateral Cooperation during the Formation of Free Trade Areas”. IER; V.38-#2, pp. 291-319.


Bagwell, Kyle and Robert Staiger (1997). “Multilateral Cooperation during the Formation of Customs Unions”. JIE; V.42-#1/2, pp. 91-123.


Bagwell, Kyle and Robert Staiger (1999). “Regionalism and Multilateral Tariff Cooperation”. in J. Piggott and A. Woodland, ed. International Trade Policy and the Pacific Rim. London: Macmillan, pp. 157-185.


Bagwell, Kyle and Robert Staiger (1997). “Reciprocity, Non-Discrimination and Preferential Agreements in the Multilateral Trading System”. NBER Working Paper, #5932.


Bagwell, Kyle and Robert Staiger (1998). “Will Preferential Agreements Undermine the Multilateral Trading System?”. EJ; V.108-#449, pp. 1162-1182.


Bagwell, Kyle and Robert Staiger (1999). “Preferential Agreements and the Multilateral Trading System”. in R. Baldwin, D. Cohen, A. Sapir, and A. Venables, eds. Market Integration, Regionalism and the Global Economy. Cambridge: CUP/CEPR, pp. 53-79. [Comment by R. Fernandez follows.]


Whalley, John (1998). Why Do Countries Seek Regional Trade Agreements?”. in J. Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 63-87.


Perroni, Carlo and John Whalley (2000). “The New Regionalism: Trade Liberalization or Insurance?”. Canadian Journal of Economics; V.33-#1, pp. 1-24


Kowalczyk, Carsten and Donald Davis (1998). “Tariff Phase-Outs: Theory and Evidence from GATT and NAFTA”. in J. Frankel, ed. The Regionalization of the World Economy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, pp. 227-250.


Ethier, Wilfred (1998). “The New Regionalism”. EJ; V.108-#449, pp. 1149-1161.


Ethier, Wilfred (1998). “Regionalism in a Multilateral World”. JPE; V.106-#6, pp. 1214-1245.


Ethier, Wilfred (1999). “Multilateral Roads to Regionalism”. in J. Piggott and A. Woodland, eds. International Trade Policy and the Pacific Rim. London: Macmillan, pp. 131-152.


Ethier, Wilfred (2001). “The New Regionalism in the Americas: A Theoretical Framework”. North American Journal of Economics and Finance; V.12-#2, pp. 159-172.


Ethier, Wilfred (2002). “Unilateralism in a Multilateral World”. Economic Journal; V112-#479, pp. 266-292.


E. Fernandez-Arias and M. Spiegel (1998). “Nort-South Customs Unions and International Capital Mobility”. JIE; V.46-#2, pp. 229-251.


Mansfield, Edward (1998). “The Proliferation of Preferential Trading Arrangements”. Journal of Conflict Resolution; V.42-#5, pp. 523-543.


Syrapoulos, Costas (1999). “Customs Unions and Comparative Advantage”. OEP; V.51-#2, pp. 239-266.


Riezman, Raymond (1999). “Can Bilateral Trade Agreements Help to Induce Free Trade?”. CJE; V.32-#3, pp. 751-766.


C. Freund (2000). “Multilateralism and the Endogenous Formation of Preferential Trade Agreements”. JIE; V.52-#2, pp. 359-376.

 

3. The New Regionalism as a Response to Globalization


Welfens, Paul (1989). “The Globalization of Markets and Regional Integration”. Intereconomics, V.24-#?, pp. 273-281


Morrison, Allen J., David A. Ricks, and Kendall Roth (1991). “Globalization Versus Regionalization: Which Way for the Multinational?”. Organizational Dynamics; V.19-#?, pp. 17-29.


Johnson, Hazel (1991). Dispelling the Myth of Globalization: The Case for Regionalization. New York: Praeger.


Hirst, Paul and Grahame Thompson (1992). “The Problem of ‘Globalization’: Economic Relations, National Economic Management and the Formation of Trading Blocs”. Economy and Society; V.21, pp. 357-396


Weiner, Klaus-Peter (1992). “Between Political Regionalization and Economic Globalization: Problems and Prospects of European Integration”. International Journal of Political Economy; V.22-#?, pp. 41-62.


Morales, Rebecca and Carlos Quandt (1992). “The New Regionalism in Developing Countries and Regional Collaborative Competition”. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research; V.16-#3, pp. 463-475.


Robson, Peter (1993). “The New Regionalism and Developing Countries”. Journal of Common Market Studies; V.31-#3, pp. 329-348.


Blank, Stephen (1993). “How Globalization and Freer Trade are Creating a New Architecture of North America”. Hofstra Labor Law Journal; V.10-#?, pp. 609-622..


Padoa-Schioppa, Tommaso (1993). Tripolarism: Regional and Global Economic Cooperation. Washington, D.C.: Group of Thirty.


Crone, Donald (1993). “Does Hegemony Matter? The Reorganization of the Pacific Political Economy”. World Politics; V.45-#4, pp. 501-525.


Panagiriya, Arvind (1994). “East Asia and the New Regionalism in World Trade”. World Economy; V.17-#?, pp. 817-839.


Fuentes K., Juan Alberto (1994). “Open Regionalism and Economic Integration”. CEPAL Review; #53, pp. 81-89.


Hettne, Björn (1994). “The New Regionalism: Implications for Development and Peace”. In Björn Hettne and András Inotai, eds. The New Regionalism: Implications for Global Development and International Security. Helsinki: UN University/WIDER, pp. 1-49.


Marchand, Marianne (1994). “Gender and the New Regionalism in Latin America: Inclusion/ Exclusion”. Third World Quarterly; V.15-#1, pp. 63-76.


Kahler, Miles (1995). International Institutions and the Political Economy of Integration. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Lawrence, Robert (1995). Regionalism, Mulitlateralism, and Deeper Integration. Washington, DC: Brookings.


Hurrell, Andrew (1995). “Explaining the Resurgence of Regionalism in World Politics”. Review of International Studies; V.21-#4, pp. 331-358.


Higgott, Richard and Richard Stubbs (1995). “Competing Conceptions of Economic Regionalism: APEC versus EAEC in the Asia Pacific”. Review of International Political Economy; V.2-#3, pp. 516-535.


Hart, Jeffrey A. and Aseem Prakash (1996). “Globalisation and Regionalisation: Conceptual Issues and Reflections”. International Trade Law and Regulation; V.2-#?, pp. 205-211.


Gamble, Andrew and Anthony Payne, eds. (1996). Regionalism and World Order. New York: St. Martins.


Mansfield, Edward D. and Helen V. Milner, eds. (1997). The Political Economy of Regionalism. New York: Columbia University Press.


Tussie, Diana (1998). “Globalization and World Trade: From Multilateralism to Regionalism”. Oxford Development Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 33-46.


Haggard, Stephan (1998). “The Political Economy of Regionalism in the Western Hemisphere”. In Carol Wise, ed. The Post-NAFTA Political Economy: Mexico and the Western Hemisphere. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 302-359.


Bulmer-Thomas, Victor (1998). “The Central American Common Market: From Closed to Open Regionalism”. World Development; V.26-#2, pp. 313-322.


Lopez, Carolina Albero and Jacint Soler Matutes (1998). “Open Regionalism versus Discriminatory Trading Agreements: Institution and Empirical Analysis”. ASEAN Economic Bulletin; V.14-#3, pp. 253-272.


Panagariya, Arvind and T.N. Srinivasan (1998). “The New Regionalism: A Benign or Malign Growth?”. in J. Bhagwati and M. Hirsch, eds. The Uruguay Round and beyond: Essays in honour of Arthur Dunkel. New York: Springer, pp. 221-240.


Panagariya, Arvind (1998). “Rethinking the New Regionalism”. In John Nash and Wendy Takacs, eds. Trade Policy Reform: Lessons and Implications. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, pp. 87-145.


Mansfield, Edward and Helen Milner (1999). “The New Wave of Regionalism”. International Organization; V.53-#3, pp. 589-627.


Hettne, Bjorn, Andras Inotai, and Osvaldo Sunkel, eds. (1999). Globalism and the New Regionalism. New York: St. Martin's Press/WIDER.


Hettne, Bjorn, Andras Inotai, and Osvaldo Sunkel, eds. (2000). National Perspectives on the New Regionalism in the North. New York: St. Martin's Press/WIDER.


Hettne, Bjorn, Andras Inotai, and Osvaldo Sunkel, eds. (2000). National Perspectives on the New Regionalism in the South. New York: St. Martin's Press/WIDER.


Hettne, Bjorn, Andras Inotai, and Osvaldo Sunkel, eds. (2000). The New Regionalism and the Future of Security and Development. New York: St. Martin's Press/WIDER.


Verdier, Daniel and R. Breen (2001). “Europeanization and Globalization: Politics Against Markets in the European Union”. Comparative Political Studies; V.34-#3, pp. 227-262.

 

C. On Global Governance

 

1. Global Governance


Carr, E.H. (1964). The Twenty Years’ Crisis, 1919-1939: An Introduction to the Study of International Relations. New York: Harper & Row.


Bull, Hedley (1977). The Anarchical Society: A Study of Order in World Politics. New York: Columbia University Press.


Luard, Evan (1990). The Globalization of Politics: The Changed Focus of Political Action in the Modern World. London: Macmillan.


Rosenau, James (1990). Turbulence in World Politics: A Theory of Change and Continuity. Princeton: PUP.


Rosenau, James (1994). “New Dimensions of Security: The Interaction of Globalizing and Localizing Dynamics”. Security Dialogue; V.25-#3, pp. 255-281.


Sakamoto, Yosshikazu (1994). Global Transformation: Challenges to the State System. Tokyo: United Nations University Press.


Held, David (1995). Democracy and the Global Order: From the Modern State to Cosmopolitan Governance. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


Lodge, George C. (1995). Managing Globalization in the Age of Interdependence. San Diego: Pfeiffer and Co.


Rosecrance, Richard (1996). “The Rise of the Virtual State,” Foreign Affairs; V.75-#1, pp. 45-61.


Rosecrance, Richard (1999). The Rise of the Virtual State: Wealth and Power in the Coming Century. New York: Basic Books.


Finnemore, Martha (1996). National Interests in International Society. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Weede, Erich (1996). Economic Development, Social Order, and World Politics: with special emphasis on War, Freedom, the Rise and Decline of the West, and the Future of East Asia. Boulder: Lynne Rienner.


Schaeffer, Robert (1997). Understanding Globalization: The Social Consequences of Political, Economic and Environmental Change. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield.


Ruggie, John (1998). Constructing the World Polity: Essays on International Institutionalization. Routledge.


Young, Oran (1999). Governance in World Affairs. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Halliday, Fred (2000). “Global Governance: Prospects and Problems”. Citizenship Studies; V.4-#1, pp. 19-33.


Held, David (2000). “Regulating Globalization”. In D. Held and A. McGrew, eds. The Global Transformations Reader. Cambridge: Polity, pp. 420-430.


Rosenau, James and Ernst-Otto Czempiel, eds. (1992). Governance without Government: Change and Order in World Politics. Cambridge: CUP.


Desai, Meghnad and Paul Redfern, eds. (1995). Global Governance: Ethics and Economics of the World Order. London: Frances Pinter.


Hewson, Martin and Timothy Sinclair, eds. (1999). Approaches to Global Governance Theory. Albany: State University of New York Press.


Archibugi, Danielle, David Held, and Martin Kohler, eds. (1999). Re-Imagining Political Community: Studies in Cosmopolitan Democracy. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


Väyrynen, Raimo, ed. (1999). Global Governance and Enforcement: Issues and Strategies Lanham: Rowman and Littlefield..


Prakash, Aseem and Jeffrey A. Hart, eds. (1999). Globalization and Governance. London: Routledge.


Prakash, Aseem and Jeffrey A. Hart, eds. (2000). Coping with Globalization. London: Routledge.


Prakash, Aseem and Jeffrey A. Hart, eds. (2000). Responding to Globalization. London: Routledge.


Plattner, Marc and Aleksander Smolar, eds. (2000). Globalization, Power, and Democracy. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.


Cerny, Philip (2000). “The New Security Dilemma: divisibility, defection and disorder in

 the global era”. Review of International Studies; V.26-#4, pp. 623-646.

 

2. Ethical Issues in Global Governance

 

a. Ethical Issues in International Relations


Beitz, Charles (1979). Political Theory and International Relations. Princeton: PUP.


Hoffman, Stanley (1981). Duties Beyond Borders. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press.


Nardin, Terry (1983). Law, Morality, and the Relations of States. Princeton: PUP.


Walzer, Michael (1983). Spheres of Justice. Oxford: OUP.


Beitz, Charles (1983). “Cosmopolitan Ideals and National Sentiment”. Journal of Philosophy; V.80-#10, Part 1, pp. 591-600.


Shue, Henry (1983). “The Burdens of Justice”. Journal of Philosophy; V.80-#10, Part 1, pp. 600-608.


Doyle, Michael (1983). “Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs”. Philosophy and Public Affairs; Part I: V.12-#3, pp. 205-235; Part II: V.12-#4, pp. 323-353.


Pogge, Thomas (1986). “Liberalism and Global Justice: Hoffmann and Nardin on Morality in International Affairs”. Philosophy and Public Affairs; V15-#1, pp. 67-81.


Barry, Brian (1987). “Can States be Moral? International Morality and the Compliance Problem”. in Anthony Ellis, ed. Ethics and International Relations. Manchester: Manchester University Press. [also Chapter 15 in Barry, ed. Democracy, Power, and Justice. Oxford: OUP, pp. 411-433.]


“Symposium on Duties Beyond Borders”. Ethics; V.98-#4, pp. 647-756.


            Miller, David (1988). “The Ethical Significance of Nationality”. pp. 647-662.

 

Goodin, Robert (1988). “What is So Special about Our Fellow Countrymen?”. pp. 663-686 .

 

Shue, Henry (1988). “Mediating Duties”. pp. 687-704 .

 

O’Neill, Onora (1988). “Ethical Reasoning and Ideological Pluralism”. pp. 705-722 .

 

Balibar, Etienne (1988). “Propositions on Citizenship”. pp. 723-730.

 

Van Gunsteren, Herman (1988). “Admission to Citizenship”. pp. 731-741.

 

Carty, Anthony (1988). “Liberal Economic Rhetoric as an Obstacle to the Democratization of the World Economy”. pp. 742-756.


Goodin, Robert (1990). “International Ethics and the Environmental Crisis”. Ethics and International Affarirs; V.4-#?, pp. 91-105.


Pogge, Thomas (1995). “How Should Human Rights be Conceived?”. Jahrbuch für Recht und Ethik; V.3, pp. 103-120.


Moravcsik, Andrew (1997). “Taking Preferences Seriously: A Liberal Theory of International Politics”. International Organization; V.51-#4, pp. 513-553.


McGrew, Anthony (1997). “Democracy Beyond Borders? Globalization and the Reconstruction of Democratic Theory”. In A. McGrew, ed. The Transformation of Democracy? Globalization and Territorial Democracy. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Rawls, John (1999). The Law of Peoples. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.


Pogge, Thomas (1994). “An Egalitarian Law of Peoples”. Philosophy and Public Affairs; V.23-#3, pp. 195-224.

 

b. General Analyses of International Distributive Justice


Beitz, Charles R. (1999). “International Liberalism and Distributive Justice: A Survey of Recent Thought”. World Politics; V.51-#?, pp. 269-296.


Singer, Peter (1972). “Famine, Affluence, and Morality”. Philosophy and Public Affairs; V.1-#3, pp. 229-243.


Little, Ian (1978). “Distributive Justice and the New International Order”. In P. Oppenheimer, ed. Issues in International Economics. London: Oriel Press, pp. 37-53.


Barry, Brian (1981). “Do Countries Have Moral Obligations?: The Case of World Poverty”. Tanner Lectures on Human Values. Volume II. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press, pp.27-44.


Barry, Brian (1979). “Justice as Reciprocity”. in Eugene Kamenka and Alice Erh-Soon Tay, eds. Justice. London: Edward Arnold, pp. 50-78. [also Chapter 17 in Barry, ed. Democracy, Power, and Justice. Oxford: OUP, pp. 463-493.]


Sen, Amartya (1981). “Ethical Issues in Income Distribution: National and International”. In S. Grassman and E. Lundberg, eds. The World Economic Order: Past and Prospects. London: Macmillan, pp. 464-493.


Findlay, Ronald (1982). “International Distributive Justice”. Journal of International Economics; V.13-#1/2, pp. 1-14.


Barry, Brian (1982). “Humanity and Justice in Global Perspective”. in J. Pennock and J. Chapman, eds. Ethics, Economics and the Law. New York: NYU Press, pp. 219-267. [also Chapter 16 in Barry, ed. Democracy, Power, and Justice. Oxford: OUP, pp. 434-492.]


Richards, D.A.J. (1982). “International Distributive Justice”. in J. Pennock and J. Chapman, eds. Ethics, Economics and the Law. New York: NYU Press, pp. 275-299.


Shue, Henry (1980). Basic Rights: Subsistence, Affluence, and U.S. Foreign Policy. Princeton: PUP.


O’Neill, Onora (1986). Faces of Hunger: An Essay on Poverty, Development, and Justice. London: Allen and Unwin.


O’Neill, Onora (1991). “Transnational Justice”. In D. Held, ed. Political Theory Today. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


Little, I.M.D. (1992). “Ethics and International Economic Relations”. in Brian Barry and Robert Goodin, eds. (1992). Free Movement: Ethical Issues in the Transnational Migration of People and Money. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 48-58.


O’Neill, Onora (2000). Bounds of Justice. Cambridge: CUP.

 

3. Formal Rules and Rule of Law

 

a. General Issues


Henkin, Louis (1979). How Nations Behave: Law and Foreign Policy. New York: Council on Foreign Relations.


Stein, Eric (1981). “Lawyers, Judges and the Making of a Transnational Constitution”. American Journal of International Law; V.75-#1, pp. 1-27.


Cassese, Antonio (1989). International Law in a Divided World. Oxford: Clarendon Press.


Tarullo, Daniel (1985). “Logic, Myth and International Economic Order”. (1985). Harvard International Law Journal; V.26-#2, pp. 533-552.


Abbott, Kenneth (1989). “Modern International Relations Theory: A Prospectus for International Lawyers”. Yale Journal of International Law; V.14-#?2, pp. 335-411.


Crawford, James (1993). “Democracy and International Law”. British Yearbook of International Law; V.64, pp. 113-133.


Delbruck, Jost (1993). “Globalization of Law, Politics, and Markets--Implications for Domestic Law--A European Perspective”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.1-#1, pp. 9-36.


Shapiro, Martin (1993). “The Globalization of Law”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.1-#1, pp. 37-64.


Slaughter Burley, Anne-Marie (1993). “International Law and International Relations Theory: A Dual Agenda”. American Journal of International Law; V.87-#2, pp. 205-239.


Slaughter, Anne-Marie (1995). “International Law in a World of Liberal States”. European Journal of International Law; V.6-#?, pp. 503-538.


Jackson, John (1995). “International Economic Law: Reflections on the ‘Boilerroom’ of International Relations”. American University Journal of International Law and Policy; V.10-#2, pp. 595-


Tate, C. Neal and Torbjorn Vallinder, eds. (1995). The Global Expansion of Judicial Power. New York: NYU Press.


Teubner, Gunther, ed. (1997). Global Law Without A State. Aldershot, England: Dartmouth Publishing Company.


Heydebrand, Wolf (1997). “Globalization and the Rule of Law at the End of the 20th Century”. in European Yearbook of the Sociology of Law. Milan: Giuffre.


Anne-Marie Slaughter, Andrew Tulumello and Stepan Wood (1998). “International Law and International Relations Theory: A New Generation of Interdisciplinary Scholarship”. American Journal of International Law; V.92-#3, pp. 367-397.


Crawford, James and Susan Marks (1998). “The Global Democracy Deficit: An Essay in International Law and Its Limits”. In D. Archibugi, D. Held, and M. Köhler, eds. Reimagining Political Community: Studies in Cosmopolitan Democracy. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Gessner, Volkmar and Ali Cem Budak, eds. (1998). Emerging Legal Certainty: Empirical Studies on the Globalization of Law. Aldershot: Dartmouth Publishing.


Scheuerman, William (1999). “Economic Globalization and the Rule of Law”. Constellations; V.6-#1, pp. 3-25.


Jayasuriya, Kanishka (1999). “Globalization, Law, and the Transformation of Sovereignty: The Emergence of Global Regulatory Governance”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.6-#2, pp. 425-455.


Marks, Susan (1999). “Guarding the Gates with Two Faces: International Law and Political Reconstruction”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.6-#2, pp. 457-495.


Markell, Bruce (1999). “A View from the Field: Some Observations on the Effect of International Commercial Law Reform Efforts on the Rule of Law”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.6-#2, pp. 497-510.


Nowrot, Karsten (1999). “Legal Consequences of Globalization: The Status of Non-Governmental Organizations Under International Law”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.6-#2, pp. 579-644.


Laurence, Henry (1999). “Spawning the SEC”. Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies; V.6-#2, pp. 647-683.


Schloemann, Hannes and Stefan Ohlhof (1999). “Constitutionalization" and Dispute Settlement in the WTO: National Security as an Issue of Competence”. American Journal of International Law; V.93-#2, pp. 424-451.


Krasner, Stephen (2000). “International Law and International Relations: Together, Apart, Together”. Chicago Journal of International Law; V.1, pp. 93-99.


Sassen, Saskia (2000). “The State and Economic Globalization: Any Implications for International Law”. Chicago Journal of International Law; V.1, pp. 109-116.


Goldstein, Judith, Miles Kahler, Robert Keohane, and Anne-Marie Slaughter (2000). “Introduction: Legalization and World Politics”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 385-399.


Abbott, Kenneth Robert Keohane, Andrew Moravcsik, Anne-Marie Slaughter, and Duncan Snidal (2000). “The Concept of Legalization”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 401-419.


Abbott, Kenneth and Duncan Snidal (2000). “Hard and Soft Law in International Governance”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 421-456.


Keohane, Robert, Andrew Moravcsik, and Anne-Marie Slaughter (2000). “Legalized Dispute Resolution: Interstate and Transnational”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 457-488

                    

Alter, Karen (2000). “The European Legal System and Domestic Policy: Spillover or Backlash?”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 489-518 .


Kahler, Miles (2000). “Legalization as Strategy: The Asia-Pacific Case”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 549-571.


Simmons, Beth (2000). “The Legalization of International Monetary Affairs”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 573-602 .


Lutz, Ellen and Kathryn Sikkink (2000). “International Human Rights Law and Practice in Latin America”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 633-659.


Kahler, Miles (2000). “Conclusion: The Causes and Consequences of Legalization”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 661-683.


Martha Finnemore and Stephen J. Toope (2001). “Alternatives to “Legalization”: Richer Views of Law and Politics”. International Organization; V.55-#3, pp. 743-758. [response by Judith Goldstein, Miles Kahler, Robert Keohane and Anne Marie Slaughter follows, pp. 759-760.]


Diehl, Paul, Charlotte Ku, and Daniel Zamora (2003). “The Dynamics of International Law: The Interaction of Normative and Operating Systems”. International Organization; V.57-#1, pp. 43-75.

 

b. Trade Law


Dam, Kenneth (1970). The GATT: Law and Economic Organization. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


Hudec, Robert (1975). The Gatt Legal System and World Trade Diplomacy. New York: Praeger.


Jackson, John (1989/1997). The World Trading System: Law and Policy of International Economic Relations. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Jackson, John (2000). The Jurisprudence of the GATT and the WTO: Insights on Treaty Law and Economic Relations. New York: Cambridge University Press.


Matsushita, Mitsuo, Petros Mavroidis and Thomas Schoenbaum (2001). The WTO Law and Practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.


Abbott, Kenneth (1985). “The Trading Nations’s Dilemma: The Functions of the Law of International Trade”. Harvard International Law Journal; V.26-#2, pp. 501-532.


Trimble, Philip (1985). “International Trade and the Rule of Law”. Michigan Law Review; V.83-#4, pp. 1016-1032.


Tarullo, Daniel (1986/7). “Beyond Normalcy in the Regulation of International Trade”. Harvard Law Review; V.100-#?, pp. 546-605.


Finger, J. Michael (1991). “The GATT as International Discipline Over Trade Restrictions: A Public Choice Approach”. In R. Vaubel and T. Willett, eds. The Political Economy of International Institutions: A Public Choice Approach. Boulder: Westview Press, pp.


Finger, J. Michael and S. Dhar (1994). “Do Rules Control Power? GATT Articles and Agreements in the Uruguay Round”. In Alan Deardorff and Robert Stern, eds. Analytical and Negotiating Issues in the Global Trading System. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp.


Hudec, Robert (1993). Enforcing International Trade Law: The Evolution of the Modern GATT Legal System. Salem: Butterworth Legal Publishers.


Stiles, Kendall (1995). “The New WTO Regime: A Victory of Pragmatism”. Detroit College of Law Journal of International Law and Practice; V.4-#3, pp. 1-37.


Shell, G. Richard (1995). “Trade Legalism and International Relations Theory: An Analysis of the World Trade Organization”. Duke Law Journal; V.44-#5, pp. 829-927.


Jackson, John (1995). “The Uruguay Round, World Trade Organization, and the Problem of Regulating International Economic Behavior”. (Hyman Soloway Lecture). Policy Debates/Debats Politiques. Ottawa: Centre for Trade Policy and Law.


Stone Sweet, Alec (1997). “The New GATT: Dispute Resolution and the Judicialization of the Trade Regime”. In Mary Volcansek, ed. Supranational Courts in a Political Context. Gainesville: University of Florida Press.


David Palmeter and Petros C. Mavroidis (1998). “The WTO Legal System: Sources of Law”. American Journal of International Law; V.92-#3, pp. 398-413.


Nichols, Philip (1998). “Forgotten Linkages: Historical Institutionalism and Sociological Institutionalism and Analysis of the World Trade Organization”. University of Pennsylvania Journal of International Economic Law; V.19-#2, pp.151-183.


Tarullo, Philip (1999). “Law and Governance in a Global Economy”. American Society of International Law Proceedings; V.93-#?, pp. 105-113.


Tarullo, Daniel (2000). “Norms and Institutions in Global Competition Policy”. American Journal of International Law; V.94-#3, pp. 478-504.


Smith, James (2000). “The Politics of Dispute Settlement Design: Explaining Legalism in Regional Trade Pacts”. International Organization; V.54-#1, pp. 137-180 .


Abbott, Frederick (2000). “The NAFTA and Legalization of World Politics: A Case Study”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 519-547 .


Goldstein, Judith and Lisa Martin (2000). “Legalization, Trade Liberalization, and Domestic Politics: A Cautionary Note”. International Organization; V.54-#3, pp. 603-632.


Weiler, J.H.H. (2000). “The Rule of Lawyers and the Ethos of Diplomats: Reflections on the Internal and External Legitimacy of WTO Dispute Settlement”. Jean Monnet Working Papers; #9/00.


Pauwelyn, Joost (2001). “The Role of Public International Law in the WTO: How Far Can We Go?”. American Journal of International Law; V.95-#3, pp. 535-578.


Pauwelyn, Joost (2002). “The Nature of WTO Obligations”. Jean Monnet Working Papers; #1/02.


Steinberg, Richard (2002). “In the Shadow of Law or Power? Consensus-Based Bargaining and Outcomes in the GATT/WTO”. International Organization; V.56-#2, pp. 339-374.

 

4. Doxastic/Epistemic Community and Global Governance

 

a. Doxastic Communities in General


P. Hall, ed. (1989). The Political Power of Economic Ideas. Princeton: PUP.


M. Taylor (1989). “Structure, Culture, and Action in the Explanation of Social Change”. Politics and Society; V.17-#?, pp. 115-162.


D. Kreps (1990). “Corporate Cultures and Economic Theory”. in J. Alt and K. Shepsle, eds. Perspectives on Positive Political Economy. New York: Cambridge University Press.


M. Tomasello, A. Kruger, and H. Ratner (1993). “Cultural Learning”. Behavioral and Brain Sciences; V.16-#3, pp. 495-511.


P. Hall (1993). “Policy Paradigms, Social Learning and the State”. Comparative Politics; V.?-#?, pp. 275-295.


G. Garrett and B. Weingast (1993). “Ideas, Interests, and Institutions”. in J. Goldstein and R. Keohane, eds. Ideas in Foreign Policy. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, pp.


A. Denzau and R. North (1994). “Shared Mental Models: Ideologies and Institutions”. KYKLOS; V.47-#1, pp. 3-31.


S. Hays (1994). “Structure and Agency and the Sticky Problem of Culture”. Sociological Theory; V.12-#?, pp. 57-72.


S. Ellingson (1995). “Understanding the Dialectic of Discourse and Collective Action: Public Debate and Rioting in Antebellum Cincinnati”. AJS; V.101-#?, pp. 100-145.


M. Gilbert (1996). Living Together: Rationality, Sociality and Obligation. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield.


P. DiMaggio (1997). “Culture and Cognition”. Annual Review of Sociology; V.23, pp. 263-287.


B. Weingast (1996). “A Rational Choice Perspective on the Role of Ideas”. Politics and Society; V.23-#?, pp. 449-464.


R. Bates, R.J.P. de Figueirdo, jr., and B. Weingast (1998). “The Politics of Interpretation: Rationality, Culture, and Transition”. Politics and Society; V.26-#?, pp. 221-256.


S. Berman (2001). “Ideas, Norms and Culture in Political Analysis”. Comparative Politics; V.33-#2, pp. 231-250.

 

b. Transnational Doxastic/Epistemic Communities


Kindleberger, Charles (1975). “The Rise of Free Trade in Western Europe, 1820-1875”. Journal of Economic History; V.35-#1, pp. 20-55.


Haas, Ernst (1980). “Why Collaborate? Issue Linkage and International Regimes”. WP; V.32-#?, pp. 357-405.


Tumlir, Jan (1981). “Evolution of the Concept of International Economic Order”. in F. Cairncross, ed. Changing Perceptions of Economic Policy. New York: Methuen. pp. 152-193.


Ruggie, John (1982). “International Regimes, Transactions, and Change: Embedded Liberalism in the Post-War Order”. IO; V.36-#2, pp. 379-415.


Cox, Robert (1987). Production, Power and World Order. New York: Columbia University Press.


Haas, Peter (1989). “Do Regimes Matter? Epistemic Communities and Mediterranean Pollution Control”. IO; V.43-#3, pp. 376-403.


Ikenberry, John (1989). “Rethinking the Origins of American Hegemony”. Political Science Quarterly; V.104-#?, pp. 375-400.


Ikenberry, John and Charles Kupchan (1990). “Socialization and Hegemonic Power”. IO; V.44-#3, pp. 283-315.


Modelski, George (1990). “Is World Politics Evolutionary Learning?”. IO. V.44-#1, pp. 1-24.


J. Keeley (1990). “Toward a Foucauldian Analysis of International Regimes”. IO; V.44-#1, pp. 83-105.


E.A. Nadelmann (1990). “Global Prohibition Regimes: The Evolution of Norms in International Society”. IO; V.44-#4, pp. 479-426.


Haas, Peter (1992). “Introduction: Epistemic Communities and International Policy Coordination”. IO; V.46-#1, pp. 1-36.


W. Drake and K. Nicolaïdis (1992). “Ideas, Interests, and Institutionalization: ‘Trade in Services’ and the Uruguay Round”. IO; V.46-#1, pp. 37-100.


Ikenberry, John (1992). “A World Restored: Expert Consensus and the Anglo-American Post-War Settlement”. IO; V.46-#1, pp. 289-321.


Kapstein, Ethan (1992). “Between Power and Purpose: Central Bankers and the Politics of Regulatory Convergence”. IO; V.46-#1, pp. 265-287.


J. Sebenius (1992). “Challenging Conventional Explanations of International Cooperation: Negotiation Analysis and the Case of Epistemic Communities”. IO; V.46-#1, pp. 323-365.


J. Levy (1994). “Learning and Foreign Policy”. IO; V.48-#?, pp. 279-312.


Haas, Ernst and Peter Haas (1995). “Learning to Learn: Improving International Governance,” Global Governance; V.1-#?, pp. 255-284.


Katzenstein, Peter ed. (1996). The Culture of National Security: Norms, Identity and World Politics. New York: Columbia University Press.


Katzenstein, Peter (1996). Cultural Norms and National Security: Police and Military in Postwar Japan. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Yee, A. (1996). “The Causal Effects of Ideas on Policies”. International Organization; v.50-#1, pp. 69-108.


Finnemore, Martha and Kathryn Sikkink (1998). “Norms and International Relations Theory”. International Organization; V.52-#4, pp. 887-917.


McNamara, Kathleen (1998). The Currency of Ideas: Monetary Politics in the European Union. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Hall, Rodney (1999). National Collective Identity: Social Constructs and International Systems. New York: Columbia University Press.


Philpott, Daniel (2001). Revolutions in Sovereignty: How Ideas Shaped Modern International Relations. Princeton: Princeton University Press.


Checkel, Jeffrey (2001). “Why Comply? Social Learning and European Identity Change”. International Organization; V.55-#3, pp. 553-588.


Richard K. Hermann and Vaughn P. Shannon (2001). “Defending International Norms: The Role of Obligation, Material Interest, and Perception in Decision Making”. International Organization; V.55-#3, pp. 621-654.


Simmons, Beth and Zachary Elkins (2004). “The Globalization of Liberalization: Policy Diffusion in the International Political Economy”. American Political Science Review; V.98-#1, pp. 171-189.


Wendt, Alexander (1992). “Anarchy is What States Make of It: The Social Construction of Power Politics”. IO; V.46-#2, pp. 391-425.


Wendt, Alexander (1994). “Collective Identity Formation and the International State”. APSR; V.88-#2, pp. 384-396.


Wendt, Alexander (1998) Social Theory of International Politics. Cambridge: CUP.


(2000). “Forum on Alexander Wendt”. Review of International Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 123-180.


Ruggie, John (1998). “What Makes the World Hang Together? Neo-utilitarianism and the Social Constructivist Challenge”. International Organization; V.52-#4, pp. 855-885.


Checkel, Jeffrey (1998). “The Constructivist Turn in International Relations Theory”. World Politics; V.50-#2, pp. 324-348.


Palan, Ronen (2000). “A World of Their Making: An Evaluation of the Constructivist Critique in International Relations”. Review of International Studies; V.26-#4, pp. 575-598.

 

5. International Organizations


Goodrich, Lealand and David Kay, eds. (1973). International Organization: Politics and Process. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.


Cox, Robert and Harold Jacobson, eds. (1974). The Anatomy of Influence: Decision Making in International Organization. New Haven: Yale University Press.


Jacobson, Harold (1979). Networks of Interdependence: International Organizations and the Global Political System. New York: Knopf.


Camps, Miriam and Catherine Gwin (1981). Collective Management: The Reform of Global Economic Organizations. New York: McGraw Hill/Council on Foreign Relations.


Rosenau, James (1992). The United Nations in a Turbulent World: Engulfed or Enlarged?. Boulder: Lynne Rienner Publishers.


Roberts, Adam and Benedict Kingsbury (1993). United Nations, Divided World. Oxford: Clarendon Press.


Murphy, Craig (1994). International Organization and International Change: Global Governance since 1850. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Snidal, Duncan (1997). “International Political Economy Approaches to International Institutions”. In J. Bhandari and A. Sykes, eds. Economic Dimensions of International Law. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 477-512.


Martin, Lisa and Beth Simmons (1998). “Theories and Empirical Studies of International Institutions”. International Organization; V.52-#4, pp. 729-757.


Biersteker, Thomas (1998). “Globalization and the Modes of Operation of Major Institutional Actors”. Oxford Development Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 15-32.


Woods, Ngaire (1998). “Governance in International Organizations: The Case for Reform in the Bretton Woods Institutions”. In UNCTAD, ed. International Monetary and Financial Issues for the 1990s, Vol. 9. New York: UN, pp. 81-106.


Barnett, Michael and Martha Finnemore (1999). “The Politics, Power, and Pathologies of International Organizations”. International Organization; V.53-#4, pp. 699-732.


Diehl, Paul, ed. (2001). The Politics of Global Governance: International Organizations in an

Interdependent World. Boulder: Lynn Rienner.

 

6. Interdependence and International Regimes


Cooper, Richard (1968). The Economics of Interdependence. New York: McGraw-Hill.


Keohane, Robert and Joseph Nye (2000). Power and Interdependence (3rd ed.) Addison Wesley.


Russett, Bruce (1971). “Transactions, Community, and International Political Integration”. Journal of Common Market Studies; V.?-#?, pp. 224-245.


Rosencrance, Richard and Arthur Stein (1973). “Interdependence: Myth or Reality?”. World Politics; V.26-#1, pp. 1-27.


Alker, Hayward (1977). “A Methodology for Design Research on Interdependence Alternatives”. International Organization; V.31-#1, pp. 29-61.


Gilpin, Robert (1987). The Political Economy of International Relations. Princeton: PUP


Haggard, Stephen and Beth Simmons (1987). Theories of International Regimes”. International Organization; V.41-#3, pp. 491-517.


Zacher, Mark (1990). “Toward a Theory of International Regimes”. Journal of International Affairs; V.44-#1, pp.


Hurrell, Andrew (1993). “International Society and the Study of Regimes: A Reflective approach”. in Volker Rittberger, ed. Regime Theory and International Relations. Oxford: OUP, pp. 49-72.


Levy, Marc, Oran Young and Michael Zürn, (1995) ‘The Study of International Regimes’, European Journal of International Relations; V.1-#3, pp. 267-330.


Hasenclever, Andreas, Peter Mayer, Volker Rittberger (1997). Theories of International Regimes. Cambridge: CUP.


Hasenclever, Andreas, Peter Mayer, and Volker Rittberger (2000). “Integrating Theories of International Regimes”. Review of International Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 3-33.


Cortell, Andrew and James Davis Jr. (2000). “Understanding the Domestic Impact of International Norms: A Research Agenda”. International Studies Review; V.2-#1, pp. 65-87.


Maghroori, Ray and Bennett Ramberg, eds. (1982). Globalism versus Realism: International Relations’ Third Great Debate. Boulder: Westview Press.


Krasner, Stephen, ed. (1983). International Regimes. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Keohane, Robert, ed. (1986). Neorealism and Its Critics. New York: Columbia University Press.


Rittberger, Volker, ed. (1991). Beyond Anarchy: International Cooperation and Regimes. Oxford: OUP.


Rittberger, Volker, ed. (1993). Regime Theory and International Relations. Oxford: OUP.


Baldwin, David, ed. (1993). Neorealism and Neoliberalism. New York: Columbia University Press.


Lipson, Charles and Benjamin Cohen, eds. (1999). Theory and Structure in International Political Economy: An International Organization Reader. Cambridge: MIT Press.

 

7. Hegemons and Hegemonic Stability


Kindleberger, Charles (1976). “Systems of International Economic Organization”. in D. Calleo, ed. Money and the Coming World Order; New York: NYU Press. pp.


Kindleberger, Charles (1981). “Dominance and Leadership in the International Economy”. International Studies Quarterly; V.25-#?, pp. 15-39.


Krasner, Stephen (1982). “American Policy and Global Economic Stability”. in W. Avery and D. Rapkin, eds. America in a Changing World Political Economy. New York: Longman. pp. 29-48.


Stein, Arthur (1984). “The Hegemon's Dilemma: Great Britain, the US and International Economic Order”. International Organization; V.37-#2, pp.


Russett, Bruce (1985). “The Mysterious Case of Vanishing Hegemony”. International Organization; V.39-#2, pp.


Russett, Bruce (1988). “U.S. Hegemony: Gone or Merely Diminished, and How Does It Matter?”. In Takashi Inoguchi and Daniel Okimoto, eds. The political economy of Japan. Volume 2. The changing international context. Stanford: Stanford University Press, pp. 83-107.


Snidal, Duncan (1985). “The Limits of Hegemonic Stability Theory”. International Organization; V.39-#4, pp. 579-614.


Guerrieri, P. and P.C. Padoan (1986). “Neomercantilism and International Economic Stability”. International Organization; V.40-#1, pp. 29-42.


Rosenau, James (1986). “Before Cooperation: Hegemons, Regimes, and Habit Driven Actors in World Politics”. International Organization; V.40-#4, pp. 849-894.


Strange, Susan (1987). “The Persistent Myth of Lost Hegemony”. International Organization; V.41-#4, pp. 551-574. [comment by H. Milner and J. Snyder, with response, IO, V.42-#4, pp. 749-752.]


Alt, James, Randy Calvert, and Brian Humes (1988). “Reputation and Hegemonic Stability: A Game Theoretic Analysis”. American Political Science Review; V.82-#2, pp. 445-466.


Gowa, Joanne (1989). “Rational Hegemons, Excludable Goods and Small Groups: An Epitaph for Hegemonic Stability Theory”. World Politics; V.41-#?, pp. 307-324.


Landes, David (1989). “Some Thoughts on Economic Hegemony: Europe in the Nineteenth-Century World Economy”. In Carl-Ludwig Holtfrerich, ed. Interactions in the world economy: Perspectives from international economic history. New York: NYU Press, pp. 153-167.


Gowa, Joanne (1990). “An Epitaph for Hegemonic Stability Theory?: Rational Hegemons, Excludable Goods, and Small Groups”. In John Odell and Thomas Willett, Thomas D., eds. International trade policies: Gains from exchange between economics and political science. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, pp. 55-73.


Grunberg, Isabelle (1990). “Exploring the ‘Myth’ of Hegemonic Stability”. International Organization; V.44-#4, pp. 431-477.


Lake, David (1993). “Leadership, Hegemony, and the International Economy: Naked Emperor or Tattered Monarch with Potential”. International Studies Quarterly; V.37-#4, pp. 459-489.


Wiener, Jarrod (1995). “‘Hegemonic’ Leadership: Naked Emperor or the Worship of False Gods?”. European Journal of International Relations; V.1-#2, pp. 219-243.


Murphy, Craig (1994). “Restructuring Hegemony in the Global Political Economy: The Rise of Transnational Neoliberalism in the 1980s: Review Essay”. Review of International Political Economy; V.1-#1, pp. 193-197.


Sinclair, Timothy (1994). “Between State and Market: Hegemony and Institutions of Collective Action under Conditions of International Capital Mobility”. Policy Sciences; V.27-#4, pp. 447-466.


Cooper, Richard (1995). “The Coase Theorem and International Economic Relations”. Japan and the World Economy; v.7-#1, pp. 29-44.


Lake, David (1995). “Cooperation and Governance in International Relations: Review Essay”. Review of International Political Economy; V.2-#2, pp. 343-356.


Lake, David (1996). “Anarchy, Hierarchy and the Variety of International Relations”. International Organization; V.50-#1, pp. 1-33.


Pahre, Robert (1999). Leading Questions: How Hegemony Affects the International Political Economy. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.


Cox, Michael (2001). “Whatever Happened to American Decline? International Relations and the New United States Hegemony”. New Political Economy; V.6-#3, pp. 311-340.


Eichengreen, Barry (1989). “Hegemonic Stability Theories of the International Monetary System”. In Richard Cooper, et al. eds, Can nations agree? Issues in international economic cooperation. Washington, DC: Brookings, pp. 255-298.


Webb, Michael (1991). “International Economic Structures, Government Interests, and International Coordination of Macroeconomic Adjustment Policies”. International Organization; V.45-#3, pp. 309-342.


Walter, Andrew (1991). World power and world money: The role of hegemony and international monetary order. New York: St. Martin's Press.


Krasner, Stephen (1979). “The Tokyo Round: Particularistic Interests and Prospects for Stability in the Global Trading System”. International Studies Quarterly; V.23-#4, pp. 491-531.


McKeown, Timothy (1983). “Hegemonic Stability and 19th Century Tariff Levels in Europe”. International Organization


Lake, David (1984). “Beneath the Commerce of Nations: A Theory of International Economic Structures”. International Studies Quarterly; V.28-#?, pp. 143-170.


James, Scott C.; Lake, David (1989). “The Second Face of Hegemony: Britain's Repeal of the Corn Laws and the American Walker Tariff of 1846”. International Organization; V.43-#1, pp. 1-29.


Yarbrough, Beth and Robert Yarbrough (1985). “Free Trade, Hegemony and the Theory of Agency”. Kyklos; V.38-#3, pp. 348-364.


Yarbrough, Beth and Robert Yarbrough (1987). “Cooperation in the Liberalization of International Trade”. International Organization; V.41-#1, pp. 1-26.


O'Brien, Patrick Geoffrey Pigman (1992). “Free Trade, British Hegemony and the International Economic Order in the Nineteenth Century”. Review of International Studies; V.18-#2, pp. 89-113.


Mansfield, Edward (1992). “The Concentration of Capabilities and International Trade”. International Organization; V.46-#3, pp. 731-764.


Hills, Jill (1994). “A Global Industrial Policy. U.S. Hegemony and GATT. The Liberalization of Telecommunications”. Review of International Political Economy; V.1-#2, pp. 257-279.


Stiles, Kendall (1995). “The Ambivalent Hegemon: Explaining the 'Lost Decade' in Multilateral Trade Talks, 1948-1958". Review of International Political Economy; V.2-#1, pp. 1-26.


Ahnlid, Anders (1996). “Comparing GATT and GATS: Regime Creation under and after Hegemony”. Review of International Political Economy; V.3-#1, pp. 65-94.


Oden, Michael (1999). “The Costs of U.S. Hegemony: Military Power, Military Spending, and U.S. Trade Performance”. Review of Radical Political Economics; V.31-#4, pp. 32-60.

 

8. NGOs and Global Civil Society

 

a. On Global Civil Society


Lipschutz, Ronnie (1992). “Restructuring World Politics: The Emergence of Global Civil Society”. Millenium; V.21-#3, pp. 389-420.


Shaw, Martin (1994). “Civil Society and Global Politics: Beyond a Social Movement Approach”. Millenium; V.23-#3, pp. 647-667.


Brown, Chris (1995). “International Political Theory and the Idea of World Community”. In Ken Booth and Steve Smith, eds. International Relations Theory Today. Cambridge: Polity Press.


Wheeler, Nick (1996). “Guardian Angel or Global Gangster: A Review of the Ethical Claims of International Society”. Political Studies; V.22-#?, pp. 123-135.


Falk, Richard (1998). “Global Civil Society: Perspectives, Initiatives, Movements”. Oxford Development Studies; V.26-#1, pp. 99-110.


Smith, Jackie (1998). “Global Civil Society? Transnational Social Movements and Social Capital”. American Behavioral Scientist; V.42-#2, pp. 93-107.


Cox, Robert (1999). “Civil Society at the Turn of the Millennium: Prospects for an Alternative World Order”. Review of International Studies; V.25-#1, pp. 3-28.


Symposium (2000). Millennium; V.29-#1, pp. 103-140.

 

Mary Kaldor, “‘Civilising’ Globalisation? The Implications of the ‘Battle in Seattle’”;

Jan Aart Scholte, “Cautionary Reflections on Seattle”;

Fred Halliday, “Getting Real About Seattle”;

Stephen Gill, “Toward a Post-Modern Prince? The Battle in Seattle as a Moment in the New Politics of Globalisation”.


Scholte, Jan Aart (2002). “Civil Society and Democracy in Global Governance”. Global Governance; V.8-#3, pp. 281-303.

 

b. NGOs Role in Global Civil Society


MacDonald, L. (1994). “Globalizing Civil Society: Interpreting International NGOs in Central America”. Millenium; V.23-#2, pp. 267-285.


Walker, R.B.J. (1994). “Social Movements/World Politics”. Millenium; V.23-#3, pp. 669-700.


Risse-Kappen, Thomas, ed. (1995). Bringing Transnational Relations Back in: Non-State Actors, Domestic Structures and International Institutions. Cambridge: CUP.


Weiss, Thomas and Leon Gordenker (1996). NGOs, the UN and Global Governance. Boulder: Lynn Rienner.


Edwards, Michael and David Hulme, eds. (19996). Beyond the Magic Bullet: NGO Performance and Accountability in the Post-Cold War World. Bloomfield, Ct.: Kumarian Press.


Sklair, Leslie (1997). “Social Movements and Global Capitalism: The Transnational Capitalist Class in Action”. Review of International Political Economy; V.4-#3, pp. 514-538.


Smith, Jackie, Charles Chatfield, and Ron Pagnucco, eds. (1997). Transnational Social Movements and Global Politics: Solidarity Beyond the State. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press.


Boli, John and George M. Thomas (1997). “World Culture in the World Polity: A Century of International Non-Governmental Organizations,” American Sociological Review; V.62-#?, pp. 171-190.


Keck, Margaret and Kathryn Sikkink (1998). Activists Beyond Borders: Advocacy Networks in International Politics. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.


Clark, Anne Marie, Elisabeth Friedman, and Kathryn Hochstetler (1998). “The Sovereign Limits of Global Civil Society: A Comparison of NGO Participation in UN World Conferences on the Environment, Human Rights and Women”. World Politics; V.51-#1, pp. 1-35.


Esty, Daniel (1998). “Non-governmental Organizations at the World Trade Organization”. Journal of International Economic Law; V.1-#?, pp. 123-147.


Kobrin, Stephen (1998). “The MAI and the Clash of Globalizations”. Foreign Policy, #112, pp. 97-109.


Boli, John and George Thomas, eds. (1999). Constructing World Culture: International Nongovernmental Organizations Since 1875. Stanford: Stanford University Press.


Huddock, Ann (1999). Ngos and Civil Society: Democracy by Proxy? Oxford: Blackwell.


Warkentin, Craig and Karen Mingst (2000). “International Institutions, the State, and Global Civil Society in the Age of the World Wide Web”. Global Governance; V.6-#2, pp.


O'Brien, Robert, Anne Marie Goetz, Jan Aart Scholte, and Marc Williams (2000). Contesting Global Governance: Multilateral Economic Institutions and Global Social Movements. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


Mittelman, James (2000). The Globalization Syndrome: Transformation and Resistance. Princeton: PUP.


Gills, Barry, ed. (2000). Globalization and the Politics of Resistance. New York: St. Martin’s Press.


Walter, Andrew (2001). “NGOs, Business, and International Investment: The Multilateral Agreement on Investment, Seattle, and Beyond”. Global Governance; V.7-#1, pp. 51-74.


Ottaway, Marina (2001). “Corporatism Goes Global: International Organizations, Nongovernmental Organization Networks, and Transnational Business”. Global Governance; V.7-#1, pp. 265-292.


McCormick, John (1989). Reclaiming Paradise: The Global Environmental Movement. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.


Princen, Thomas and Matthias Finger (1994). Environmental NGOs in World Politics: Linking the Local and the Global. London: Routledge.


Wapner, Paul (1996). Environmental Activism and World Civic Politics. Albany: State University of New York Press.


Fox, Jonathan and L. David Brown, eds. (1998). The Struggle for Accountability: The World Bank, Ngos, and Grassroots Movements. Cambridge: MIT Press.


Danaher, Kevin and Roger Burbach, eds. (2000). Globalize This!: The Battle Against The World Trade Organization. Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press.


Thomas, Janet. (2000). The Battle in Seattle: The Story Behind and Beyond the WTO Demonstrations. Golden, Colorado: Fulcrum Publications.